Inventors list

Assignees list

Classification tree browser

Top 100 Inventors

Top 100 Assignees


Signaling for performing battery saving

Subclass of:

370 - Multiplex communications

370310000 - COMMUNICATION OVER FREE SPACE

Patent class list (only not empty are listed)

Deeper subclasses:

Entries
DocumentTitleDate
20110176468METHOD OF SELECTING BIT RATE AND TRANSMIT POWER FOR ENERGY-EFFICIENT TRANSMISSION - A time-of-propagation distance-determining method involves sending a probe request from a handset to an AP and receiving a return ACK. The time it takes for the probe request to propagate to the AP, the turnaround time, and the time it takes the ACK to propagate back to the handset is measured on the handset. The turnaround time is subtracted from the measured time, and the result is used to make a distance determination. In order to reduce power consumption, the “lowest overall transmit energy” setting that will give acceptable reception of a probe request sent by the handset to the AP station is determined. The lowest overall transmit energy setting involves a bit rate setting and a transmit power setting. The lowest overall transmit energy setting is used to send probe requests when probe requests are sent from the handset in carrying out a time-of-propagation distance-determining transaction.07-21-2011
20110176465ASYNCHRONOUS LOW-POWER MULTI-CHANNEL MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL - A method for wirelessly transferring data between nodes may include periodically waking a receiving node from a sleep mode to a receive mode and returning the receiving node to the sleep mode, where, in the receive mode, the receiving node samples a plurality of wake-up channels; transmitting at least one wake-up preamble packet by a transmitting node on at least one of the plurality of wake-up channels; receiving, by the receiving node while in the receive mode, the wake-up preamble packet; transmitting, by the receiving node and responsive to receiving the wake-up preamble packet, an acknowledgement; transmitting, by the transmitting node and responsive to receiving the acknowledgement, a data frame on at least one data channel; and/or receiving, by the receiving node, the data frame. Some methods may include estimating a wake-up time of the receiving node and/or performing a clear channel assessment prior to transmitting the wake-up preamble packet.07-21-2011
20130044665METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DYNAMIC SWITCHING, UPLINK POWER CONTROL AND SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Dynamic switching of uplink power control and synchronization in wireless networks involves switching a user equipment (UE) from a transmission point common (TP-common) mode to a transmission point specific (TP-specific) mode in a wireless network. The UE transmits at a high power level in a TP-common mode to compensate for a larger path loss between the UE and the TPs and at a low power level in a TP-specific mode to save battery power based on a smaller path loss between the UE and a specific, nearby TP.02-21-2013
20130044667METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in which a terminal transmits control information in a wireless communication system, comprising the following steps: selecting a PUCCH resource for control information from among a plurality of PUCCH resources; transmitting, through the selected PUCCH resources, a PUCCH signal carrying the modulation value corresponding to the control information; and transmitting a reference signal for the demodulation of the PUCCH signal, wherein the control information is identified by a combination of the PUCCH resource and resources for the modulation value and the reference signal.02-21-2013
20130044662METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING POWER CONTROL BY TERMINAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a terminal in a wireless communication system that supports multiple carriers, the terminal comprising: a receiving module that receives, from a base station, control information which indicates whether to operate hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process-based multiple carriers; and a process that controls to allow the multiple carriers to be received in a section at which a particular HARQ process indicated in the control information is activated.02-21-2013
20130044660HOME OR HIGHER PRIORITY PLMN SCAN IN 4G CONNECTED MODE - Methods and systems facilitating a preferred network scan in a 4G communications system are disclosed. A user device identifies a new search event when operating in connected state. The user device transitions to idle state, performs a preferred network scan, and returns to connected state.02-21-2013
20130044661Wireless Device and Base Stations and Methods of Operating - In one aspect, a wireless device sends a synchronisation group identifier to a network control apparatus identifying a synchronisation group of wireless devices. If the wireless device is notified that no other devices of the synchronisation group are connected to the control apparatus, the wireless device transmits a timing reference to and agrees an extended discontinuous reception time period with the control apparatus. Otherwise, the wireless device receives a timing reference and an extended discontinuous reception time period from the control apparatus. The wireless device periodically enters an idle state and powers up for reception in accordance with at least the timing reference and the extended discontinuous reception time period. In another aspect, plural base stations each use a common timing reference and a common extended discontinuous reception time period in controlling the operation of extended discontinuous reception by a synchronisation group of wireless devices.02-21-2013
20130044659Wireless Devices and Base Stations and Methods of Operating - In one aspect, a wireless device sends a synchronisation group identifier to a network control apparatus identifying a synchronisation group of wireless devices. If the wireless device is notified that no other devices of the synchronisation group are connected to the control apparatus, the wireless device transmits a timing reference to and agrees an extended discontinuous reception time period with the control apparatus. Otherwise, the wireless device receives a timing reference and an extended discontinuous reception time period from the control apparatus. The wireless device periodically enters an idle state and powers up for reception in accordance with at least the timing reference and the extended discontinuous reception time period. In another aspect, plural base stations each use a common timing reference and a common extended discontinuous reception time period in controlling the operation of extended discontinuous reception by a synchronisation group of wireless devices.02-21-2013
20130044658Beacon synchronization in wifi based systems - A wireless device comprises a transceiver and a scheduling system. The transceiver transmits and receives messages to and from an access point, and has a sleep mode from which it occasionally wakes at wakeup times to listen for beacons from the access point. The scheduling system schedules wakeup times according to historical beacon synchronization data.02-21-2013
20130039247DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF POWER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS AREA NETWORK - Device, system, and method of power management. In some demonstrative embodiments, a device may include a wireless communication unit to transmit to a control point of a wireless area network an information request frame identifying at least one other wireless communication device in the wireless area network, wherein the wireless communication unit is to receive from the control point a response including wakeup information defining a wakeup schedule including at least one wakeup period of the other wireless communication device, and wherein, based on the wakeup information, the wireless communication unit is to transmit a wireless transmission directly to the other wireless communication device during the wakeup period. Other embodiments are described and claimed.02-14-2013
20130039242METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION UPDATE CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving system information update control information in a sleep mode in a wireless communication system. According to one aspect of the present invention, a method in which a terminal in a sleep mode receives system information update control information in a wireless communication system comprises: receiving, by the terminal from a base station, system information update control information including information on whether or not each of a plurality of secondary super frame header subpacket information elements (hereinafter, referred to as “S-SFH SP IEs”) is changed during a listening window; and receiving a changed S-SFH SP IE using the system information update control information.02-14-2013
20130039237Method and Apparatus for Transmission Protocol Uplink Channel Selection - First and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels are available for use by a wireless device in transmitting data to a network. In various examples, the device selects between the first and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels according to various different criteria. Examples include selecting between the first and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels according to the type of data to be transmitted and according to the identity of the device, and various combinations of these.02-14-2013
20110199950READING AND CACHING OF SYSTEM INFORMATION TO REDUCE CALL SETUP DELAY - Techniques for reading and caching system information of non-serving systems in order to shorten call setup delay are described. A user equipment (UE) may communicate with a serving system, e.g., in an idle mode or a connected mode. The UE may periodically read system information of at least one non-serving system, e.g., as a background task. The UE may cache (i.e., store) the system information of the at least one non-serving system at the UE. The UE may thereafter access a particular non-serving system among the at least one non-serving system based on access parameters in the cached system information. By caching the system information, the UE can avoid reading the system information of the particular non-serving system at the time of system access, which may then reduce call setup delay.08-18-2011
20130028161MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system includes a plurality of eNBs that perform radio communication with an UE and an MCE that controls the eNBs. The MCE indicates an MBSFN subframe (MCE) serving as radio resources that transmit a reference signal for power measurement to the UE less frequently than normal to the eNB, the eNB, in addition to the MBSFN subframe (MCE) indicated by the MCE, designates the MBSFN subframe (eNB) serving as the radio resources that transmit a reference signal to the UE less frequently than normal, and in the MBSFN subframe (MCE) and the MBSFN subframe (eNB) the reference signal is transmitted to the UE. In this manner, the reference signal for measuring a power can be transmitted less frequently than normal, and a power consumption of the infrastructure can be reduced.01-31-2013
20120201182POWER-SAVING METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a power-saving method in a wireless communication system. In a power-saving method for a terminal of a wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present invention, the terminal receives configuration information relating to power-saving from a base station and operates in a power-down mode in which receive processing is not carried out in accordance with the configuration information relating to power saving; and the configuration information comprises at least one or other of information relating to a time point at which the base station is not transmitting packets to the terminal and a time point at which the base station is transmitting packets to the terminal.08-09-2012
20120201181TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING OPTIMIZATION METHOD AND WIRELESS USER EQUIPMENT DEVICE - A wireless user equipment device transmits a control channel and a data channel. Each of the control channel and the data channel include a plurality of time slots. The control channel is configured to transmit control information and includes both transmission time slots and non-transmission time slots. The data channel is configured to transmit data packets. The device further includes a processor configured to schedule at least one data packet for transmission in at least one data channel time slot that is concurrent to at least one control channel transmission time slot, and a transmission module configured to transmit the at least one data packet in the at least one data channel time slot that is concurrent to the at least one control channel transmission time slot.08-09-2012
20120201180Precoding Matrix Index Feedback Interaction with Discontinuous Reception - A user equipment (UE) is provided that includes a processor configured to transmit a precoding matrix index (PMI) using one of an assigned periodic PMI reporting resource that precisely aligns with the start of an on-duration of a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation mode of the UE and a first assigned periodic PMI reporting resource after the start of an on-duration of a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation mode of the UE.08-09-2012
20120201179SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS OF MANAGING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - Embodiments of the present disclosure include systems, methods, and devices for managing power consumption in a wireless sensor network. Such embodiments may include a remote server, a wide area network coupled to the remote server, at least one access point device coupled to the remote server through the wide area network, one or more sensors coupled to each other and to the access point and datasinks through the network. Each datasink can be a data coordinator and receive sensor information from the one or more sensors and transmit sensor information to the at least access point. Further, a first set of sensors are configured to be routing sensors and a second set of sensors are configured end point sensors based on a graph theoretic algorithm to reduce transmitting power of each sensor and reduce overall power of the wireless sensor network, and configuring a first operational wireless sensor network.08-09-2012
20130028158Transmit Power Control Maximizing Coverage At A Minimum Interference - Techniques are provided to generate a transmit power plan comprising transmit powers to be used by wireless access point devices in a wireless network. A wireless network controller receives, from each of a plurality of wireless access point devices configured to provide wireless service in corresponding coverage areas to client devices, data indicating receive signal strength information with respect to signals received from others of the plurality of wireless access point devices. Overlap of coverage areas of wireless access point devices is computed from the received signal strength information. A plurality of candidate transmit power plans are generated each from a deterministic or random sequence of selections of wireless access point devices. One of the plurality of candidate transmit power plans is selected to achieve a desired amount of coverage area overlap while maximizing overall coverage by the plurality of wireless access point devices.01-31-2013
20130028159SILENT POWER-SAVE MODE FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - In at least some embodiments, a wireless communication device includes a transceiver having control logic with a traffic learning mode and a silent power-save mode. During the traffic learning mode, the control logic is configured to determine a minimum periodicity value and a maximum periodicity value for all traffic flows served by the transceiver. During the silent power-save mode, the control logic is configured to toggle between a dozing period set to the minimum periodicity value and an active period set to a difference between the maximum periodicity value and the minimum periodicity value.01-31-2013
20130028157ACCESS POINT DEVICE WITH WAKEUP MODE - Method and apparatus for communicating over a wireless network. In accordance with some embodiments, an access point (AP) device is provided that is capable of transitioning from a low power standby mode to an operational mode responsive to receipt of a wireless communication signal from a client device coupled to the AP device.01-31-2013
20130028156ACCESS CATEGORY-BASED POWER-SAVE FOR WI-FI DIRECT GROUP OWNER - A wireless device includes a peer-to-peer group owner processor that handles peer-to-peer transactions, a memory coupled to the peer-to-peer group owner processor, and a power state controller. The power state controller determines an access category of a communication received from a peer-to-peer client and determines a quality of service constraint for the access category. The power state controller also determines a power-save mechanism for the wireless device based on the quality of service constraint and implements the determined power-save mechanism.01-31-2013
20100091693Method and a Device for Saving Power in a Wireless User Terminal04-15-2010
20100150046Charging method and network system thereof, packet data network gateway and charging system thereof - A charging process method, relating to communication network, is disclosed according to embodiments of the present invention. The method includes receiving a charging request containing a type of a second method when the method for a user equipment to access a packet data network gateway has been changed from a first method to the second method; performing, based on the charging request, charging control over the used service units in a charging mode corresponding to the first method for the user equipment to access the packet data network gateway and reserving service units for the charging session for the second method based on a charging mode corresponding to the second method for the user equipment to access the packet data network gateway. A network system, a packet data network gateway and a charging system are provided according to embodiments of the present invention accordingly. Embodiments of the present invention can be applicable to a charging process in a situation when the method for a user equipment to access the packet data network gateway changes.06-17-2010
20100142426WIRELESS TERMINAL, BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a wireless terminal having a wireless transceiver and a wireless receiver which operates with lower power than the wireless transceiver, when the wireless receiver receives, from a base station, a notification message notifying that data addressed to the terminal is existent, the wireless transceiver is turned on to acquire the data.06-10-2010
20110182224USER EQUIPMENT AND DOWNLINK SYNCHRONIZATION DETERMINING METHOD IN THE USER EQUIPMENT - To determine a downlink synchronization state in a DRX state or in a state in which uplink timing synchronization is not maintained in user equipment, a mobile station configured to perform communications with a radio base station determines a downlink synchronization state by comparing RSRP measured based on a downlink reference signal transmitted from the radio base station with Qrxlevmin notified from the radio base station when the mobile station is in a connected state in which a radio link with the radio base station is established and in the discontinuous reception state.07-28-2011
20120163264MULTIPLE MAC ADDRESSES IN A DEVICE - Multiple virtual MAC addresses may be added to WGA devices that may have different traffic streams to another device that requires different services, thus creating distinct MAC and device level implications. Beamforming training can be done at the device level for all virtual MAC addresses. Wakeup, doze, and ATIM power save can be done at the device level depending on the frames received. Authentication, deauthentication, association, and deassociation can be done variously at both levels. Further MSDUs can be aggregated for the multiple MAC addresses.06-28-2012
20120163261TIMING MEASUREMENTS BETWEEN WIRELESS STATIONS WITH REDUCED POWER CONSUMPTION - A method of obtaining timing parameters between wireless station peers using reduced power. A timing measurement protocol is executed a including a plurality of Timing Measurement Action (TMA) frames between a first wireless station (STA06-28-2012
20090252072Method and Apparatus for Maintaining Long-Lived Connections Between a Mobile Client and a Server - A method and apparatus according to the present invention enables a mobile terminal in a mobile communication network to end a packet data session to save battery power while maintaining a long-lived TCP connection with a server in an external packet data network. The method comprises receiving a keep alive message from a server for a mobile client at a network node in the mobile communication network and, if there is no current packet data session between the mobile client and the network node, responding to the keep alive message on behalf of the mobile client to maintain a connection between the server and said mobile client. The apparatus comprises a GGSN or other network node in the mobile communication network configured to practice the method.10-08-2009
20100020734BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION, USER EQUIPMENT, COMMUNICATION METHOD OF BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base transceiver station that is communicable with a plurality of user equipment s includes a receiving unit that receives battery information of the user equipment, and a controller that controls allocation of radio resources to be used to transmit data addressed to the plurality of user equipments based on the battery information received by the receiving unit.01-28-2010
20090196212SCHEDULED PEER POWER SAVE MODE - Embodiments of scheduled peer power save systems, devices, and methods are disclosed. For example, methods of saving power for stations configured to communicate via a direct link are provided. Embodiments of scheduled peer power save systems, devices and methods are disclosed. For example, methods of saving power for stations configured to communicate via a direct link are provided. In one embodiment, among others, a method comprises waking up, at a station and peer station, before a scheduled wakeup interval. The scheduled wakeup interval is defined relative to common timing reference at the station and the peer station. Further, in the absence of a service period between the station and the peer station, the station and the peer station stay awake until at least a predefined time period has elapsed or a predefined number of idle slots have elapsed.08-06-2009
20090196209CODE KEYING IN A POWER SAVINGS MODE - A device may include logic to enter a power savings mode and wirelessly transmit a first synchronization packet to a remote device within a first transmission time slot in a first power savings cycle, the first synchronization packet including a code that is a member of a set consisting of a predetermined number of codes. In addition, the logic may be configured to sleep after transmitting the first synchronization packet to save energy, awake at a first receive time slot in the first power savings cycle, and receive a reply synchronization packet, the reply synchronization packet including a code is that is a member of the set from the remote device. The logic may be further configured to sleep until a start of a second power savings cycle that follows the first power savings cycle to save energy.08-06-2009
20090196208Control Signal Management System and Method - A user equipment (UE) including a processor configured to transmit control plane data irrespective of on-duration/off-duration status.08-06-2009
20090196210COLLABORATIVE COEXISTENCE OF CO-LOCATED MOBILE WIMAX, WIRELESS LAN, AND/OR BLUETOOTH RADIOS - Collaborative coexistence of co-located mobile WiMAX, wireless LAN, and/or Bluetooth radios. Within a communication device that includes multi-protocol communication capability, the various radio modules included within such a communication device operate cooperatively such that collisions are avoided between those various radios. When a first of the radio modules operates as governed by a relatively rigid frame structure, a second of the radio modules capitalizes upon that predetermined nature (of the relatively rigid frame structure) to support communication during times in which that first radio module has a lower level of activity (e.g., turned off completely, within a power savings mode, in a sleep mode, etc.). The radio module operation is performed within a time-orthogonal manner, such that multiple radio modules are not attempting to transmit or receive simultaneously. Moreover, CTS2SELF operation can be employed alone or in conjunction with power savings operation of co-located radios within a communication device.08-06-2009
20100150043ASYNCHRONOUS MAC PROTOCOL BASED SENSOR NODE AND DATA TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHOD THROUGH THE SAME - Disclosed is an asynchronous MAC based sensor node using a Wake-Up RF. The sensor node includes a main transceiver to transmit/receive data, a Wake-Up transceiver to transit a state of the sensor node; and a micro-control unit, which transmits a Wake-Up frame to at least one receiving node through the Wake-Up transceiver such that the receiving node is activated from an inactive state into an active state and transmits data to the activated receiving node through the main transceiver. The asynchronous MAC based sensor node reduces unnecessary power consumption, hop-by-hop delay, and overhead required for timing synchronization, thereby implementing an effective sensor06-17-2010
20130044666Method and System for Discontinuous Reception De-Synchronization Detection - A method and apparatus for discontinuous reception desynchronization detection between an enhanced Node B and a user equipment, the method having the steps of: waiting for a predefined event to occur; and upon the predefined event occurring, sending a message from one of the enhanced Node B and the user equipment to the other of the enhanced Node B and user equipment, wherein the message contains one of a request for discontinuous reception period information or discontinuous reception period information, the discontinuous reception period information or discontinuous reception period information being utilized to detect desynchronization.02-21-2013
20100027450Multiplexing of control and data with varying power offsets in a SC-FDMA system - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate multiplexing of control information and data for common transmission in a localized FDM wireless communication system. Localized FDM transmission of control and data channels can be achieved by, for example, multiplexing control information with data and transmitting the control information and data using resources and transmission schemes specified for transmission of the data. To ensure the reliability of control information multiplexed with data, a power offset can be applied to the control information to provide varying protection levels for the control information based on properties of the data resources into which it is embedded in order to maintain a predetermined signal quality for the control information independent of the data resources.02-04-2010
20080259835Locating content in broadband wireless access networks - In some embodiments, only one multicast connection identifier is used in a WiMAX network per zone. This may result in power savings because it is not necessary for the mobile station to query a base station to obtain the correct information about how to locate desired channels in a WiMAX multicast. Instead, the mobile station may be maintained in a lower power consumption mode in which it need not transmit, but only receives information. This is because the mobile station has all the information it needs about what channels are available and can simply tune using a logical media channel identifier to the appropriate channel to receive the desired content without having to transmit a message to the base station to identify the correct channel.10-23-2008
20130044664METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - A communication system is provided wherein a user equipment (UE) receives control information from a wireless network. The UE monitors control channel candidates using common reference signals (CRS) and monitors enhanced control channel candidates using demodulation reference signals (DMRS) when the UE is configured in a first transmission mode, such as transmission mode 9, for receiving a downlink shared traffic channel based on DMRS. The UE monitors control channel candidates only using CRS when the UE is configured in a second transmission mode, such as any of transmission modes 1-6, for receiving a downlink shared traffic channel based on CRS. The UE then receives downlink control information (DCI) in a subframe in one of the monitored control channel candidates or enhanced control channel candidates in the subframe.02-21-2013
20130044663Supporting DL Triggered HS-DPCCH in a cell in CELL_FACH - Apparatus and methods are described for initiating an operating a high speed uplink channel. A user equipment may receive an order from a Node B triggering a feedback response. The user equipment may perform a physical random access channel (PRACH) procedure in response to receiving the order, and may also initiate a collision resolution procedure The user equipment may transmit a current channel quality indicator (CQI) of the user equipment on a high speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH) prior to achieving collision resolution.02-21-2013
20130028162METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE BLUETOOTH LOW POWER DISCOVERY AND WAKE UP - A method of low power discovery (LPD) that extends the battery life of a portable Wi Fi device or portable media player (PMP) using IEEE 802.11 interface by ensuring that PMP host processor is only on when in designated 802.11 coverage or when needed by a user, by employing probabilistic channel scanning-comprising:01-31-2013
20130028160COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ENHANCING ENERGY EFFICIENCY - Provided is a method and device for increasing energy efficiency by adaptively performing clipping with respect to an input signal. The method may adaptively determine a clipping ratio (CR) based on a modulation method of the communication device and perform clipping based on the determined CR.01-31-2013
20110194475Preamble and header bit allocation for power savings within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Preamble and header bit allocation for power savings within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Within a multi-user packet, information (e.g., partial address information) related to a recipient group of wireless communication devices (e.g., as few as one wireless communication device or any subset of a number of wireless communication devices, sometimes including all of the wireless communication devices) is emplaced within a PHY (e.g., physical layer) header of such a multi-user packet to be communicated within a multi-user (MU) environment. Such recipient indicating information can be encoded with relatively higher robustness (e.g., lower coding rates, lower ordered modulation, cyclic redundancy check (CRC), etc.) that remaining portions of the multi-user packet. Various portions of the remainder of the multi-user packet may respectively correspond to different wireless communication devices (e.g., a first field for a first wireless communication device, a second field for a second wireless communication device, etc.).08-11-2011
20110194473POWER-SAVING METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention discloses a power-saving method. The method comprises the steps of: forwarding a packet in accordance with a forwarding signal; operating in a power-saving receiving mode to enable a receiver in accordance with a receiving enable signal; and determining whether a standard receiving mode is operating in accordance with a packet detection result.08-11-2011
20110194472METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING A ROUTING-METRIC - The invention relates to a method and a device for which, for determining a routing-metric for a mesh-network, in particular according to standard IEEE 802.11s, routing messages sent in wireless mesh networks or mobile ad-hoc-networks, on various paths of source nodes, via the mesh nodes of the mesh networks to the target nodes, are evaluated in order to determine the best path for transferring data packets from source nodes to target nodes. Said nodes are battery-operated and mesh nodes are only used in the energy-saving mode as intermediate nodes of a path when this can not be prevented due to necessary connectivity in the mesh network or due to predetermined guidelines. Also, in each routing message sent from source nodes to target nodes via various paths, a plurality of bits, preferably two bits, are used for the number of mesh nodes operating in the path in the energy-saving mode or are battery-operated when the remaining bits of the routing-message are used for the path metric.08-11-2011
20110194471WAKE-UP APPARATUS AND WAKE-UP METHOD FOR LOW POWER SENSOR NODE - Provided are a wake-up apparatus and wake-up method for a low power sensor node, and more particularly, to a wake-up apparatus and wake-up method for a low power sensor node, which can extend the battery life of the sensor node and minimize the amount of power consumed by an entire sensor network power by minimizing unnecessary power consumption of the sensor node. The wake-up apparatus for a low power sensor node includes: a wake-up signal detector receiving and detecting a wake-up signal of a sensor node; a wake-up radio frequency (RF) circuit unit filtering and amplifying the wake-up signal; and a wake-up baseband transducer detecting a wake-up address from the wake-up signal and comparing and verifying the wake-up address with a wake-up address that is provided from a server managing the sensor node. The wake-up apparatus outputs an interrupt signal for transmitting a sensing event of the sensor node or outputs a wake-up address of another sensor node in an area where the interrupt signal is to be sensed if errors are not detected when the wake-up address is verified.08-11-2011
20090122737MESH NETWORK CONTROL USING COMMON DESIGNATION WAKE-UP - Each of a plurality of network nodes in an ad hoc mesh network utilizes a data communication device that includes a two-way communications component, comprising a first receiver and transmitter, and a second receiver. The second receiver activates the communications component from a dormant state when it receives a broadcast including a wake-up identifier of the communication device. A method of activating and deactivating a mesh network includes, first, transmitting a broadcast that includes a wake-up identifier such that each second receiver of each communication device identified by the wake-up identifier, upon receipt, activates the communications component of the communication device, which then engages in mesh networking communications, and, second, transmitting a second broadcast including a second identifier such that the communications component of each communication device identified by the second identifier, upon receipt, will cease its mesh networking communications and will return to the dormant state.05-14-2009
20090122735Method and System for Transmitting a Signal Comprising Preamble and a Data Frame - A system, a device, and a method for transmitting a signal (05-14-2009
20100157864Scanning Methods And Apparatus For Mobile Devices In Wireless Local Area Networks For Reduced Power Consumption - One illustrative method for reducing power consumption in a mobile communication device of a wireless local area network (WLAN) involves the steps of identifying a communication signal quality value between the mobile device and a wireless access point of the WLAN with which the mobile device is currently associated; determining an initial timer value based on a predefined relationship with the communication signal quality value where, as the communication signal quality value decreases, the initial timer value correspondingly decreases; initializing a scan trigger timer with the initial timer value and running the scarf trigger timer; and upon expiration of the scan trigger timer: causing a scanning operation to be performed for identifying one or more wireless access points in a coverage region; and repeating the acts of identifying, determining, initializing and running the scan trigger timer, and causing the scanning operation to be performed. Preferably, the mobile device operates to refrain from performing scanning operations altogether when the communication signal quality value is greater than a scan trigger threshold value. The scan trigger threshold value may be derived from or calculated based on a previously-received or last-sampled communication signal quality value of the wireless access point sampled at a time when the mobile device chose to reassociate with a different wireless access point of the WLAN.06-24-2010
20130077550INFRASTRUCTURE OFFLOAD WAKE ON WIRELESS LAN (WOWL) - Aspects of an infrastructure offload wake on wireless LAN (WOWL) are described. An aspect of the system may include a networked device, or station, which may communicate one or more filters to an infrastructure networking device. The infrastructure networking device may utilize the filters to perform pattern matching operations on frames or packets received from the network for delivery to at least the station while the station is in an inactive, or low-power, state. When pattern matching operations performed at the infrastructure networking device indicate receipt of a frame or packet on behalf of the inactive station, which matches at least one of the filters, the infrastructure networking device may store an indication value. The indication value may denote receipt of at least one frame or packet that matched at least one of the filters, which were communicated to the infrastructure networking device by the station.03-28-2013
20130077549INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND METHOD WITH PRE-BEACON ACTIVATION TIME ADJUSTMENT - An integrated circuit including a transceiver module that receives beacons from an access point (AP), and transition a wireless network device to an active mode based on: a predetermined beacon interval; and a first predetermined period prior to one of multiple beacons. A timestamp module calculates a first correction value based on a first timestamp received from the AP. An adjustment module adjusts the first predetermined period based on the first correction value. A beacon module detects a beacon missed during an inactive mode by the transceiver module. The timestamp module transmits a probe request signal to the AP a second predetermined period after detection of the missed beacon, receives a second timestamp from the AP in response to the probe request signal, and recalculates the first correction value based on the second timestamp. The adjustment module adjusts the first predetermined period based on the recalculated first correction value.03-28-2013
20100118753POWER SAVING IN IEEE 802-STYLE NETWORKS - A system and method for power saving in IEEE 802-style and ITU-T G.984-style networks overcomes the limitations of conventional techniques using information from user and network devices for initiating power savings by the user or network device, enabling power savings on links such as optical networks. This innovative technique provides a system and method for communications between user and network devices, facilitating either the user or network device initiating a sleep mode for the user device. The implementation of a sleep mode in a device allows powering down of the device's transmitter and receiver for a specified length of time, during which the transmitter and receiver (also referred to as the physical interface of the device) consume diminished power.05-13-2010
20100118752Method and Apparatus of Transition to a Battery Efficient State or Configuration by Indicating End of Data Transmission in Long Term Evolution - A method is provided for sending a Fast Dormancy (FD) indication from a User Equipment (UE) to an access device through a Media Access Control (MAC) layer. The method includes receiving an indication from an upper layer that there is no more data for a prolonged period of time and generating and sending a MAC control element to the access device.05-13-2010
20100074157SENSOR NODE OF WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A sensor node of a wireless sensor network includes a first sensor node module for generating and processing, when it is activated, a first sensing signal to detect occurrence of an event based on the first sensing signal; and a second sensor node module for generating and processing a second sensing signal, when it is activated, to monitor state transition of the event based on the second sensing signal. Further, when the occurrence of the event is detected, the first sensor node module is inactivated and the second sensor node module is activated.03-25-2010
20130136046ESTABLISHMENT OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Wireless communication protocols are provided for wireless device discovery, preferably (but not necessarily) with low power consumption. Some protocols are suitable for wireless locks and keys (e.g. smart cards and card readers).05-30-2013
20130136045METHODS AND DEVICES FOR FACILITATING OPTIMIZED GENERAL PAGE MESSAGE MONITORING - Access terminals are adapted to receive a non-empty general page message (GPM) which includes a number of page records that is less than a predefined maximum number of page records. In response to receiving the non-empty general page message (GPM), the access terminal can enter into a sleep state of a slotted idle mode. A method operational on an access terminal includes receiving a general page message (GPM) with at least one page record. A number of page records included in the general page message (GPM) may be determined to be less than a maximum number of page records allowed in the general page message (GPM). The access terminal may enter a sleep state in response to determining the number of page records in the received general page message (GPM) is less than the maximum allowed number of page records. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included.05-30-2013
20130077548APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING GATEWAY CONSIDERING LOW POWER - An apparatus and a method for determining a gateway using lower power are provided. The method includes setting probing transmission power for setting the gateway, transmitting a probing request message to another mobile station existing in a cluster with the set probing transmission power, when a probing response message is received from the other mobile station, generating a probing response list for the mobile station having transmitted the probing response message, determining whether a cluster list for mobile stations existing in the cluster corresponds to the probing response list, and determining a gateway mobile station according to a result of the determination as to whether the cluster list for mobile stations existing in the cluster corresponds to the probing response list.03-28-2013
20130077546Wireless Beacon Reception - This disclosure describes techniques operating a client device to communicate with a wireless access point. The client device may awake from a low power mode of operation receive a first portion of a beacon from the access point that includes a delivery traffic identification (DTIM) message. According to the techniques described herein, the client device may determine, based on the DTIM message, whether or not one or more packets of data are forthcoming from the access point. If one or more packets of data are forthcoming from the access point, the client device may remain in an active mode of operation to receive the forthcoming packets (and/or a second portion of the beacon). However, if no packets of data are forthcoming from the access point, the client device may return to the low power mode of operation, before receiving and/or processing the second portion of the beacon.03-28-2013
20130077547MOBILE STATION, CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile station includes a communication section that enters an active state at call timings for calls from a base station, receives a communication parameter transmitted at transmission timings from the base station, and uses the received communication parameter to conduct data communication with the base station, a judging section that judges, when an update of the communication parameter is detected, whether the communication parameter is able to be received in the active state at a next call timing for a next call from the base station based on the transmission timings, and a controller that, when the judging section judges that the communication parameter is able to be received, causes the communication section to enter an idle state until the next call timing.03-28-2013
20130077545APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING RADIO RESOURCES IN SLEEP MODE - Methods and apparatuses are provided for configuring resources at a device operating in a sleep mode of a wireless network. The device can use at least some of the resources for other purposes, such as scanning neighbor base stations, acquiring system parameters of the wireless network or other networks, etc., based in part on requirements of a current interval of the sleep mode. In an available interval, a serving base station may attempt to communicate with the device, and thus, the device can keep at least one receiver chain tuned to the serving base station while assigning other resources to communicate with other base stations. In an unavailable interval, the device can assign all resources for communicating with the other base stations.03-28-2013
20130039244METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA ASSOCIATED WITH IDLE MODE SIGNALING REDUCTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The technical features of this document provide a method and wireless apparatus for controlling a number of timers associated with ISR function. The method is applicable to a user equipment moving between different networks, i.e., different radio access networks such as 2G/3G and LTE. The method is associated with a deactivate timer which can be initiated following a periodic tracking area updating timer. The method comprises starting the deactivate ISR timer when the periodic tracking area updating timer expires and the mobility management back-off timer is running while the UE is in the coverage of LTE.02-14-2013
20130039246METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating resources in a wireless communication system is provided. A wireless device which makes a transition between Low Power Consumption (LPC) mode and active mode receives, from a base station, an allocation message for allocating persistent scheduling resources used in persistent scheduling. The wireless device communicates with the base station using the persistent scheduling resources, for active duration in which the wireless device operates in the active mode. The wireless device deallocates the persistent scheduling resources automatically when the active duration is finished.02-14-2013
20130039245METHOD AND DEVICE OF MANAGING MTC DEVICES IN AN MTC NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method and system for managing Machine-to-Machine type Communication (MTC) devices in a MTC network environment are provided. The method includes receiving a notification message including a timer value from an MTC network; entering, upon receiving the notification message including the timer value for a duration equal to the timer value, an inactive mode; entering, upon an expiration of the timer value, an active mode from the inactive mode; and transmitting MTC data to an MTC server associated with the MTC device via the MTC network during the active mode of the MTC device.02-14-2013
20130039243METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OPERATING IN IDLE MODE - A method and device for operating in an idle mode for Machine To Machine (M2M) communication are provided. A M2M device receives a paging message from a base station. The paging message includes a M2M group identifier that identifies a M2M group to which the M2M device belongs. The M2M device monitors an uplink resource allocation beginning from an offset during a monitoring duration.02-14-2013
20130039241METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER MANAGEMENT OF UICC - The present disclosure describes a method for saving power in a user equipment (UE), which includes discovering at least one available access technology radio access network (RAN) having at least one access technology type, switching off power to a removable Universal Integrated Circuit Card (UICC) having subscription information for a second technology type different from a first technology type when a first technology type RAN is the only access technology RAN available, and establishing access to first technology type RAN user subscription information in a nonvolatile memory (NV) on the UE when a first technology type RAN is the only access technology RAN available.02-14-2013
20130039240REALIZATION OF SLEEP AND RECONNECTING FUNCTIONS ON NETWORK SYSTEM AND THE METHOD - Realization of sleep and reconnecting functions is developed for network systems which comprise a number of end devices, network path sharing devices and coordinators. End devices and, even, network path sharing devices can be enforced to enter a sleep state at the first preset times and wake up at the second preset times. The two preset times are either assigned offline or adjustable at run time, according to the actual traffic load in the network. When a node wakes up, it checks whether the corresponding parent node is in the active state or not. If the corresponding parent node is not in the active state, the node will find a new parent node to establish a new transmission path.02-14-2013
20130039239WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD WITH LOW POWER CONSUMPTION - A wireless communication device includes a Wi-Fi module for operating in WLAN system and a Bluetooth module for operating in Bluetooth system. After entering a power-saving mode, the wireless communication device is configured to turn off the Wi-Fi module and periodically scan an operational frequency band of a network using the Bluetooth module. When detecting a radio frequency signal having the same bandwidth as the network in the operational frequency band, the wireless communication device is configured to enter a normal mode.02-14-2013
20130039238Method Of Operating A Wireless Device And Processor For A Wireless Device - A wireless device operates such that at least a part of a radio system of the wireless device is temporarily shut down so as to be unable to receive downlink frames and is powered up so as to be capable of receiving downlink frames. The wireless device schedules the transmission time of an uplink frame to occur when the radio system of the wireless device has been powered up so that the wireless device is capable of receiving a downlink frame.02-14-2013
20130034034POWER CONTROL DEVICE FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION AND METHOD THEREOF - A power control method and device for mobile communication are disclosed. The power control method, performed by a mobile communication device including a controller, a radio frequency (RF) circuit and a baseband circuit, includes receiving, by the RF circuit, a first signal; determining, by the controller, when a second signal is come; turning off, by the controller, the RF circuit when the first signal is received and the second signal has not yet arrived; and processing, by the baseband circuit, the received first signal.02-07-2013
20130034033METHOD FOR SENDING/ACQUIRING A SIR TARGET VALUES AND A SERVING RADIO NETWORK CONTROL - The present invention discloses a method for sending/acquiring a SIR target value and a Serving Radio Network Control. The above sending method comprises: a Serving Radio Network Control (SRNC) sending an outer loop power control frame to a Node B, wherein the outer loop power control frame carries carrier identification information and a SIR Target value of a carrier corresponding to the carrier identification information. The above acquiring method comprises: a Node B receiving an outer loop power control frame sent by a Serving Radio Network Control (SRNC) and acquiring carrier identification information and a SIR Target value of a carrier corresponding to the carrier identification information from the outer loop power control frame; and the Node B updating a SIR Target value of the carrier corresponding to the carrier identification information to be the SIR Target value. By means of the present invention, uplink N carrier HSUPA functions can be ensured to be performed correctly and reasonably, and the Node B is enabled to perform power control to independent uplink transmission in an N carrier system.02-07-2013
20130034035METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR AD-HOC WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method, User Equipment (UE), and network node in an ad-hoc network. The UE determines a node in the ad-hoc network that is able to provide a reference signal comprising a pattern that can be used for synchronization purposes when the UE is in DRX mode in the ad-hoc network. The node is determined by requesting the node to indicate whether the node is able to provide the reference signal, and receiving an accept signal or message from the node. The UE then receives the reference signal from the determined node, enters DRX mode, and uses the received reference signal to maintain synchronization while in the DRX mode.02-07-2013
20130034036POWER EFFICIENT COMMUNICATIONS - A method, system, and device provide power-efficient communications within the context of available power. Transmission and receipt data rates are scalable in accordance with output power available from a power source. Data is transmitted at a data rate determined, at least in part, by the available output power.02-07-2013
20100142422COOPERATIVE PACKET ROUTING FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - A cooperative packet routing for wireless sensor networks is described. In one aspect, a transient sensor node in a wireless sensor network receives a packet from a source node, wherein the packet is targeted for receipt by a base station. The transient sensor node, responsive to receiving the packet, estimates how much operational energy remains in the sensor node. If the determined amount of energy meets a configurable threshold, the transient sensor node implements a set of cooperative packet routing operations for conditional re-transmission of the packet to the base station. The configurable threshold is set to ensure substantially optimal usage and lifetime of the sensor node in the wireless sensor network. The conditional re-transmission of the packet is based on a set of randomized packet re-transmission criteria.06-10-2010
20100046408Apparatus and Method for Power-Saving in Multiple Antenna Communication System - A multiple-antenna transceiver in the present invention includes a frame controller and circuitry for transmitting and receiving. The transmitting component includes a sequence selection circuit, a MIMO modulation and coding circuit, and numerous TX RFE and AFE circuits. The receiving component includes a MIMO demodulation and decoding circuit, a sequence separation circuit, and numerous RX RFE and AFE circuits. The frame controller can enable and disable the TX and RX RFE and AFE circuits individually so as to reduce power consumption of the whole system.02-25-2010
20130089016REMOTE SITE TELECOM EQUIPMENT COMMUNICATION - The present invention provides for a system, method and apparatus for monitoring telecommunication components. The invention provides a switch placed at a remote location, wherein the switch includes a converter that converts power from a first voltage to a second voltage, a plurality of communication lines for a connection to a plurality of end users; and an interface that establishes a communication link with a central office. A transmitter is associated with the converter or other switch component; the transmitter transmits a wireless signal relating to a converter or other switch component operating condition. A receiving device receives wireless signals from the transmitter and provides the signals to a serving area interface for processing and/or transmission of the signals to a Central Office for monitoring. A transmitter may initiate transmission upon the occurrence of a change in operating condition.04-11-2013
20120207072TERMINAL FOR COMMUNICATING WITH A COMMUNICATION SATELLITE - A terminal for communicating with a communication satellite includes a first transceiver for communicating with at least one device in a short range network, and a second transceiver for communicating with a geostationary communication satellite in a network deploying a plurality of forward channels for the communication satellite to transmit data to the terminal and a plurality of return channels for the terminal to transmit data to said communication satellite. The second transceiver is configured to transmit data from the at least one device in one of the plurality of return channels. The at least one device may include a plurality of utility meters and other sensors. A large system including a plurality of the terminals, a communication satellite and a data authority may provide a system for collecting utility meter readings across a geographical region.08-16-2012
20100103847METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT RELATING COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A method for use in controlling transmit power of a radio transceiver for communication with a receiving and/or transmitting node is provided. The method may include transmitting a signal from the radio transmitter, the signal including a Transmit Power Control portion, and altering the TPC re-transmission when the radio transmitter is in a fixed environmental condition.04-29-2010
20100097969LOW-POWER WIRELESS MULTI-HOP NETWORKS - A method of communication or transmission of data between a first and a second node in a wireless multi-hop network comprises bringing the first node and the second node in a fully operative mode for communication with each other and subsequently bringing the first node and the second node in a reduced operative mode where no communication with any other node is possible and, before bringing the second node in the fully operative mode, bringing the second node in a listening mode during a token listening period to check for presence of a wake-up token from the first node, and thereafter bringing the second node into the reduced operative mode if no wake-up token is received, and bringing the second node into the fully operative mode for reception of data from the first node if a wake-up token is received. This wake-up scheme is a kind of scheduled rendezvous scheme with collision avoidance, and may be called an induced wake-up scheme. It is advantageous because of its low power consumption (no des only wake up completely when a message is present for them to receive) and because of the low latency in data transfer. The wake-up tokens used enable random access to other nodes, nevertheless having a system which is low-power in operation.04-22-2010
20090161589WAKE-UP IN CLASS-BASED NETWORKING - A method for communicating to a recipient transceiver from a plurality of transceivers located within the broadcast range of the recipient transceiver includes: transmitting a communication at a first power level such that only a first group of transceivers receive the broadcast, the communication including a command causing each of the first group of transceivers not to respond to a subsequent broadcast; and subsequent thereto, transmitting a communication at a second power level greater than the first power level such that a second group of transceivers greater than and including the first group of transceivers receive the broadcast, but such that only a limited number of transceivers of the second group respond to the broadcast, the limited number of transceivers excluding the first group of transceivers. Each of the plurality of transceivers is associated with a respective sensor for acquiring data and transmitting the data to the recipient transceiver.06-25-2009
20100110950METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALIGNING POWER SAVINGS CLASSES - A method for power savings in a wireless communications network, including selecting all Type-1 power savings classes (PSCs), selecting all Type-2 PSCs, and selecting all Type-3 PSCs. The method further includes aligning the Type-1 PSCs of the device, if more than one Type-1 PSC is selected, and aligning the Type-2 PSCs of the device, if more than one Type-2 PSC is selected. The method also includes aligning the two or more aligned Type-1 PSCs or, if only one Type-1 PSC is selected, the Type-1 PSC, and the two or more aligned Type-2 PSCs or, if only one Type-2 PSC is selected, the Type-2 PSC, if there is at least one Type-1 PSC and at least one Type-2 PSC. The method may further include aligning the Type-3 PSCs with the aligned Type-1 and Type-2 PSCs, if there is at least one Type-3 PSC and at least one Type-1 or Type-2 PSC.05-06-2010
20100110955SIGNALLING CHANNEL AND RADIO SYSTEM FOR POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Wireless devices, transmitters, systems and methods are provided that have a narrow band signalling channel and a wide band channel, for example an OFDM channel. In order to save power, the wireless device is nominally powered down with the exception of a receiver specific to the narrow band signalling channel. Once instructed to do so over the narrow band signalling channel, the wireless device wakes up the rest of its wide band receive circuitry.05-06-2010
20090154386WIMAX MULTICAST BROADCAST SERVICES (MBS) EFFICIENT HANDOVER AND POWER SAVING SUPPORT FOR INTRA AND INTER-MBS ZONES - A broadcast management message includes MBS Zone Neighbor information to associate different MBS Zones which transmit the same MBS contents over a single frequency or a different frequency. An MBS Zone Service Group contains a group of MBS Zones that transmit the same MBS content over the same frequency or at different frequencies. All the MBS Zones that belong to the same MBS Zone Service Group may have the same MBS Zone Service Group Identifier (ID).06-18-2009
20090154385Dynamic Adjustment of Setup Time Based on Paging Performance - Techniques for dynamically determining a target setup time based on paging performance are described. A UE in an idle mode may be assigned paging occasions, which are specific time intervals in which the UE might receive paging messages. The UE may wake up a setup time prior to each paging occasion, perform setup tasks, detect for a paging indicator, and possibly receive a paging message. The UE may dynamically determine a target setup time for each awake interval based on paging performance. The target setup time may be (i) decreased by a down step if the paging performance is better than a first threshold or (ii) increased by an up step if the paging performance is worse than a second threshold. The target setup time may be updated in each fixed update period or whenever the paging performance is outside the first and second thresholds.06-18-2009
20090154384Resource allocation and outage control for renewable energy WLAN infrastructure mesh node - A mesh node of an infrastructure wireless local area network ‘WLAN’ is coupled to a battery which is coupled to a device that is able to harness energy from a source of renewable energy. Energy management of the mesh node includes conducting simulations of a system comprising the mesh node, the device, and the battery in its current state of charge, determining an admissible load for the mesh node from the simulations, and withholding communication services by the mesh node for one or more periods of time a cumulative duration of which is related to power consumption of the mesh node when handling the admissible load. The simulations involve meteorological data related to the source of renewable energy in the vicinity of the mesh node.06-18-2009
20100039972Controlling a Power Level in a Wireless Communications System with Different Scrambling Codes - A power level of signals transmitted in a wireless communications system under a first or a second scrambling code, is controlled in an inner power control loop, where a quality measure is repetitively estimated and control commands generated from the quality measure and a quality measure reference value, which in an outer power control loop is adjusted in dependence on a performance level calculated for signals received during a time interval. A first value is adjusted in dependence on a performance level for time intervals with all signals transmitted under the first scrambling code and used during such time intervals. A second value is adjusted in dependence on a performance level for time intervals with at least some signals transmitted under the second scrambling code and used during at least a part of such time intervals.02-18-2010
20100039975POWER CONTROL TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - Various embodiments are disclosed relating to wireless systems, and also relating to power control techniques for wireless devices. One disclosed embodiment comprises a wireless receiver that includes a processing circuit. In one example embodiment, at least a portion of the processing circuit may process only a portion of an ID packet. The portion of the ID packet that is received and processed may be less than a full ID packet, which may provide power savings.02-18-2010
20100039974WIRELESS APPARATUS - A wireless apparatus that periodically sends notification signals, including: a determining module that determines, before sending the notification signal, whether a wireless channel is being used by a wireless device; a sending module that sends the notification signal if the wireless channel is not used throughout a first period; a receiving module; a controller that controls the receiving module to be able to receive a signal until a lapse of a second period after transmission of the notification signal; and a suspending module that suspends supply of power to the receiving module if a signal is not received in the second period and the number of wireless devices that can communicate with the apparatus is zero. If the receiving module receives a signal in the second period, the controller controls the receiving module to be able to receive a signal after a lapse of the second period.02-18-2010
20100039973QOS SCEDULING METHODS FOR WLANS WITH HETEROGENOUS APPLICATIONS - A wireless system (02-18-2010
20100039971Power Management Method and Communication System - Keep-alive transactions between a device and a wireless network service are handled by the network interface of the device without precipitation of the device processor. The device processor may be placed in a power save mode and the connection between the device and the wireless network service maintained without waking the device processor to handle keep-alive transactions.02-18-2010
20120213134REMOTE WAKEUP OF APPLICATION PROCESSOR OF MOBILE DEVICE - A system, circuit, and device for waking up an application processor (AP) of the mobile device are disclosed. The system includes a low power personal area network (PAN) module configured to communicate with an external device for establishing a connection with the external device. The system also includes a controller for the low power PAN module configured to process a connection request signal from the external device and to wake up the AP of the mobile device in response to an AP on request signal from the external device when the connection request signal from the external device is verified as valid, where the controller is supplied with quiescent current from a battery of the mobile device prior to the wake up of the AP.08-23-2012
20090129302SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING OPTIMIZED MULTIPLEXING AND POWER SAVING IN A BROADCAST NETWORK - A system and method for implementing optimized multiplexing and power saving in a broadcast/multicast network. According to various embodiments, frame and slot structures are designed in such a way so as to adapt based upon the bit rate variation of the input stream, while at the same time not compromising the receiver's power consumption.05-21-2009
20130083714RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - After the radio base station eNB#04-04-2013
20130083713Enhancement for Scheduling Request Triggering Based on Traffic Condition - A method for scheduling request triggering based on traffic condition is provided. The method supports detecting a traffic condition, determining a modified scheduling request (SR) trigger based on the traffic condition and transmitting a scheduling request to a base station based on the modified SR trigger. In one embodiment, the modified SR trigger is a data buffer or a data generation rate exceeding a threshold. In one embodiment, the threshold is related to a prioritized Bit Rate (PBR) or a bucket Size Duration (BSD) or both. In another embodiment, the threshold is configured by the base station based on a size of the smallest grant under the traffic condition. In one embodiment, the threshold is updated when DRX state changes. In another embodiment, during DRX sleep state, the SR period is longer or SR is stopped.04-04-2013
20130083712DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) BASED MECHANISMS FOR CONNECTION SETUP - A user equipment (UE) may detect a potential collision between a discontinuous reception (DRX) pattern of a first radio access technology (RAT) and a reception time of a message from a second RAT of a remote device. The reception time may be unknown. The UE may dynamically reconfigure the DRX pattern to reduce a likelihood of the potential collision. The UE may also configure transmission of a different message by the second RAT during a DRX off-period to reduce a likelihood of the potential collision.04-04-2013
20100080157PERIODIC SYNCHRONIZATION LINK QUALITY IN A MESH NETWORK - Wireless mesh network nodes in a mesh network are operable to receive a periodic beacon from at least one other mesh network node, where the received beacon comprises received beacon link quality information for the at least one other mesh network node. The nodes are further operable to record the sender identity and link quality of the received periodic beacon, record the received beacon link quality information in the beacon from the wireless mesh network node to the at least one other mesh network node, and retransmit a received periodic beacon to other network nodes, the retransmitted beacon comprising link quality information for beacons received in the wireless mesh network node.04-01-2010
20100067421APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING AN IDLE MODE IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - Apparatus and methods are disclosed for control of an idle mode in a wireless device. In particular, the idle mode duty cycle of a preamble transmission by an access point (AP), as an example, is variably or adaptively set in response to determined conditions of the wireless neighborhood. The conditions determined include the whether or not other wireless devices are present in the vicinity of sensing wireless device, as well as the state of those devices present, such as whether they are in an idle mode or an active mode.03-18-2010
20120182916Method and a Device for Saving Power in a Wireless User Terminal - A method for use in a cellular system with at least one controlling node, eNodeB, which controls user terminals, UEs, in a cell. According to the method, a UE can be in one of at least two different states, an idle state, a DRX state, and an “on duration” state. A UE can receive at least a first and a second type of traffic from its eNodeB. If the first type of traffic is received by a UE during an on duration period, the UE assumes the idle (DRX) state at the end of the on duration period, and if the second type of traffic is received by the UE during an on duration period, the UE prolongs the current on duration period by a certain amount of time.07-19-2012
20120182915Systems and Methods for Receiving Data at an Access Point - Stations in standby mode periodically wake up to check for buffered data at the access points. Traditionally, the information is available by checking the periodic beacon frame for a traffic indication map (TIM). Unfortunately, the length of beacons has steadily increased with the progression of the various wireless standards requiring stations to wake up for longer periods to merely check for buffered data. Several approaches are disclosed which address this shortcoming, including the broadcast of TIM frames, the partial reception of beacon frames and the use of an embedded TIM frame within a beacon frame.07-19-2012
20120182914FEEDBACK SCHEME FOR PROVIDING FEEDBACK ON PLURAL TRANSMISSIONS - The invention relates to methods and apparatuses for providing HARQ feedback in a mobile communication system using carrier aggregation. To suggest a scheme for transmitting feedback on the successful/unsuccessful decoding of transmissions that is operable in FDD mode, the invention proposes to utilize only a single one of plural radio resources available for feedback transmission for signaling feedback for multiple transmissions. A feedback sequence of ACK/NACKs for the transmissions is mapped to one feedback resource combination that is one of the radio resources available for feedback transmission and a modulation symbol of the given modulation scheme that is transmitted on said one radio resource. This scheme can also be used in cases where the number of possible feedback sequences of ACK/NACKs for the transmissions is larger than the number of feedback resource combinations available for feedback transmission.07-19-2012
20120182913FRAME MAPPING FOR GERAN VOICE CAPACITY ENHANCEMENTS - The present document relates to radio transmission. In particular, it relates to the mapping of frames in a GSM EDGE Radio Access Network (GERAN). A GERAN base station comprising a transceiver is described. The base station is operable to communicate with a first mobile station via a first VAMOS channel; to communicate with a second mobile station via a second corresponding VAMOS channel; and to use a control channel of the second VAMOS channel which is offset by 4 or 8 TDMA frames with respect to a control channel of the corresponding first VAMOS channel.07-19-2012
20120182912METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR LOCAL INTERNET PROTOCOL ACCESS CONNECTION HANDLING DURING CIRCUIT SWITCHED FALLBACK AND HANDOVER - A method and apparatus are described for handling local Internet protocol (IP) access (LIPA) connection during circuit switched fallback (CSFB) and handover (HO). One representative method of managing a Local Internet Protocol Access (LIPA) packet data network (PDN) connection to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), includes performing a switching operation to switch from the LIPA PDN connection to a non-LIPA PDN connection for communication to the WTRU; and suspending the LIPA PDN connection, in response to the switching operation.07-19-2012
20120182911PATH SETTING APPARATUS, PATH SETTING METHOD, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND STORAGE DEVICE - A path setting apparatus sets wireless paths fixed by a wireless network formed by a wireless connection device and a plurality of wireless devices. The path setting apparatus may include an editing unit that edits and sets positions of the wireless connection device and the wireless devices and wireless paths between the wireless connection device and the wireless devices and between the wireless devices, and edits and sets communication timings of the wireless connection device and the wireless devices where the wireless paths are set, based on an input instruction, a storage unit that stores power performance information of the wireless devices, and calculating unit that calculates at least one of transmission delays between the wireless devices and the wireless connection device, transmission delays between the wireless devices, consumption power of the wireless devices, and battery life of batteries used as power supplies of the wireless devices.07-19-2012
20110002251TIME SYNCHRONIZATION AND ROUTING METHOD IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK, AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING THE METHOD - A time synchronization method in a wireless sensor network, a low power routing method using a reservation scheme, and an apparatus for performing the method are provided. The time synchronization method in the wireless sensor network may include: receiving a first synchronization request command packet from a parent node that manages time synchronization for a predetermined synchronization region; receiving, from the parent node, a second synchronization request command packet that has a transmission timestamp value of the first synchronization request command packet; and performing time synchronization for a child node based on a reception time of the first synchronization request command packet, a reception time of the second synchronization request command packet, and the transmission timestamp value of the first synchronization request command packet.01-06-2011
20100002614LOW POWER MODES FOR FEMTO CELLS - Devices and methods are provided for deploying and/or implementing a low power mode in an access point (AP) base station. The low power mode may be implemented based on the presence and/or status of access terminals (ATs). In one embodiment, the method may involve determining whether any ATs are present within at least one defined coverage area. In another embodiment, the method may involve determining whether the ATs are in an idle or active state.01-07-2010
20090323571Low Power Media Access Control Protocol - A method of transmitting data from a transmitter to a receiver in an unsynchronized, ad-hoc, low-power, wireless network including: creating a packet including a header and data; and retransmitting the same created packet a plurality of times in succession.12-31-2009
20130089015METHOD FOR EXTENDING BATTERY LIFE IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method to extend battery life of a mobile device in a wireless network by means of specifying the wake-up condition at user level.04-11-2013
20090103464Wireless network node - A communication procedure has been developed that allows even a low-rate CPU to perform stable communication so as to realized wireless network nodes, which have a long communication distance and also have a long battery life. Each wireless network node decides its own time slot number by use of random numbers and transmits it after delaying the transmission by the number of time slots. When receiving the unique number from the wireless network node, a master unit transmits, to the wireless network node, an ACK signal together with the unique number. When receiving its unique number, the wireless network node gets into a sleep state for a period of time. In this way, each time communication is established, the number of active wireless network nodes is reduced.04-23-2009
20120218929APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR CHANNEL ON SLEEP MODE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) channel management in a broadband wireless communication system is provided. Operations of a base station include determining a CQI channel operation mode for a CQI channel of a terminal which enters a sleep mode; transmitting at least one message which instructs to enter the sleep mode and includes information indicating the CQI channel operation mode; and managing the CQI channel of the terminal according to the CQI channel operation mode while the terminal operates in the sleep mode. Candidates of the CQI channel operation mode include at least one of a first mode which deallocates the CQI channel in the sleep mode entry, a second mode which maintains the CQI channel in the sleep mode and forbids CQI channel allocation to other terminal during a sleep window, a third mode which deallocates the CQI channel in the sleep window entry without signaling, and a fourth mode which maintains the CQI channel in the sleep mode and allows the CQI channel allocation to other terminal during the sleep window.08-30-2012
20120218928Method for superframe management and coordinator thereof - A method and a coordinator of superframe management are disclosed. The method includes receiving, by a coordinator, a GTS request from a node; determining the type of the node; allocating GTS in an active period based on GTS characteristics carried in the GTS request when the node is determined as an energy restricted device; allocating GTS in an active period and an inactive period based on GTS characteristics carried in the GTS request when the node is determined as an energy unrestricted device.08-30-2012
20120218927METHOD FOR NEGOTIATING POWER MANAGEMENT MODE BETWEEN MOBILE DEVICE AND ACCESS POINT, AND MOBILE DEVICE - A method for negotiating a power management mode between a first wireless device and a second wireless device is provided. One of the first and second wireless devices is a mobile device, and the other of the first and second wireless devices is an access point. The method includes: transmitting a first information from the first wireless device to notify the second wireless device whether the first wireless device supports a power management mode; and receiving a second information transmitted from the second wireless device to the first wireless device, the second information being used for indicating whether the second wireless device supports the power management mode.08-30-2012
20120218926Delay-constrained and energy-efficient online routing for asynchronous sensor networks - The described method and system provide an efficient routing of data packets protocol in an event-driven and delay-constrained WSN (wireless sensor network) that optimizes the sleep/wake schedule of nodes to maximize the lifetime of the WSM, subject to a constraint on the source-to-sink delay. Online forwarding techniques may be used to transfer data reports from monitoring nodes to the sink. A delay-constrained and energy-efficient routing protocol (DCEER) for asynchronous WSNs may be used to maximize the lifetime of the WSN while remaining within the maximum allowable delay requirements. With DCEER, each node may maintain the historical cost of forwarding a packet from itself to the sink as its virtual coordinate, and packets are forwarded in the direction of descending coordinates. The cost-based coordinates may change dynamically with a time-varying channel or topology. Nodes may apply a relay-selection scheme to choose a next-hop relay from a set of multiple potential relay candidates, based on a tradeoff between forwarding energy consumption (FEC) and waiting costs. The optimal stopping time for the relay-selection process may be determined based on expected forwarding and waiting costs, and the nodes may operate according to an optimal sleep/wake schedule based on waiting costs and expected traffic flow.08-30-2012
20090040955Method for Adaptive Discontinuous Reception Based On Extented Paging Indicator for Improvement of Power Effective Performance at Mobile Terminal on WCDMA - An extended paging indicator-based adaptive discontinuous reception method is proposed so as to improve a power saving performance of a terminal in an asynchronous wideband code division multiple access schemes. To this end, a plurality of terminals for performing power saving receive an extended paging indicator for a discontinuous reception cycle, conform a type of a bit Run for configuring the extended paging indicator, and change the discontinuous reception period. In addition, the terminals set the discontinuous reception period update factor value to be varied according to the extended paging indicator as an initial value so as to determine a next paging occasion block, change the discontinuous reception period update factor value according to the paging indicator of the bit Run received from base station, and change the discontinuous reception period according to the variance of the discontinuous reception period update factor value. The extended paging indicator-based adaptive discontinuous reception method may improve transmission time delay and transmission failure probability performances for packet reception as well as a power saving performance in comparison with a conventional fixed discontinuous reception method.02-12-2009
20090040954COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A control unit controls setting of an operating mode. A timer determines a transmission period of a beacon for notifying presence of a network. A beacon transmitting unit transmits a beacon based on the transmission period. When the control unit instructs to switch from a normal operation mode to a power-saving operation mode, the timer sets a transmission period of the beacon to be longer than a transmission period in the normal operation mode.02-12-2009
20090092069NETWORK PROTOCOL - A system includes wireless network devices and a terminal device. The wireless network devices include a base station and plural repeater devices for routing data. The terminal device runs a network protocol to establish a presence in a wireless network that includes the wireless network devices. The terminal device enters a low-power mode when not communicating over the wireless network.04-09-2009
20090092068COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In an ad hoc mode based on IEEE802.11 standard, when a wireless terminal performs a power save operation to create a network, and a network identifier identical to that of the network to be created is present, the wireless terminal does not join the network. When the wireless terminal is to join the network, and the network identifier identical to that of the network which the wireless terminal is to join is not present, the wireless terminal does not join any network. In this method, reliable connectivity can be obtained in the ad hoc mode which is not defined in the IEEE802.11 standard in detail.04-09-2009
20130070658METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING A POWER SAVE MODE IN A WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for operating a power save mode in a wireless LAN system. The method involves transmitting a power save multi-poll (PSMP) frame containing a power save mode (PSM) of a non-access point (AP) station (STA) to a first station and to a second station which are paired with an AP on the basis of multiple input multiple output (MIMO) technology. Information on the PSM contains downlink transmission start offset which indicates the point in time of starting a downlink transmission period, a downlink transmission duration which indicates the duration of the downlink transmission period, and transmission object station identification information. The method further involves transmitting a data frame to the first station and to the second station on the basis of the MIMO technology during the downlink transmission period. The transmission object station identification information indicates a group identifier (group ID) for indicating an object station group including the first station and the second station, which are object stations to which the AP transmits the data frame on the basis of the MIMO technology.03-21-2013
20130070656Method and Apparatus for the Multimode Terminal in Idle Mode Operation in CDMA 1XRTT and Frame Asynchronous TD-SCDMA Networks - Method and apparatus for the multimode terminal (MMT) in idle mode operation in CDMA 1xRTT and frame asynchronous TD-SCDMA networks techniques for scheduling paging intervals in the multimode terminal to reduce paging interval conflicts. The method generally includes determining a circuit-switched (CS) discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle length of the first network (03-21-2013
20130070657RECEIVER STATE ESTIMATION IN A DUTY CYCLED RADIO - A method for receiver state estimation includes communicating, from a first communications device to a second communications device, a first plurality of wake-up frames; receiving, at the first communications device from the second communications device, an indication of a received wake-up frame of the communicated first plurality of wake-up frames; determining, by the first communications device, a time at which the second communications device is in a ready state based on the received indication; subsequently communicating, from the first communications device to the second communications device, a second plurality of wake-up frames. The first plurality is greater than the second plurality, the reduction in number from the first plurality to the second plurality being based on the determined time at which the second communications device is in a ready state.03-21-2013
20110038290DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF POWER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS AREA NETWORK - Device, system, and method of power management. In some demonstrative embodiments, a device may include a wireless communication unit to transmit to a control point of a wireless area network an information request frame identifying at least one other wireless communication device in the wireless area network, wherein the wireless communication unit is to receive from the control point a response including wakeup information defining a wakeup schedule including at least one wakeup period of the other wireless communication device, and wherein, based on the wakeup information, the wireless communication unit is to transmit a wireless transmission directly to the other wireless communication device during the wakeup period. Other embodiments are described and claimed.02-17-2011
20130058268SCHEDULING AND POWER SAVING WITH UNSCHEDULED SERVICE PERIODS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A wireless client device associated with an access point records at which time T after a transmission time of a most recent beacon frame it gained access to the wireless medium for transmission of an uplink packet to the access point. The wireless client device self-schedules target transmission times for one or more future uplink packets, where each of the target transmission times is T after a respective expected transmission time of a beacon frame. Rather than immediately attempting to gain access to the wireless medium when it determines that another uplink packet is ready for transmission, the wireless client device waits until shortly before its next upcoming target transmission time to make the attempt. Implementation in wireless client devices that are attempting to transmit uplink packets to the same access point may prolong the amount of time they can remain in a doze state, potentially reducing their power consumption.03-07-2013
20130058269Method, Apparatus, and System for Energy Saving Management in Network Management System - A method, an apparatus, and a system for energy saving management in a network management system are disclosed. The method for energy saving management includes: configuring, by an integrated reference point manager IRPManager, an energy saving policy, where the energy saving policy includes an identifier of a coverage backup entity for energy saving and further includes policy information of energy saving activation and/or policy information of energy saving deactivation; and sending, by the IRPManager, the energy saving policy to an integrated reference point agent IRPAgent, where the energy saving policy is used to perform energy saving management on a base station.03-07-2013
20130058267HARDWARE-BASED BEACON PROCESSING - A battery-powered WLAN communication device has an activity sensor operable to identify an available packet. A PHY module is awakened to begin receiving the packet. The PHY module decodes a full MAC address from a MAC portion of a header of the packet. A MAC address parser receives the MAC address and determines whether the packet is to be received by comparing the full MAC address to a MAC address of the WLAN communication device. The MAC address parser is awakened to perform the comparing and shutdown after. Packets to be received include beacon packets. A hardware centric MAC separate from the MAC address parser has a beacon processor capable of being awakened from a shutdown state to process a beacon packet. The PHY module, the MAC address parser, and the beacon processor module are operable to be awakened and shutdown independently of each other and of a microprocessor.03-07-2013
20110013548Power management for multi-carrier transmission - A method of power management for a mobile station in a multi-carrier wireless network is provided. A primary connection between the mobile station and a serving base station is first established by performing initial ranging over a primary radio frequency (RF) carrier. A secondary connection between the mobile station and the base station is then established by performing periodic ranging over a secondary RF carrier. To achieve efficient power management, the mobile station performs Open Loop Power Control and obtains long-term link measurement (CSI) of the primary carrier. The mobile station then adjusts carrier-specific parameters based on the primary carrier CSI. For RF carriers that convey on-going data traffic, Close Loop Power Control is updated per RF carrier. When the mobile station enters sleep mode operation, it receives traffic indication messages on the primary RF carrier and then dynamically wakes up one or more corresponding RF carriers for data reception.01-20-2011
20090268654Method of Selecting a Communication System for Operating with a Communication Device in an Idle Mode, and Communication Device - A method of selecting a communication system (10-29-2009
20090268652Power management mode aware mesh beacon collision avoidance and information update mechanism - Apparatus, methods and computer program products provide power management mode aware mesh beacon collision avoidance and information update mechanisms at a first mesh point in a wireless mesh network. The information update mechanism operates by detecting that a timing-related beacon transmission parameter of the first mesh point has changed; generating a message containing updated timing-related beacon transmission parameter information for the first mesh point; determining when a second mesh point operating in a power saving mode will transition to an awake state; and transmitting the message containing the updated timing-related beacon transmission information during a time corresponding to the awake state of the second mesh point.10-29-2009
20120224521POWER SAVE METHOD, ACCESS POINT DEVICE, AND STATION DEVICE - A power save method, an AP device and an STA device are provided. According to whether power save is allowed in a current TXOP and whether a station STA is newly added in an operation object identifier of a subsequent frame of each frame of the current TXOP, the AP device respectively sets a TXOP power save indication of each frame, and when the TXOP power save indication of the current frame is power save allowed, the STA device determines whether to enter the Doze state according to a judgment result for a doze condition. The adoption of the method and the device can expand the power save application range, and enhance the power save effect.09-06-2012
20120224520Method and Device for Confirming Downlink Inner Loop Power Control Mode by Base Station - The invention provides a method and a device for confirming a downlink inner loop power control mode by a Node B in an idle mode and in a CELL_FACH state. The method includes that: when the Node B detects that there is User Equipment (UE) using an E-DCH in the idle mode or in the CELL_FACH state, confirming to use a mode 0 to receive Transmit Power Control (TPC) bit information sent on a Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) by the UE, and performing downlink inner loop power control on a Fractional Dedicated Physical Channel (F-DPCH). The method and device provided in the invention enable the inner loop power control mode for the F-DPCH made by the Node B to be consistent with the TPC bit information mode fed back by the UE, and enable the F-DPCH to use proper transmit power to transmit.09-06-2012
20120224519COMMUNICATION METHOD OF A TARGET TERMINAL AND AN ACCESS POINT FOR GROUP ID MANAGEMENT IN MU-MIMO TRANSMISSION - Provided is a communication method of a target terminal and an access point (AP) for a group identification (ID) management in a multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) transmission capable of managing a group ID of members of a group without influencing other terminals in the group by transmitting membership information and position information to each of a plurality of terminals.09-06-2012
20120224518METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING TIMING UNCERTAINTY OF DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - In accordance with the present disclosure, disadvantages and problems associated with timing accuracies of higher data rate communications systems may be reduced. In accordance with one embodiment of the present disclosure a wireless communication element comprises a first controller configured to generate data transfer information indicating a trigger value. The wireless communication element further comprises a second controller communicatively coupled to the first controller. The second controller comprises a counter configured to increment a counter value and is configured to receive the data transfer information from the first controller. The second controller is further configured to generate a data transfer trigger when the counter value corresponds with the trigger value such that the wireless communication element initiates a data transfer with a second wireless communication element in response to the data transfer trigger.09-06-2012
20130064156METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SLEEP MODE OPERATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of sleep mode operation in a multi-carrier system are discussed. The method of establishing a sleep mode operation through active primary and secondary carriers according to an embodiment of the present invention may include transmitting a sleep cycle ID, a listening window, and traffic indication inactive information indicating that an indication as to whether traffic is generated is not transferred to a terminal through the primary carrier, sending downlink data to the terminal through the active primary or secondary carrier during the listening window, and sending a listening window early termination indication indicating to early terminate the listening window of the primary or secondary carrier that has received the downlink data through the primary carrier to the terminal if the data sending is completed.03-14-2013
20130064158Connection States for a User Entity in a Serving Gateway of an Evolved Packet Core System - A serving gateway node (SGW) and a method therefore is being provided being adapted for operating in a network in which a control-plane tunnel between a mobility manage-men! entity (MME) and a serving gateway node (SGW), a control plane tunnel between the serving gateway node (SGW) and a packet gateway node (PGW), and one or more user plane tunnels between the serving gateway node (SGW) and the packet gateway node (PGW), may be set up, the serving gateway (SGW) comprising an application layer control mechanism (APL LR CTRL), interface means, (!F) and a data base (DB). The serving gateway (SGW) is adapted for entering a state of ECM-IDLE (03-14-2013
20130064157ENERGY-SAVING BASE STATION IN A CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - An energy-saving base station in a telecommunication system. The base station includes a transceiver, a control processor, and a non-transitory computer-readable memory for storing an algorithm for controlling an energy-saving mode. The transceiver is configured to transmit a series of frame-structured signals in a cell served by the base station, each signal having a frame structure comprising a data region and an overhead part carrying at least synchronization or system information. In a normal mode, the signals are separated by a normal interval. When the base station enters the energy-saving mode, an interval between a first frame-structured signal and a next second frame-structured signal is increased from the normal interval to a longer energy-saving interval. The base station interrupts transmission of one or more third frame-structured signals during the energy-saving interval, and then includes the data regions of the interrupted signals in the frame of the second frame-structured signal.03-14-2013
20130064154Efficient Location Updates, Paging and Short Bursts - A mobile terminal in a wireless communication network may be one of several modes of operation. When in an idle mode, the mobile terminal may avoid a lengthy random access procedure normally associated with responding to a page from a base station, if the base station includes in the page an indication of a resource that the mobile terminal may utilize when responding to the page. Additionally, the mobile terminal may transmit an efficient location update MAC header to a base station, whether prompted to by a page from the base station or not. Furthermore, without leaving the idle mode or a sleep mode, the mobile terminal may exchange short data burst messages with a base station.03-14-2013
20130064151ADAPTIVE RECEIVE DIVERSITY DURING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A mobile wireless device adapts receive diversity during discontinuous reception based on downlink signal quality, page indicators and page messages. When the downlink signal quality exceeds a pre-determined threshold, the mobile wireless device decodes a page indicator channel through an initial antenna, and otherwise, decodes a paging channel through the initial antenna without decoding the page indicator channel. The mobile wireless device switches to decoding the paging channel through an alternate antenna when a page indicator decodes as an erasure. When a paging message received through a single antenna decodes with an incorrect error checking code, the mobile wireless devices enables receive diversity through multiple antennas for subsequent decoding. The mobile wireless device switches between single antenna reception and multiple antenna reception based on tracking multiple consecutive error checking code failures and successes.03-14-2013
20130064155TIME MULTIPLEXING FOR COEXISTENCE WITHIN MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus permitting the coexistence of multiple communication links to distinct wireless systems in a client device are disclosed. A wireless device can interface with both a primary communications system and at least one distinct communications system by managing the coexistence of active communications with the multiple communication systems. The wireless device can initially configure communications with the primary communications system for dynamically reconfigurable time multiplexed operation having scheduled periods of inactivity. The wireless device can determine timing and scheduling of communications with the distinct communications systems and can schedule the communications with the distinct communications systems during periods of inactivity in the primary communications system. The periods of inactivity may be limited to the scheduled periods of inactivity or can include unscheduled periods of inactivity occurring during active periods of the time multiplexed operation. The device may also use data priorities of communications to override overlapping communication activity.03-14-2013
20130064153METHODS AND APPARATUS TO REDUCE POWER CONSUMPTION FOR HARQ DECODING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure may help reduce power consumption by allowing a UE to remain in a low power state by not attempting to decode ACK/NACK transmissions after receiving a positive acknowledgement (ACK).03-14-2013
20130064152POWER MANAGEMENT IN TUNNELED DIRECT LINK SETUP - A method and apparatus of managing power save in a wireless network is provided. A direct link with a peer station (STA) is established by exchanging a Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) setup request frame and a TDLS setup response frame through an access point (AP). The peer STA enters power save mode (PSM). Traffic data that are destined for the peer STA in the PSM are buffered and a peer traffic indication (PTI) frame is transmitted to the peer STA in the PSM. The PTI frame includes a traffic identifier (TID) field and a sequence control field. Unnecessary allocation of service period can be prevented.03-14-2013
20090196211UNSCHEDULED PEER POWER SAVE MODE - Embodiments of unscheduled peer power save systems, devices and methods are disclosed. For example, a method of saving power for nodes configured to communicate via a direct link is provided. In one embodiment, among others, the method comprises forming, at an access point node (AP node), a indication frame for a client node, when no service period has occurred for the client node for a period of time at least equal to an indication window; sending the formed indication frame from the AP node to the client node through an access point; receiving, at the client node, the peer traffic indication from the access point; and determining, at the client node, that the AP node has traffic to send to the client node based on the indication frame.08-06-2009
20130163497DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A discontinuous reception method in a wireless communication system includes the following steps: in case of a continuous carrier aggregation, setting a common On Duration timer and/or a common Discontinuous Reception inactivity timer for a primary cell and each secondary cell; and in case of a discontinuous carrier aggregation, setting an independent On Duration timers and/or an independent Discontinuous Reception inactivity timers for the primary cell and each secondary cells. The discontinuous reception method realizes discontinuous reception of the carrier aggregation, thus saving power consumption of a mobile station.06-27-2013
20090257369RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio terminal includes: a controller configured to control switching between a wake-up state in which a radio interface is turned on and a sleep-state in which the radio interface if turned off; a battery configured to accumulate electric power to be supplied to the radio interface; a remaining battery amount acquiring unit configured to acquiring a remaining battery amount being a remaining amount of electric power accumulated in the battery. The controller performs switching from the sleep state to the wake-up state, according to a communication order where own radio terminal performs radio communication. The own-terminal communication order is scheduled based on the remaining battery amount.10-15-2009
20090238104MOBILE COMPUTATION DEVICE AND DATA PACKET RECEPTION METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides a mobile computation device and a data packet reception method thereof. The mobile computation device comprising a network communication module and a mobile computation unit, wherein the mobile computation device has a power supply for supplying power to the network communication module when the mobile computation device is in a power-off status, so that the network communication module receives a data packet from a network when the mobile computation device is in a power-off status. The method comprises sending an instruction of initiating downloading of communication content upon the reception of the data packet from the network, powering on relevant hardware necessary for the downloading of the communication content, initializing the relevant hardware and starting software corresponding to the downloading of the communication content, and downloading communication content needed to be downloaded from the network to a local harddisk. The present invention enables real time reception of communication service, fast power-on and automatic power-off of the device and reduction in power consumption.09-24-2009
20090238105Method for avoiding unnecessary excessive stay of short cycle in discontinuous reception mechanism - A method for avoiding unnecessary excessive stay of short cycle in discontinuous reception mechanism begins by using the short cycle while the short cycle timer is running. Then, it determines whether the inactivity timer expires or not and whether the short cycle timer expires or not. If the inactivity timer expires but the short cycle timer does not expire, the short cycle is used. If the short cycle timer expires but the inactivity timer does not expire, the long cycle is used. If the inactivity timer and the short cycle timer expire at the same time, either the short cycle or the long cycle is selected for use.09-24-2009
20090232040SCANNING GROUPS OF PROFILES OF WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - Two or more connection profiles stored in a wireless device are partitioned into two or more groups, each group having a different number of sleep intervals associated therewith. The number of sleep intervals associated with a particular group determines a wait between subsequent scans for wireless local area networks matching any profile in that particular group. One or more factors may be taken into consideration when determining how to partition the profiles into groups, including, for example, a connectivity history of the wireless device.09-17-2009
20090232039PORTABLE TERMINAL AND MODE CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A portable terminal capable of Internet access and a mode control method for the same are provided. The mode control method includes analyzing, upon reception of a packet during a sleep mode, the received packet, determining whether the received packet corresponds to service setting information, and transitioning, when the received packet corresponds to the service setting information, into an awake mode. The service setting information may include a list of IP-based services classified by protocol.09-17-2009
20090232038AUTONOMOUS WIRELESS NETWORKS - A wireless device is operable to use received signals to divide time into a succession of frames, each frame having plural consecutive timeslots, and into a succession of four or more superframes. A transmitter is operated only in a single timeslot in one frame. A receiver is operated in the other timeslots in the frame and for all timeslots of immediately preceding and following frames, and in no other frames. This allows devices to predict periods in which to hibernate or carry out intensive tasks. The device determines which timeslots of the first frame are occupied to provide local awareness information, and transmits it as a code on its transmit timeslot along with payload data. This allows other devices in a network to obtain information about their local environment and about the environment of their neighbours. Routing decisions are made on this basis.09-17-2009
20090232036Allocating radio resources to reduce the transmission power of a terminal - The invention concerns a mobile telecommunication network comprising a plurality of terminals and an allocating entity adapted to allocate radio resources. One radio resource is associated with a transmission power. One terminal of the network is selected (09-17-2009
20090046611System and method for media access control for a duty cycle network - A system and method for medium access control in a wireless communication network including the use of packets having a header and plural data portions, acknowledgement request features, corrupt packet identification, and adaptive duty cycling.02-19-2009
20090046610COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system has a sensor node which is driven by a battery, and which is switched in a predetermined cycle from a sleep mode to an active mode to perform data collection, a base station which transmits and receives data to and from the sensor node by wireless communication, and a monitoring device which transmits and receives data to and from the base station by wireless communication or by wired communication. The base station has a storage portion which stores a command from the monitoring device and a proxy portion which notifies the monitoring device of reception of the command, and which transmits a command stored in the storage portion to the sensor node in response to a request from the sensor node.02-19-2009
20090010191Systems and Methods for Indicating Buffered Data at an Access Point Using an Embedded Traffic Indication Map - Stations in standby mode periodically wake up to check for buffered data at the access points. Traditionally, the information is available by checking the periodic beacon frame for a traffic indication map (TIM). Unfortunately, the length of beacons has steadily increased with the progression of the various wireless standards requiring stations to wake up for longer periods to merely check for buffered data. Several approaches are disclosed which address this shortcoming, including the broadcast of TIM frames, the partial reception of beacon frames and the use of an embedded TIM frame within a beacon frame.01-08-2009
20090010190Path Selection and Power Management in Mesh Networks - A two-phased path selection process for wireless mesh networks that promotes stability and power management. If, during a first route discovery phase, a route cannot be found without waking up battery-powered nodes in a wireless mesh network, the source node will wake up battery-powered nodes in the mesh during a second route discovery phase.01-08-2009
20090010189Network with remaining battery life routing metric - A method includes providing a plurality of communicatively coupled sensor nodes including a destination node. A first selected path from an originating node to the destination node is determined from any plurality of possible paths based on a cost of the first selected path. The cost of any path is based at least in part on a cumulative function of the remaining battery life for each sensor node in that path.01-08-2009
20120113882Method And Device For Controlling Energy Saving Of Inter-Rat Base Station - The present invention discloses a method for energy savings control of an inter-radio access technology (inter-RAT) base station, including: obtaining status information of a foreign system cell, performing an energy savings control judgment according to the status information of the foreign system cell and the status information of a local system cell which covers the same or neighboring area with the foreign system cell, and waking up the foreign system cell or the local system cell or making the foreign system cell or the local system cell hibernate according to a judgment result. The present invention also discloses an apparatus for energy savings control of an inter-RAT base station, including: an obtaining unit, a judgment unit, and an execution unit. The present invention implements the energy savings of the base station as much as possible.05-10-2012
20120113881SYSTEM, SERVER AND DEVICE FOR BATTERY RESOURCE MANAGEMENT VIA TRAFFIC STEERING - Battery resources in a wireless device are managed in the present specification by traffic steering. A wireless device is configured to request content from an intermediation server, which is configured to analyze the requested content and send an indication to the wireless device as to which bearer path is to be selected based on which bearer path is battery-life optimized05-10-2012
20120113880MOBILE STATION AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ULTRA POWER-SAVING MODE IN MOBILE STATION - Provided are a mobile station and a method for providing an ultra power-saving mode in a mobile station. The method for providing an ultra power-saving mode in a mobile station includes: inactivating a communication function in a standby mode of the mobile station; extracting a DRX (discontinuous reception) cycle length coefficient K of the mobile station; determining a class-specific DRX cycle length coefficient Ni of the mobile station; replacing K with Ni; and monitoring a paging signal at a paging cycle corresponding to Ni.05-10-2012
20120113879COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus which is configured to receive a plurality of frames continuously transmitted or a plurality of frames transmitted as one frame from a transmission apparatus, the apparatus comprising: control unit adapted to control communication processing with the transmission apparatus; switching unit adapted to switch between a power saving mode of reducing power consumption by stopping a predetermined function and a normal mode of also making the predetermined function operate; and request unit adapted to request the transmission apparatus to stop transmitting the plurality of frames continuously transmitted or the plurality of frames transmitted as the one frame, when the switching unit switches from the normal mode to the power saving mode.05-10-2012
20120113878TIME SHIFTING OF CO-CHANNEL DATA TRANSMISSIONS TO REDUCE CO-CHANNEL INTERFERENCE - A cellular communications system in which transmission of control signals for plural different remote stations is so displaced in time that the transmission of control signals for one remote station does not interfere with the transmission of control signals for another remote station, the displacement being sufficient to prevent contemporaneous reception of control signals by the remote station intended for the other remote station.05-10-2012
20100085904POWER CONTROL SYSTEM IN RADIO COMMUNICATION - A power control system for controlling power consumption of a mobile station used in a radio communication system. The power control system includes a prediction unit and an operation mode setting unit. The prediction unit is configured to predict an outside-communication-area-time taken for the mobile station to pass through a zone in which an intensity of a received radio wave from a base station detected in the mobile station is smaller than a specified value, on a basis of cell information indicating a location of the base station and a communication area, and movement history information indicating movement history of the mobile station. The operation mode setting unit is configured to set the mobile station to a low power consumption mode during the outside-communication-area-time obtained by the prediction unit.04-08-2010
20120236773TRANSMISSION OF ACK/NACK BITS AND THEIR EMBEDDING IN THE CQI REFERENCE SIGNAL - A transmission within a wireless cellular network may include a first and second type of information. A subframe includes a plurality of symbols, at least one symbol is designated as a data symbol and at least one symbol is designated as a reference signal symbol that contains a pre-defined reference signal. The first type of information is embedded in the data symbols. If the second type of data is expected, then the second type of information is embedded in at least one reference symbol by quadrature amplitude modulating the pre-defined reference signal. The subframe is then transmitted from one node in the network to a second node. If it is determined that the second node is not expecting the second type of information, then a discontinuous transmission (DTX) response is embedded in the reference symbol instead of the second type of information.09-20-2012
20120236772SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION OF APPLICATION COMMUNICATIONS - Systems, methods, and devices for managing application communications are described herein. In some aspects, a wireless device is configured to execute a plurality of applications and to communicate with a communication network. The wireless device includes a processor configured to receive information from an application, via an application programming interface. The information is indicative of a transmit delay tolerance. The processor is further configured to receive, via the application programming interface, a packet from the application. The wireless device further includes a network driver configured to determine when to transmit the packet based on the received transmit delay tolerance.09-20-2012
20120236771UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE MAPPING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - In a multi-carrier wireless communication system, component carrier configuration and reconfiguration uses uplink control channel resource mapping with fallback configurations to maintain alignment between a user equipment and a base station during reconfiguration.09-20-2012
20130163492POWER SAVING - A method and network node operable to perform a method of controlling a carrier configuration of a network node in a multi-carrier wireless telecommunication network. The multi-carrier wireless telecommunications network comprises a plurality of network nodes operable to simultaneously transmit and receive signals on more than one radio frequency carrier within a sector of the telecommunications network. The method comprises the steps of: monitoring an indication data traffic received over a predetermined time period on each carrier to determine whether the data traffic received over the time period meets a predetermined set of conditions, transmitting a request to deactivate each carrier determined to meet the conditions; monitoring for receipt of a positive response to the request and implementing deactivation for each carrier for which a positive response is received.06-27-2013
20130163493METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN LTE USER EQUIPMENT - Methods are provided for reducing power consumption in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) User Equipment (UE) by transferring the UE into a power saving mode. The UE determines a data status for applications running on the UE. A Medium Access Control (MAC) indication of the data status of the UE is sent from the UE to at least one network module. The indication is identified at the network module upon receiving the indication. The network module performs an action for the UE that reduces power consumption at the UE.06-27-2013
20130163494Semi-Persistent Scheduling And Discontinuous Reception Alignment - A method is provided for detection of an uplink grant for a user agent (UA). The method comprises detecting a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) activation/reconfiguration signaling over a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) only during an SPS activation window, wherein the SPS activation window precedes a discontinuous reception (DRX) on-duration by a predetermined amount of time. Also included is a UA comprising a component configured to detect an SPS activation/reconfiguration signaling over a PDCCH only during an SPS activation window, wherein the SPS activation window precedes a DRX on-duration by a predetermined amount of time.06-27-2013
20130163495SCHEDULING METHOD FOR MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATION - One embodiment of the present invention provides a scheduling method for machine-to-machine (M2M) communication. The method comprises the steps of: receiving a connection request message from each of a plurality of machines; grouping the plurality of machines into one or more groups; transmitting information on the group to which each machine belongs, to the machine; transmitting information on the machines belonging to each group, and control information including information on a time interval allocated to each group, to machines belonging to each group; and communicating with machines belonging to each group in a time interval allocated to each group.06-27-2013
20130163496DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of wireless communication. For example, a wireless communication unit may include a Multi Media-Access-Control (MAC) Address Station-Management-Entity (MM-SME) managing a plurality of MAC entities having a respective plurality of MAC addresses. The wireless communication unit may transmit a frame including a Multi-MAC-Addresses-Element (MMAE), which includes two or more MAC addresses of the plurality of MAC addresses and a control field defining at least one common communication attribute to be applied to the two or more MAC addresses.06-27-2013
20130163498WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DATA TRANSMITTER APPARATUS, DATA WIRELESS RECEIVER APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A transport header analyzing unit (06-27-2013
20090161588SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING THE VOLTAGE OF SIGNALS USED TO CONTROL POWER AMPLIFIERS - A method for controlling the voltage of signals used to control power amplifiers is described. A first multiplexer and a second multiplexer are set to an enabling signal. The first multiplexer is on a first integrated circuit and the second multiplexer is on a second integrated circuit. A command is written to the first multiplexer to set the first multiplexer to one of a plurality of control signals used to control a power amplifier. A command is written to the second multiplexer to select one of the plurality of control signals that maps to the first multiplexer. The second integrated circuit is connected to a power supply.06-25-2009
20120182917IMPLANTABLE MEDICAL DEVICE COMMUNICATION - An implantable medical device, IMD, tags data packets transmitted to a non-implantable communication unit with notifications indicating whether the IMD has additional data that needs to be transmitted to the communication unit. The notifications are used by the communication unit to achieve a conditional generation and transmission of power down requests that urges the IMD to power down its radio equipment. The total length of the communication session can thereby be reduced as power down requests are not transmitted when the IMD has additional data to transmit.07-19-2012
20120082080METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENSITIVITY COMPENSATION - When a radio station terminates a first service on a first radio frequency channel and selects a second radio frequency channel for engaging in a second service, a time delay is inserted after the termination of the first service and before selecting the second radio frequency channel or before engaging in the second service. The time delay is dependent on the state of the radio station and/or a characteristic of the second service.04-05-2012
20110188434Network Protocol - A system includes wireless network devices and a terminal device. The wireless network devices include a base station and plural repeater devices for routing data. The terminal device runs a network protocol to establish a presence in a wireless network that includes the wireless network devices. The terminal device enters a low-power mode when not communicating over the wireless network.08-04-2011
20110188433METHOD OF MANAGING RADIO RESOURCES AND NODE B APPARATUS IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - A method of managing radio resources and a Node B implementing the same are provided. If the total radio resources used in a cell exceed target radio resources signaled by an RNC, uplink rates are equally allocated to primary UEs and non-primary UEs by controlling the signal strengths of the primary and non-primary UEs.08-04-2011
20080273481WARM START RECEIVER - Systems, devices, and methods are described for acquiring a wireless signal including a number of time-multiplexed bursts of data. An allocated training time may be dynamically adjusted to acquire a wireless signal and capture one of the bursts of data. Also, initial filter coefficients may be established for bursts of data based on previous filter coefficients. In addition, the step size used to adapt an initial filter coefficient may also be modified to account for certain channel characteristics.11-06-2008
20100232330METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SPLIT TIMER L3 P2P COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus for reducing power consumption of a mobile station (MS) during layer 3 (L3) peer-to-peer (P2P) communications employing a request/response message pair are provided. To save power, the MS may enter a power saving mode after transmitting a request message and initiating a timeout timer for the message pair, wherein the power saving mode may have an interval available for receiving the response message and an unavailable interval. The timeout timer may be suspended during the unavailable interval and resumed during the available interval such that the timeout timer is effectively lengthened.09-16-2010
20110280171UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSIT POWER CONTROL BASED ON RECEIVED TRANSMISSION - A method and device are configured to receive, in simultaneous communication with stations via a wireless interface power control, commands from the stations. The method and device are configured to receive from a control unit further control information associated with a transmission parameter for use by the device for one or more transmissions to one of the stations other than the station that received transmissions from the device with a best quality parameter. The method and device are also configured to control one or more transmissions from the device to the one of the stations on the basis of a power control command from the station that receives transmissions from the device with the best quality parameter, and on the basis of the further control information received from the control unit. The further control information comprises a control command selected from control commands by the control unit.11-17-2011
20110280170MULTIPLE DENSITY CONFIGURATIONS AND ALGORITHMS FOR INTELLIGENT POWER SAVINGS INFRASTRUCTURE IN WIRELESS LANS - Described in example embodiments herein are techniques for implementing power savings in a wireless local area network (WLAN). In accordance with an example embodiment, a centralized controller can be employed to gather data about network activity and select access points to switch to power save mode. Optionally, the controller may designate certain access points to remain active so as to monitor for clients attempting to access the WLAN. An aspect of an example embodiment is that it allows the controller to configure and manage power consumption based on demands on the overall system. In an example embodiment, techniques for implementing power savings within individual hardware components, such as access points, are disclosed. An aspect of a technique described in an example embodiment is that it provides flexibility to balance power savings and performance.11-17-2011
20110280167WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK COORDINATOR - Systems and methods for saving power by a personal area network (PAN) coordinator are described herein. A PAN coordinator is provided to form a wireless PAN with one or more devices. Further, the PAN coordinator enters a sleep state to save power. The wireless PAN is available when the PAN coordinator enters an active state.11-17-2011
20130188543METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A user equipment implements a method of processing indication messages, such as SCRI (signaling connection release indication) messages. For at least one RRC (radio resource control) state, if the current RRC state of the UE is a result of a previously sent indication, the UE inhibits itself from sending a further indication message.07-25-2013
20130163491OPERATION METHOD IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS AND GATEWAY AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING THE SAME - An operation method in heterogeneous networks, and a gateway and a wireless communication device using the same are disclosed. The operation method in heterogeneous networks includes followings. When a gateway, connecting a first communication network and a second communication network, operates in a beacon mode, the gateway determines whether the first communication network is in an allowed period or a forbidden period, and generates a determination result. Then, the gateway adaptively adjusts a ratio of a superframe duration to a beacon interval of a periodic beacon of the second communication network according to the determination result. In addition, the gateway is connected to a M2M communication server via the first communication network, and the gateway is connected to at least one M2M communication device via the second communication network.06-27-2013
20100002613INTELLIGENT SETTING OF HYSTERESIS ACTIVATION TIMER TO ENTER HYSTERESIS SOONER AND SAVE BATTERY - Systems and methodologies are described that intelligently set a hysteresis activation timer in a wireless communication environment. In accordance with various aspects set forth herein, systems and/or methods are provided that continuously monitor a data session to determine whether or not an application is exchanging data with a counterpart device, acquire indication from a hysteresis activation timer of whether or not the hysteresis activation timer is active, determine an appropriate new hysteresis activation timer value with which to set the hysteresis activation timer, and thereafter sets the hysteresis activation timer with the new hysteresis activation timer value.01-07-2010
20100157863Power management for wireless networks - Embodiments provide techniques for device power management in wireless networks. For instance, an apparatus may include a power management module, and a transceiver module. The power management module determines a beacon interval and a wakeup interval. The transceiver module to send a transmission to one or more remote devices that includes the beacon interval and the wakeup interval. The beacon interval indicates a time interval between consecutive beacon transmissions of the apparatus, and the wakeup interval indicates a time interval between when the apparatus receives two consecutive beacons from a peer device.06-24-2010
20090310524RECEIVER AND RECEIVING METHOD OF THE RECEIVER - The receiver includes a low noise amplifier, a local signal generator, a first mixer, a second mixer, a first amplifier, a second amplifier, a first A/D converter, a second A/D converter, and a signal level detection unit. A detection signal from at least one terminal of the first A/D converter is supplied to an input terminal of the signal level detection unit, thereby generating a reception start signal from the output terminal. Before an RF reception signal is received, a first signal processing unit containing the first mixer, the first amplifier, and the first A/D converter is controlled to an active state, and a second signal processing unit containing the second mixer, the second amplifier, and the second A/D converter is controlled to a low power consumption state. After the RF reception signal is received, the second signal processing unit is controlled to the active state.12-17-2009
20090207768OPTIMAL CROSS-LAYER SCHEDULING FOR MULTI-USER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH IMPERFECT CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION AND UNKNOWN INTERFERENCE - The disclosed subject matter provides scheduling algorithms, methods, and systems that facilitate cross layer scheduling for systems with imperfect channel state information and unknown interference. By exploiting ACK/NAK feedback from users of downlink traffic and recursively optimizing scheduling policy components over a state space, the disclosed subject matter provide robust and optimal cross layer scheduling in the presence of unknown interference and imperfect channel state information. The disclosed details enable various refinements and modifications according to cross layer schedule and system design considerations.08-20-2009
20110299445SCHEDULING METHOD WITH POWER SAVINGS - The present invention relates to a scheduling method in a multi-user communication system. Said method categorises packets from different users as urgent packets and non-urgent packets, assigns to urgent packets the transmission resources for obtaining the best link qualities by giving preference to the most urgent packets, assigns to non-urgent packets the remaining resources, and transmits each non-urgent packet with a transmission power lower than that which would be necessary for transmitting it with a maximum spectral efficiency, in view of the quality of service required on the link.12-08-2011
20100271998Terminal Apparatus and Sleep Method of Wireless System - A wireless system sleep method, a terminal and a base station are disclosed herein. The method includes the following steps: determining, by a Base Station, an availability interval and an unavailability interval of a sleep mode for a terminal, where the availability interval and the unavailability interval are both in subframes; and scheduling, by the BS, the availability interval and the unavailability interval for the terminal. The present invention is applicable to the wireless communication field.10-28-2010
20110286375WGA STA POWER SAVING - This invention relates to switching power saving modes and rescheduling communication frames for various periods of a beacon interval (BI) defined under WGA Draft Specification 0.8 for the personal basic service set (PBSS) and infrastructure BSS to achieve further power savings and other advantages. Stations can be awake during a contention-based period (CBP) if it is in active state and can schedule frames during a service period (SP) to allow the assigned receiver to transmit to the assigned initiator. Stations in a group can schedule a group address frame to be sent during the CBP and group SP of a specific periodic BI. Stations in peer-to-peer connection may directly notify its peer stations of its power saving mode and wakeup schedule. Stations of an infrastructure basic service set (BSS) can also use the same power saving mechanism as stations of a PBSS noting a difference where each BI will be an access point's (AP's) awake BI.11-24-2011
20110286374METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIRELESS CHARGING USING RADIO WAVE - A method and system for wireless charging using a radio wave. The method includes scanning a radio wave of an access point, determining an available charging frequency band among frequency bands, sending the access point a request for transmitting a charging radio wave at the charging frequency band, and switching power output from an antenna, to a battery circuit.11-24-2011
20110141960Method For Selecting an Enhanced Transport Format Combination Based on Determined Power Consumption - The present invention related to a method and an arrangement for selecting an enhanced transport format combination used for maximizing power utilization efficiency and power limitation avoidance in a communication network system comprising a communication network entity communicating with a plurality of user equipments on uplink and downlink channels over a radio interface. A power consumption for an acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement transmission and a channel quality indicator transmission is determined on an uplink channel during an enhanced dedicated channel transmission. Thereby, a transport format combination is selected based on said determined power consumption.06-16-2011
20120099499METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING MULTICAST DATA IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of operating a base station and an apparatus for transmitting multicast data in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving multicast data including a multicast Internet Protocol (IP) address from a source terminal, the multicast IP address being an address used in a network layer, and transmitting the multicast data to at least one terminal by including the multicast IP address to a control message of a Media Access Control (MAC) layer. The sending of the MAC layer control message including the multicast IP address includes, when a corresponding terminal is in an idle mode, sending a paging message including at least part of the multicast IP address, after sending the paging message, sending a resource allocation MAP message for multicast transmission including at least part of the multicast IP address, and transmitting the multicast data based on the resource allocation MAP message.04-26-2012
20120099495METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONSERVING ACCESS POINT POWER USAGE DURING LOW NETWORK USAGE INTERVALS - A method for conserving the power usage of access points in a WLAN is disclosed. The method includes detecting, by a peripheral access point during periods of low network usage, that a mobile device has entered a wireless network coverage area. The method also includes providing, by the peripheral access point, initial services to the mobile device and monitoring movements of the mobile device in the network coverage area. Upon determining that the mobile device is in a vicinity of a powered-off non-peripheral access point, powering on a first non-peripheral access point which is determined to be closest to the mobile device and a set of first concentric access points to provide a coverage buffer around the first access point and using the first non-peripheral access point and the set of first concentric access points as serving access points for the mobile device.04-26-2012
20120106423Energy Efficient Base Station Entering Sleep Mode - The basic idea of the present invention is to let the base station enter a low-power, low-radiation cycle, the so called “sleep mode”, when there are no UEs using it and to introduce methods to “wake up” the base station from this state when there is a UE in the vicinity which is allowed to access the base station and which may need it on short notice.05-03-2012
20120106421METHOD FOR SUPPORTING COEXISTENCE CONSIDERING WHILE SUBCHANNEL ALLOCATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for supporting coexistence in a mobile station configured for supporting a coexistence mode of a primary wireless communication system and a secondary wireless communication system. The method comprises transmitting to a base station, via the mobile station, a registration request (REG-REQ) message comprising coexistence capability information, receiving a registration response (REG-RSP) message comprising information about support of the coexistence mode in response to the REG-REQ message, and transmitting to the base station, via the mobile station, a sleep mode request (MOB_SLP-REQ) message comprising first coexistence information for requesting a band adaptive modulation and coding (AMC) for adjacent subcarrier permutation.05-03-2012
20120106417REDUCED POWER CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK DEVICE - Various techniques for reducing power in a wireless network device are disclosed. In some embodiments, software routines within the device are modified to minimize the time during which the analog circuitry in a radio is powered. In some embodiments, the techniques make use of knowledge of implied delays associated with a particular network protocol. For example, in a CSMA network, there is a defined minimum period before the device can attempt to gain access to the media. The radio may be powered off during this defined period. In other embodiments, modifications to a protocol are disclosed which allow additional power savings.05-03-2012
20110299447RELIABILITY DETECTION OF CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR (CQI) AND APPLICATION TO OUTER LOOP POWER CONTROL - A method for determining a channel quality in wireless communications includes receiving a high speed shared control channel (HS-SICH) transmission. An expected number of HS-SICH transmissions and a number of unsuccessful HS-SICH transmissions are counted. The number of unsuccessful HS-SICH transmissions includes a number of failed HS-SICH transmissions and a number of missed HS-SICH transmissions. The expected number of HS-SICH transmissions and the number of unsuccessful HS-SICH transmissions over a fixed time period are periodically reported, whereby the reporting is an indication of the channel quality.12-08-2011
20110299446APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING A HANDOVER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing a handover in a wireless communication system employing a macro base station and a femto base station is provided. The method comprising: monitoring an uplink signal transmitted from a user equipment to the macro base station; transmitting a handover initiation message to the macro base station on the basis of a result of comparing the uplink signal's strength obtained by the monitoring with a reference value; and performing a handover of the user equipment from the macro base station to the femto base station. According to the present invention, there is provided a method of initiating a handover by a femto base station by fining user equipments located in a cell coverage of the femto base station. In addition, a signaling overhead is reduced by utilizing previously existing information such as uplink transmit power.12-08-2011
20110199948MINIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A NETWORK DEVICE - A network interface device (NID) may determine whether the received data units of the computer system are to be compressed before transmitting the data units. The NID may determine the compression energy value consumed to compress the first K08-18-2011
20090201843USING TRAFFIC PATTERNS TO IMPROVE SLEEP MODE EFFICIENCY IN A RADIO HANDSET - Disclosed is a method of using observed traffic pattern data to improve sleep mode efficiency in a radio handset. The radio handset determines quality of service (QoS) requirements of an application currently executing on the radio handset and selects a pre-defined sleep mode mask from among a plurality of pre-defined sleep mode masks wherein the selected pre-defined sleep mode mask provides the closest available match in terms of sleep/listen pattern to the QoS requirements. The traffic pattern data between the radio handset and a serving basestation is observed while under the initial sleep/listen pattern of the selected pre-defined sleep mode mask or the reactivated sleep/listen pattern after sleep mode deactivation. An alternate sleep mode mask is created based on the observed traffic pattern data between the radio handset and the serving base station wherein the alternate sleep/listen pattern is better suited to the actual traffic pattern than the initial sleep/listen pattern of the selected pre-defined sleep mode mask or the reactivated sleep/listen pattern after sleep mode deactivation.08-13-2009
20090010192SINK DEVICE - The invention discloses a sink device and a signal receiving method thereof, applicable to wireless local area network. The sink device receives a plurality of beacon signals, synchronizes the beacon output signal generated by itself with the operating clock of the source device according to the above-mentioned timing synchronization data. And the sink device receives the plurality of beacon signals according to this calibrated synchronization clock.01-08-2009
20110134817UNIVERSELLE SCHNITTSTELLE FUR EINEN WIRELESS ADAPTER - A universal interface for a wireless adapter, which supports a communication protocol used in automation technology, wherein associated with the wireless adapter are a first energy supply unit for energy supply of the wireless adapter and a radio module for communication with a superordinated control unit via a radio network, wherein provided on the interface are at least five connection terminals, which are so embodied that, as a function of a field installation that is to be connected, a portion of the connection terminals is connectable either with different embodiments of field devices or with a servicing device.06-09-2011
20110134820SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POWER SAVING FOR IN-BODY AND ON-BODY COMMUNICATION - A system for power saving in communication with a plurality of sensor apparatuses that are located in-body or on-body to sense bioinformation, a management apparatus that performs synchronization by transmitting a beacon signal to the plurality of sensors at each predetermined period, and a sensor apparatus that includes a sensor receiving a first beacon signal, grasps how much time remains until the second beacon signal is received when the sensor is activated to sense the bioinformation, and determines the operation state of the sensor based on the grasped time are provided.06-09-2011
20110134819COMMUNICATION APPARATUS BELONGING TO A PLURALITY OF NETWORKS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND PROGRAM - A communication apparatus includes a participation unit, a formation unit, a management unit, and a notification unit. The participation unit participates in a first network formed by a first base station. The formation unit forms a second network as a second base station. The management unit manages a power mode of another communication apparatus participating in the second network. Moreover, when the participation unit participates in the first network and the formation unit forms the second network, the notification unit notifies the first base station of a change of a power mode of the communication apparatus according to the power mode managed by the management unit.06-09-2011
20090290521RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, PROGRAM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication apparatus, including a communication control part that controls direct communication or relay communication via a base station with other radio communication apparatuses, a data generation part that generates a mode transition notification to notify the other radio communication apparatuses, which are targets of the direct communication, of a transition to a power thrifty mode or a switching request, notification to request switching from the direct communication to the relay communication via the base station, and the mode transition notification to the base station, and a mode control part that causes the transition of an operation mode to the power thrifty mode after all responses to the mode transition notification and the switching request notification are received.11-26-2009
20110292856METHOD OF ALLOCATING PAGING CARRIER AND MOBILE STATION - A method of allocating a paging carrier in a multi-carrier environment is disclosed. The method of allocating the paging carrier includes receiving a first message including first allocation information of the paging carrier, transmitting a second message for requesting entry into an idle mode to a base station; and receiving a third message including second allocation information of a changed paging carrier from the base station. At this time, the paging carrier includes a paging channel out of multiple carriers including one or more carriers.12-01-2011
20110292855DYNAMIC CLOCK BUFFER POWER OPTIMIZATION BASED ON MODES OF OPERATION - Circuitry configured for dynamically adjusting clock signal quality based on an operating mode for power savings is described. The circuitry includes clock generation circuitry. The circuitry also includes mode control circuitry. The mode control circuitry provides a drive signal based on an operating mode. The circuitry also includes clock buffer circuitry coupled to the clock generation circuitry and to the mode control circuitry. The clock buffer circuitry adjusts a clock signal quality based on the drive signal.12-01-2011
20110292854RETUNING GAPS AND SCHEDULING GAPS IN DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - A method for scheduling a time when a retuning gap occurs by a wireless transmit/receive unit includes detecting a retuning triggering event; determining a period of time when a retuning gap occurs, on a condition that the triggering event is detected; and performing radio frequency front end retuning during the retuning gap.12-01-2011
20110292853METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REDUCING POWER DRAIN WHILE CAMPED ON A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK12-01-2011
20110292852Method of Optimizing Power Saving and Related Communication Device - A method for optimizing power saving for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes maintaining a battery power status of the mobile device; and sending the battery power status of the mobile device to a network when the battery power status is less than a threshold value.12-01-2011
20110292851Method and System for Discontinuous Reception Operation for Long Term Evolution Advanced Carrier Aggregation - A method for discontinuous reception operation for carrier aggregation comprising: receiving a first set of discontinuous reception parameters for a first carrier and a different set of discontinuous reception parameters for a second carrier; and configuring discontinuous reception parameters on the first carrier and second carrier.12-01-2011
20090274083Methods and Apparatus for Scanning for Mesh Nodes - Methods and apparatus are provided for scanning for mesh nodes. A communication device monitors a shared communication channel to detect receive window start frames indicating that a mesh node is awake and available to receive data. The scanning device transmits a probe request during the awake window.11-05-2009
20110085483METHODS FOR POWER HEADROOM REPORTING, RESOURCE ALLOCATION, AND POWER CONTROL - A method and apparatus for power headroom reporting are provided. The power headroom reporting method for a mobile terminal may include determining whether a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) transmission and a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) transmission are allowed to occur in a same subframe; determining whether an event for requesting power headroom reporting is generated; and reporting a first power headroom and a second power headroom to a base station.04-14-2011
20090147714METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - The present invention provides a method and system for reducing power consumption in a Wireless Sensor Network. The Wireless Sensor Network includes a plurality of nodes forming a tree structure. The nodes send data towards a root node via parent nodes. The nodes adaptively control the wake-up schedules of radio transceivers based on the network level information of the nodes, thereby reducing the active wake-up interval of the radio transceivers and in turn decreasing the overall power consumption of the Wireless Sensor Network.06-11-2009
20090003252SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONSERVING POWER FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE WHILE MAINTAINING A CONNECTION TO A NETWORK - The invention relates to a system and a method for selectively reducing power consumption of a communication device communicating with a network is provided. In the method, it comprises the following steps: de-activating at least one communication subsystem of the device during intervals when the device is placed in a power save mode; and while the device is in the power save mode the method re-activates the subsystem in two instances. For the first instance, the communication subsystem is re-activated in relation to a first connection condition, and is then de-activated after a first event. For the second instance, the subsystem is re-activated in relation to a second connection condition and is then de-activated after a second event.01-01-2009
20080285496Data download in wireless network - A wireless receiver device including a wireless network interface and a processor configured to manage reception of data files through the network interface. The processor additionally is configured to determine network or wireless receiver device conditions and to delay reception of blocks of a file, responsive to the determined conditions meeting specific requirements, although the determined conditions allow reception of a block without the delay.11-20-2008
20100142424DATA SCHEDULING MODULE, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT THEREOF FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A data scheduling module, a data scheduling method and computer program product thereof for a wireless communication apparatus are provided. The data scheduling method comprises the following steps: determining that the frame length of a second data transmission interval is not smaller than a frame length of a first data transmission interval; summing at least one first data and at least one second data according to the frame length of the second data transmission interval; calculating an average value according to the frame length of the second data transmission interval and the summed result; calculating an aggregate data transmission interval according to a data transmission capacity, the average value, and an integer adjusting value; and transmitting the at least one first data and the at least one second data via a plurality of frames in accordance with the aggregate data transmission interval.06-10-2010
20090185518SYSTEM AND METHOD TO ENABLE BASE STATION POWER SETTING BASED ON NEIGHBORING BEACONS WITHIN A NETWORK - Systems and methods for facilitating power control in an access point are provided. Disclosed embodiments include detecting the presence of a neighboring access point that is within radio reach of the access point. A signal strength corresponding to the neighboring access point is ascertained such that the neighboring signal strength is a function of the transmission power of the neighboring access point. The transmission power of the access point is then varied as a function of the neighboring signal strength.07-23-2009
20100014449Idle state management - Apparatus and systems, as well as methods and articles, may operate to enter an idle state of a wireless device for a selected amount of time responsive to a combined clear channel assessment indication.01-21-2010
20100034127BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD USED FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus includes a unit configured to determine a discontinuous reception pattern for a user apparatus that is classified according to a channel state of a radio link; and a unit configured to report the discontinuous reception pattern to the user apparatus. The discontinuous reception pattern specifies at least a cycle of discontinuous reception.02-11-2010
20120236770PORTABLE ROUTER AND POWER SAVING CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The invention discloses a portable router and a power saving control method thereof. The portable router is capable of routing a signal among the network end and at least one electronic device. Each of the at least one electronic device has a wireless data transmitting function. The portable router comprises a first network module, a second network module, a sensing module and a data processing module. The first network module and the second network module can be switched on or off independently, the first network module is capable of exchanging signal to the network end by the first format, the second module is capable of exchanging the signal to the at least one electronic device by the second format. The sensing module is electronically connected with the network end for generating a status signal in accordance with the pre-determined state. The data processing module is capable of determining and processing a pre-determined function in accordance with the status signal and the pre-determined order.09-20-2012
20100002610POWER SAVINGS FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - Described in example embodiments herein are techniques for implementing power savings in a wireless local area network (WLAN). In accordance with an example embodiment, a centralized controller can be employed to gather data about network activity and select access points to switch to power save mode. Optionally, the controller may designate certain access points to remain active so as to monitor for clients attempting to access the WLAN. An aspect of an example embodiment is that it allows the controller to configure and manage power consumption based on demands on the overall system. In an example embodiment, techniques for implementing power savings within individual hardware components, such as access points, are disclosed. An aspect of a technique described in an example embodiment is that it provides flexibility to balance power savings and performance.01-07-2010
20100091691Dynamic thermal control for wireless transceivers - Methods and apparatus for dynamic thermal management and control within, e.g., small form-factor wireless devices such as laptop computers or cellular “smartphones”. In one embodiment, a thermal management system monitors the temperature (or other relevant criteria) for one or more components, and implements different operating states within the wireless transceiver (e.g., Wi-Fi™ or WiMAX transceiver) so as to both reduce thermal output and minimize disruption to the wireless link and/or user experience. In another embodiment, a wireless client may communicate with other clients, and/or access points, so as to cooperatively provide more options for thermal management. In addition, methods and apparatus employing “high performance” (e.g., high power output or high data rate) radios within aggressively small industrial designs are also disclosed.04-15-2010
20100189023Method for Power Saving in a Base Station - A signal having a frame structure is transmitted and received in a cell by a first base station, the structure of the frame having a downlink frame part and an uplink frame part. Each frame part has the ability of carrying at least one data region allocated to at least one user or broadcasted for the traffic flow between the telecommunication network and the user terminal via the first base station. The downlink frame part has an overhead part with at least synchronization or system information. The frame structured signal is transmitted periodically Frame N, Frame N+1, Frame N+2, Frame N+3 with a normal interval defined by the system. The system during, a power saving mode, increases the interval between at least a first and the next following second frame structured signal to a power saving interval.07-29-2010
20100271995PROCEDURE FOR A POWER SAVE MODE IN A DIRECT LINK SETUP WIRELESS NETWORK - There is provided a protocol for a power save mode (PSM) in a direct link setup wireless network. In an aspect of the present invention, among first and second stations between which a direct link has been set up, the first station trying to enter the PSM transmits a request message, including schedule information necessary for communication with the second station, to the second station. The second station transmits a response message, including a status code indicating whether it accepts the schedule information or not, to the first station in response to the request message. If the status code indicates that the second station accepts the schedule information, the first station may transmit an MPDU whose power save bit is set to ‘1’ to the second station and then enter the PSM. However, if the status code indicates unacceptability, modified schedule information may be included in the response message.10-28-2010
20090147713METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENTERING AND PROCESSING IN ACCESS STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method of entering and processing in Access State, the method comprising, issuing a ControlChannelMAC.Activate command, issuing a SharedSignalingMAC.Activate command, issuing an AccessChannelMAC.Activate command, issuing a ForwardTrafficChannelMAC.Activate command, issuing an OverheadMessages.Activate command, issuing an ActiveChannelMAC.AttemptAccess command, issuing an ActiveSetManagement.SendPilotReport command, setting a state timer for TIDPATSetup seconds, generating a ConnectionOpenRequest message if NumAccessAttempts is ‘0’, determining if the state timer has expired, determining if AccessChannelMAC.AccessFailed indication is received; and determining if AccessChannelMAC.AccessGrantReceived indication is received.06-11-2009
20090147712METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for reducing power consumption in a wireless communication system is described. Sending of unicast packets to an access terminal is ceased. It is determined if a ReverseTrafficChannelMAC.UATIReceived indication is received, wherein MAC is medium access control and UATI is unicast access terminal identifier. The access network transitions to a BindUATI state.06-11-2009
20090141662METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING A NODE WITHIN A MOBILE AD HOC COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORK - A method and apparatus for operation of a node within a mobile ad hoc cognitive radio network is provided. The method includes sensing at least one assigned communications channel. Sensing at least one assigned communications channel includes measuring a value of at least one parameter corresponding to the communications channel. The method further includes comparing the measured value of the at least one parameter with a set of stored values of the at least one parameter to determine a change in the measured values. Finally a sleep mode of the node is activated for a time period, wherein the time period is determined using the change in the measured values.06-04-2009
20100027452DIRECT DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR CONTROL OF MULTI-CHANNEL SCAN FOR RE-ESTABLISHING CONNECTIONS IN A WIRELESSLY NETWORKED DEVICE - A method and system for establishing a wireless connection between a portable computer system and a wireless network, particularly when the portable computer system goes out of coverage and a wireless connection needs to be re-established. The portable computer system has a main processor and a digital signal processor (DSP). The main processor is placed in a low power mode, conserving battery power. When the portable computer system goes out of coverage, broadcast channels used by the wireless network are scanned by the DSP instead of the main processor to identify channels that have sufficient signal strength for the wireless connection. Thus, the main processor remains in the low power mode. When the DSP identifies acceptable channels, it wakes up the main processor and identifies the channels having sufficient signal strength. The main processor then establishes a wireless connection using one of the channels identified by the DSP.02-04-2010
20090147715ENERGY SAVING METHOD IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Provided is a method of minimizing power consumed by each node in a wireless network when communicating with neighboring nodes.06-11-2009
20110261740System And Method For Estimating Bandwidth Requirements Of And Allocating Bandwidth To Communication Devices Operating In A Network - A system including a base station and a plurality of stations. The base station is configured to estimate bandwidths used by the plurality of stations based on packets transmitted by the plurality of stations during a first period. The base station is further configured to selectively allocate timeslots to the plurality of stations for transmission of packets to the base station during a second period following the first period. Durations of the timeslots are based on the estimated bandwidths. The plurality of stations are configured to transmit packets to the base station in the timeslots during the second period.10-27-2011
20100128645SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE POWER CONSERVATION BASED ON TRAFFIC PROFILES - A system and method for conserving power for wireless communications. Packet communication information to and from a wireless device is determined. A traffic profile is selected from a light traffic profile, a periodic traffic profile, and a heavy traffic profile in response to the determined packet communication information. Packets are communicated with a wireless access point utilizing a power mode determined in response to the selected traffic profile. The power mode is utilised by the wireless device independent of the wireless access point.05-27-2010
20090092070RADIO FREQUENCY LOCAL AREA NETWORK - An apparatus and a method for routing data in a radio data communication system having one or more host computers, one or more intermediate base stations, and one or more RF terminals organizes the intermediate base stations into an optimal spanning-tree network to control the routing of data to and from the RF terminals and the host computer efficiently and dynamically. Communication between the host computer and the RF terminals is achieved by using the network of intermediate base stations to transmit the data.04-09-2009
20110176463MANAGING POWER STATES IN NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS - Controlling a power state of a communications device includes: receiving over a network at a communications device in a low-power mode from a scheduling device an assignment of a power state schedule indicating one or more intervals to enter an active state period and one or more intervals to enter a sleep state period; and during an active state period at the communications device, receiving over the network from a second communications device aware of the power state schedule a request that the communications device exit the low-power mode.07-21-2011
20110149823METHOD FOR PROCESSING DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN SECTOR PORTION AND BASE STATION THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method for processing downlink signals in different sectors, applied in processing downlink signals in sectored cell, and this method comprises: a Node B determining a sector where a mobile terminal, which has built a wireless link with the Node B, locates currently; and the Node B separately scheduling resources of each sectors in the cell, and for each mobile equipment which has built a wireless link with the Node B, the Node B transmitting downlink signals to this mobile terminal only in the sector where the mobile terminal locates currently. The present invention also discloses a Node B for processing downlink signals in different sectors. The present invention can reduce downlink transmission power and improve network coverage quality.06-23-2011
20100085903Apparatus and method for managing packet routing through internally-powered network devices in wireless sensor networks - Various embodiments provide an apparatus and method for managing packet routing through internally-powered network devices in wireless sensor networks. An example embodiment includes a hybrid network having an externally-powered node and an internally-powered node, the method includes configuring a role that the internally-powered node will take during an operations phase of the hybrid network, the role including whether the internally-powered node will act as a router or a non-router; demoting the internally-powered node to a non-router role if the internally-powered node is not needed for routing; and promoting the internally-powered node to a router role if the internally-powered node is needed for routing.04-08-2010
20090296616METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR USING A POWER SAVINGS MODE DURING VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL COMMUNICATION - Techniques presented herein allow a wireless device, (e.g., a mobile station, MS) to automatically enter a low power state when detecting silence based on monitored VoIP transmissions. Automatically entering the low power state may help the wireless device conserve power. In addition, for certain types of scheduling services in which bandwidth is allocated to the wireless device from within a system (e.g., Unsolicited Grant Service or extended real time polling service), automatically entering the low power state when silence is detected may also free up bandwidth (i.e., that would have otherwise been allocated to the wireless device entering the low power state) for allocation to other wireless devices in the system.12-03-2009
20120033597METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING UPLINK DATA BY DRX-MODE TERMINAL IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink data by a terminal performing a DRX operation in a mobile telecommunication system. According to the method and apparatus, when a UE transmits the uplink data, the UE variably controls given active and sleep periods in consideration of whether or not retransmission for the uplink data is performed, thereby more flexibly operating in the DRX mode.02-09-2012
20110194474APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION USING PACKET FILTERRING IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for reducing power consumption using packet filtering in a portable terminal are provided to allow a modem to filter a packet in order to prevent an Application Processor (AP) from waking up from a sleep mode due to an unnecessary packet. The portable terminal includes an AP for providing a list of packets required in the AP itself to a packet determiner, and the packet determiner for filtering a packet included in the list provided from the AP and for providing the packet included in the list to the AP.08-11-2011
20110007678HIERARCHY FOR GROUP ADDRESSED FRAMES DELIVERY - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to improve power conservation and efficiency in wireless mesh networks. An example embodiment of the invention receives at a wireless mesh device a plurality of messages from other wireless mesh devices in a wireless mesh network and determines from the messages if there is one or more wireless peer mesh device in the network that is in a power save mode. If there is no wireless peer mesh device in the network that is in a power save mode, then the example embodiment transmits group addressed frames in any order. If there is at least one wireless peer mesh device in the network that is in a power save mode, then the example embodiment arranges a transmission order of group addressed frames that have a source different from a designated wireless mesh device in the network followed by group addressed frames that have the designated wireless mesh device as a source. Then the example embodiment transmits the group addressed frames in the transmission order to at least one other wireless mesh device in the network, with the group addressed frames having the designated wireless mesh device as a source being transmitted last. The arrangement of the order of transmission enables other wireless mesh devices operating in power save mode in the network to cease listening for further group addressed frames following receipt of the group addressed frames having the designated wireless mesh device as a source. In this manner power conservation and efficiency are improved in wireless mesh networks.01-13-2011
20100080158Network controller wake on communications request - When there are no network devices currently associated with a wireless network controller, the network controller may reduce power consumption by placing itself in a standby mode. In the standby mode, the network controller may place some of its components into a non-operational low power state, while keeping enough components in an operational state to receive and decode received communications requests from devices that may wish to become associated with it. This may involve placing the transmit chain, and in some cases the applications processor, into the low power state. When a communications request is detected, the network controller may restore the transmit chain and if necessary the applications processor to an operational state, and transmit a response to the communications request.04-01-2010
20100080156METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING IN PERSONAL AREA NETWORKS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method of reducing power consumption in a wireless network device, comprising determining a duration prior to a beacon being received by the device; comparing the duration against a predetermined value; and adjusting a duration of a sleep period in response to the comparison.04-01-2010
20090213773METHOD FOR SUPPORTING COEXISTENCE CONSIDERING WHILE SUBCHANNEL ALLOCATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for supporting coexistence in a mobile station for supporting a coexistence mode of WiMAX and secondary wireless communication system while considering subchannel allocation, the method comprises, requesting a band adaptive modulation and coding (AMC) for adjacent subcarrier permutation to a base station by transmitting first coexistence information, after the secondary wireless communication is turned on, and requesting a release of the adjacent subcarrier permutation to the base station by transmitting second coexistence information, if the secondary wireless communication system is turned off. Accordingly, it is possible to provide simultaneity of different wireless communications when a sleep mode is used and improve simultaneity of different wireless communications even when the sleep mode is not used.08-27-2009
20090129304METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A MULTI-USER DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE STATION EMPLOYING THE METHOD - A method for reducing power consumption in a multi-user digital communication system and mobile station employing the method adjusts receive and transmit mode durations of the mobile device using downlink and uplink allocations from a base station of the system, as well as other factors.05-21-2009
20090285142REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF WI-FI ENABLED MOBILE DEVICES - A system and method for maximizing the standby time of mobile communication devices that have WiFi or other high energy-consuming network interfaces, by predicting in real time actionable silent periods (ASPs) of the interface and shutting the interface down during these ASPs. Standby times are significantly increased, resulting in longer periods of operation before battery charging is required, while keeping minimal the probabilities of missing incoming data packets when the interface is turned off.11-19-2009
20120106424METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A MOBILE NETWORK IMPLEMENTING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - The present invention relates to a method for operating a network comprising a primary station communicating with a plurality of secondary stations, the method comprising the primary station communicating with a secondary station in a discontinuous mode; the secondary station transmitting to the primary station a control message based on the current status of the secondary station; the primary station changing a parameter of the discontinuous mode based on the control message.05-03-2012
20120106415Method for Reducing Power Consumption of WAPI Mobile Terminal and WAPI Mobile Terminal - A method for reducing power consumption of a Wireless Local Area Networks Authentication and Privacy Infrastructure (WAPI) mobile terminal and a WAPI mobile terminal are provided. Said method includes: caching received WAPI service data into a dynamic cache module, and in a process of caching WAPI service data, when data quantity of cached WAPI service data accumulates to a data quantity threshold set by said WAPI mobile terminal, a processor module of said WAPI mobile terminal processing the cached WAPI service data. Said WAPI mobile terminal includes: a WAPI communication module and a processor module connected with each other, and a storage module connected with said processor module, and a dynamic cache module connected with said WAPI communication module and said processor module respectively.05-03-2012
20110199951DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MULTI-COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for performing a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) in a multi-Component Carrier (CC) system are disclosed. The method includes determining whether a condition for an application of a DRX to a first CC is satisfied and, if the condition is satisfied, performing the DRX on the first CC based on DRX configuration information common to the first CC and a reference CC. The on-duration of the DRX applied to the first CC is synchronized with the on-duration of a DRX mode of the reference CC. Although CCs enter the DRX mode at different points of time, the active or inactive times of the DRX modes are synchronized with each other such that the PDCCHs of all the CCs may be detected at the active times of the respective CCs.08-18-2011
20110199949METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL IN HIGH SPEED PACKET ACCESS (HSPA) NETWORKS - A wireless communication device includes: an antenna for receiving inbound signals on dual receive channels and transmitting outbound signals on dual transmit channels; a transceiver coupled to the antenna to receive the inbound signals from the antenna and convey the outbound signals; a power controller coupled to the transceiver to control power levels of the outbound signals so a maximum nominal power level of the outbound signals is a first power level; and a processor coupled to the transceiver and the antenna to cause the power controller to control the power levels of the outbound signals so if a power level of a received one of the inbound signals is below a threshold value, then the maximum nominal power level of the outbound signals is a second power level lower than the first power level, wherein the second power level is lower than the first power level.08-18-2011
20110170467METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOWING SOFT HANDOFF OF A CDMA REVERSE LINK UTILIZING AN ORTHOGONAL CHANNEL STRUCTURE - Method and apparatus for base stations and subscriber units allows soft handoff of a CDMA reverse link utilizing an orthogonal channel structure. Subscriber units transmit an orthogonally coded signal over a reverse link to the base stations. A given base station provides timing control of the timing offset of the reverse link signal. Based on at least one criterion, an alignment controller determines that the given base station should hand off timing control to another base station, and a soft handoff process ensues. In response to a command or message for soft handoff of the subscriber unit from the given base station to another base station, the subscriber unit makes a coarse timing adjustment to the timing of the coded signal. The subscriber unit may make fine timing adjustments based on feedback from the base station controlling timing. Multiple base stations may provide power control feedback to the subscriber unit.07-14-2011
20110170465TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION METHODS AND APPARATUS - Various methods and apparatus are directed to achieving timing synchronization and propagating timing information pertaining to an external, e.g., non Wi-Fi, timing signal source. In some embodiments, a mobile communications device receives and processes a timing signal, e.g., a first Wi-Fi beacon, which is propagating timing information about an external timing signal from a device which directly received the external timing signal. Thus, a mobile wireless communications device achieves timing synchronization with respect to an external timing signal which it is unable to receive directly. In various embodiments, the mobile communications device may, and sometimes does, further propagate the timing information about the external timing signal, e.g., via a second Wi-Fi beacon signal which it generates and transmits. Synchronization with respect to an external signal source facilitates longer sleep states and decreased power consumption.07-14-2011
20110170464Methods to reduce power for asynchronous internet message protocols - A method for reducing power consumption in a mobile station is provided. The method includes holding data associated with a first polling message until a first scheduled RF wake-up of the mobile station. The method also includes sending the data associated with the first polling message at substantially the same time as the first scheduled RF wake-up of the mobile station. The method further includes holding a second polling message until a second scheduled RF wake-up of the mobile station. The scheduled RF wake-ups of the mobile station are determined according to a schedule established by a service provider of the wireless communication network. In certain embodiments, the polling messages are associated with an ActiveSync® Ping command.07-14-2011
20120082078COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING SAME - If periodic processing in a higher-layer protocol control unit occurs in a case where a wireless LAN control unit is in a power saving mode, there is a high probability that the higher-layer protocol control unit will time out and that communication will be severed. Accordingly, the present invention arranges it so that respective timer values are changed dynamically in such a manner that periodic processing in the higher-layer protocol control unit and a sleep state in the power saving mode will not conflict with each other.04-05-2012
20090262675POWER MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Embodiments of apparatuses, articles, methods, and systems for power management in wireless networks are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed.10-22-2009
20090274082Methods and Apparatus for Power Saving for Mesh Nodes - Methods and apparatus for implementing power saving in mesh nodes include transmitting a receive window start frame prior to each awake period. The receive window start frame is a short frame, and nodes in the mesh network passively monitor for this frame. Upon detection, a mesh node can transmit data to its destination during its awake period.11-05-2009
20090279466Flexible sleep mode for advanced wireless systems - A base station capable of wireless communication with a plurality of subscriber stations within a coverage area of a network, where the base station is capable of transmitting, to a subscriber station, a traffic indication message with an indicator value, wherein the indicator value is used by both the base station and the subscriber station to dynamically adjust the length of the next discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle in an absence of an explicit signaling message from the base station.11-12-2009
20090296619METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EFFICIENT ADDRESSING AND POWER SAVINGS IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method for addressing groups of stations in a wireless communication system begins by assigning the stations in the system into a number of groups. A group identifier is signaled to each station and the group identifier is indicated in a frame for each group that has data in the frame. The addressing method can be applied to power savings for the station, wherein the station enters a power saving mode if the group identifier for the station is not present in the frame.12-03-2009
20090296617SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF FOR DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING SLEEP/AWAKE INTERVALS OF WIRELESS NETWORK DEVICE - A system and a method thereof for dynamically adjusting sleep/awake intervals of a wireless network device are provided. The system has at least one base station (BS) and at least one wireless network device. The system performs the method to dynamically adjust the sleep/awake intervals by properly delaying and combining delivery of data such that the wireless network device is turned into a sleep mode after finishing data delivery within an adjusted period. Thereby, the number of awake frames of a mobile subscriber station (MSS) can be reduced without sacrificing the quality of service (QoS).12-03-2009
20090279467Adaptive and effective power saving design - A wireless communication network comprising a plurality of base stations capable of wireless communication with a plurality of mobile stations within a coverage area of the network, wherein at least one of the plurality of base stations is capable of setting a first counter and a second counter to an initial value; if the base station has downlink data ready to be transmitted to a mobile station, determining if a frequency-time grid (FTG) for the downlink data is less than or equal to a threshold; and if the base station does not have downlink data ready to be transmitted to the mobile station, increasing the first counter by one.11-12-2009
20090279465Method for low power radio operation in a wireless packet network - A system and method allows devices to send and receive packets while using power to do so to the extent needed, thereby conserving power.11-12-2009
20100284317System and Method for Redirecting Messages to an Active Interface of a Multiple-Interface Device - In accordance with an embodiment, a method of operating a first network configured to communicate with a first interface of a multi-interface user device is disclosed. The first network receives a first message from the user device, where the first message requests that messages for the user device be forwarded via a second network. The first network receives a second message for user device and forwards the second message to the second network.11-11-2010
20090290520WIRELESS NETWORK HOST IN SILENT MODE - An access point that implements operating modes in which beacons may be selectively disabled. Beacons may be disabled when no device is actively associated through the access point. Beacons may be enabled in response to one or more triggers, which may include events such as a client forming an association through the access point following a probe request message identifying the access point. In addition, active beaconing may be triggered by user input or may occur during periodic brief intervals that allow client devices to discover the network identifier for the access point. Selective control of beaconing may lead to more effective wireless communication, particularly in areas where users congregate with computers implementing soft APs for personal networks.11-26-2009
20090296618POWER SAVING VIA VARIABLE LISTEN INTERVALS IN A WLAN - A wireless client device is associated with an access point in an association having a value for a listen interval parameter. The wireless client device determines, according to predefined considerations, a different value for the listen interval parameter, and declares the different value for the listen interval parameter in a wireless transmission to the access point. The listen interval parameter specifies a number of beacon intervals that can pass from a time the wireless client device listens for a beacon frame from the access point before the wireless client device listens for a next beacon frame from the access point.12-03-2009
20100110954METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN APPLICATION LAYER CONTROLLERS AND WIRELESS DEVICE - Method and system for synchronizing the working of the application layer functions with the wireless device functions. More particularly, core and management functions of layer 2 and layer 3 applications in wireless systems such as handheld device and base station, wherein there is a need for close frame timing synchronization at application layer. The method and system fulfills the requirements of supporting hard real-time latencies introduced between the user space and kernel space in standard operating systems used in designing of system for wireless application.05-06-2010
20100110951Techniques for device and piconet controller availability notification in wireless personal area and wireless local area networks - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method, comprising notifying of device and piconet controller (PNC) availability in wireless personal area network (WPAN) and/or wireless local area networks (WLAN) at the start of a superframe, wherein whether the PNC will stay awake or go to sleep during a part of the superframe depends on whether or not there are any services to provide in the WPAN and/or WLAN during a given period of time, and wherein the PNC shall stay awake if there are services to provide in the WPAN and/or WLAN to maintain network performance, otherwise the PNC will go to sleep to minimize its energy consumption.05-06-2010
20100110949METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESS POINT SCANNING IN VOIP SYSTEMS - A system is configured to scan for APs on DFS channels while maintaining VOIP traffic employing both passive and active scans. During passive scan mode, the APs are configured to listen only. During active scan mode, the STA sends a probe request, and the AP(s) send(s) probe responses. During power save mode, the STA tells the associated AP that it will be turning “off” to save power. The STA is then required to listen to beacons for traffic notifications. The power save mode enables the STA to move to other channels during periods in which the AP “thinks” it is asleep. An 802.11 “in-use” list is used to facilitate scanning.05-06-2010
20100110948METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATING A MOBILE DEVICE IN A SLEEP MODE - Apparatus and methods are provided for locating a mobile device in a sleep mode. A method comprises transmitting a beacon signal configured to initiate transmission of a response signal from a mobile device in a sleep mode. The mobile device is associated with a first wireless access device on a first communication channel. The method further comprises receiving the response signal from the mobile device on the first communication channel and determining the physical location of the mobile device based on the response signal.05-06-2010
20100110953METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PHASING INFORMATION AND PHASING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of transmitting paging information and a paging method in a mobile communication system. According to the invention, in a case of starting to transmit downlink information to mobile stations that do not maintain uplink synchronization while performing a low-power-consumption operation in an active state, the start of the information transmission is informed by transmitting a medium access control (MAC) paging message to the mobile stations. In this case, the invention can inform the mobile station that the MAC paging message exists in a physical layer control channel or can transmit the generated MAC paging message through only the physical layer control channel. Accordingly, the invention can efficiently transmit the paging information while maximizing utilization of a limited radio resource.05-06-2010
20100110952METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOW LATENCY STATE TRANSITIONS FOR ENERGY EFFICIENCY - Aspects of a method and system for physical layer control of low latency state transitions for energy efficiency. In this regard, a determination may be made to reconfigure a network device from an energy saving mode of operation to a higher performance mode of operation. A first portion of the network device may be reconfigured prior to sending an indication of the reconfiguration to a link partner, and a remaining portion of the network device may be reconfigured after sending the indication. The link partner may begin reconfiguration from an energy saving mode of operation to higher performance mode of operation upon receiving the indication. The energy saving mode may comprise a low power idle (LPI) or a subset PHY mode. The reconfiguration may comprise allocating memory to, and/or de-allocating memory from, buffering received and/or to-be-transmitted data.05-06-2010
20100103848METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DIVERSITY IDLE MODE IN A MOBILE STATION - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure may allow a mobile station (MS) to monitor the paging interval of a serving base station (BS) as well as one or more neighboring BSs with sufficient signal strength or signal quality. Monitoring the paging intervals of multiple BSs may help improve paging success rate.04-29-2010
20120294217METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING TRANSMIT POWER - A method and an apparatus for determining transmission power are disclosed. A gain factor of an E-DPDCH in a compressed mode is determined according to the number of E-DPDCHs used for initial transmission of data; and the transmission power of the E-DPDCH is determined according to the gain factor of the E-DPDCH in compressed mode. As the gain factor of E-DPDCH in compressed mode is determined according to the number of the E-DPDCHs for initial transmission of data, the gain factor of the E-DPDCH in compressed mode can be determined accurately, and thus the transmit power of the E-DPDCH can be determined accurately according to the gain factor of the E-DPDCH. Therefore, the waste of transmit power of the E-DPDCH is reduced, and thus the system capacity is improved.11-22-2012
20120294218METHOD OF DCR OPERATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more particularly, to a method for a mobile station to save power for prescribed duration without performing a paging procedure and apparatus therefor. According to one embodiment of the invention, a method of operating a DCR (deregistration with content retention) mode of a mobile station in a broadband wireless access system includes the steps of transmitting a registration request (AAI_REG-REQ) message to a base station and receiving a registration response (AAI_REG-RSP) message including an identifier for identifying the mobile station in association with connection information (AMS context) of the mobile station in a network including a base station from the base station.11-22-2012
20120294215Methods And Apparatus For Use In Controlling Wireless Transceiver Operation In A Mobile Communication Device - A mobile device operates for communications via a first wireless network with use of a first transceiver. The device performs scanning operations with use of a second transceiver for identifying a set of cell IDs corresponding to a plurality of stations of one or more second wireless networks. The device stores the set of cell IDs in association with an ID of the first wireless network. While operating for communications with use of the second transceiver, the device maintains the first transceiver in a low power state. The device performs scanning operations with use of the second transceiver for identifying a current set of cell IDs, and compares the cell IDs of the current set with cell IDs of the stored set. The device maintains the first transceiver in the low power state or enables its operation based on the comparison.11-22-2012
20120294216Method and a Device for Saving Power in a Wireless User Terminal - A method for use in a cellular system with a controlling node and user terminals, UEs. In the system, UEs can assume one of at least two states, a non-listening state, i.e. a state during which a UE does not listen for data from its controlling node, and a listening state, an “on duration” state. According to the method a UE in the system is able to alternate between said two states according to a certain scheme, the scheme according to which a UE in the system alternates between said two states being dependent on whether or not data units which are transmitted between the UE and its controlling node are received entirely and correctly within an initially allocated resource for each data unit.11-22-2012
20110205949Routing Mechanism for Distributed Hash Table Based Overlay Networks - A node for use within an overlay network, such as a Distributed Hash Table based overlay network, and which is configured to route packets across the overlay network. The node comprises means for making a routing decision based upon a knowledge of the power consumption levels and/or power availability of a set of peer nodes in the overlay network.08-25-2011
20100061284Power management for multi-carrier transmission - A method of power management for a mobile station in a multi-carrier wireless network is provided. A primary connection between the mobile station and a serving base station is first established by performing initial ranging over a primary radio frequency (RF) carrier. A secondary connection between the mobile station and the base station is then established by performing periodic ranging over a secondary RF carrier. To achieve efficient power management, the mobile station performs Open Loop Power Control and obtains long-term link measurement (CSI) of the primary carrier. The mobile station then adjusts carrier-specific parameters based on the primary carrier CSI. For RF carriers that convey on-going data traffic, Close Loop Power Control is updated per RF carrier. When the mobile station enters sleep mode operation, it receives traffic indication messages on the primary RF carrier and then dynamically wakes up one or more corresponding RF carriers for data reception.03-11-2010
20110268004ENABLING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - According to one general aspect, a method may include communicating, by a first apparatus, with at least a second apparatus via a device-to-device communication link. In various embodiments, the method may also include receiving resource allocations, from a base station. In some embodiments, the method may include determining, based at least partly on the received resource allocations, which resources are allocated to at least the second apparatus for communication with the base station. In various embodiments, the method may include based at least partly upon the resource allocations, determining when to perform direct device-to-device communication, by the first apparatus, with the second apparatus.11-03-2011
20090003254Power management of periodic transmissions from networking applications - Methods and apparatus relating to power management of periodic transmissions from networking applications are described. In one embodiment, a periodic transmission manager coupled between one or more network applications and one or more network interfaces may control the flow of periodic transmissions from the one or more network applications to the one or more network interfaces. Other embodiments are also disclosed.01-01-2009
20110205948EXTENDING AN EFFECTIVE CONTROL CHANNEL PERIODICITY VIA DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) - Discontinuous reception (DRX) operation may be utilized to maintain connection with user equipment (UE) by increasing the effective control channel transmission periodicity. UEs may be configured with a compatible control channel transmission periodicity such that multiple UEs may share a resource in a time-division-multiplexed manner using DRX offsets and periodicity, effectively extending control channel transmission periodicity through resource overloading.08-25-2011
20110205947COMMUNICATION OF REDUNDANT SACCH SLOTS DURING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION MODE FOR VAMOS - The application relates to a method for communication from a second mobile station to a base station or vice versa. In a given multiframe, a first SACCH slot associated with the second mobile station is communicated (i.e. received or transmitted or both) via the second VAMOS subchannel. In the same multiframe, a redundant second SACCH slot associated with the second mobile station is communicated. The communicating step is performed either by the second mobile station or by the base station. The second SACCH slot may be communicated via the second VAMOS subchannel, in case the second VAMOS subchannel is in DTX mode. In an alternative embodiment, the second SACCH slot may be communicated via a first VAMOS subchannel, in case the first VAMOS subchannel is in DTX mode, wherein the first and second VAMOS subchannels share a common time slot and have the same carrier frequency. Both embodiments may be combined: I.e. in case the second VAMOS subchannel is in DTX mode, the second SACCH slot is communicated via the second VAMOS subchannel, and in case the first VAMOS subchannel is in DTX mode, the second SACCH slot may be communicated via the first VAMOS subchannel.08-25-2011
20090168676Wireless Interface Control To Reduce Power Consumption - A wireless mobile unit includes a first wireless interface configured to at least receive communication over a first wireless network. A second wireless interface is configured to provide for bidirectional communication over a second wireless network. An interface control is operative to control activation of the second wireless interface from an off state to an on state in response to a predefined radio frequency (RF) stimulus, the first wireless interface remaining in an on state regardless of the state of the second wireless interface.07-02-2009
20080273480DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF TRAINING TIME FOR WIRELESS RECEIVER - Systems, devices, and methods are described for acquiring a wireless signal including a number of time-multiplexed bursts of data. An allocated training time may be dynamically adjusted to acquire a wireless signal and capture one of the bursts of data. Also, initial filter coefficients may be established for bursts of data based on previous filter coefficients. In addition, the step size used to adapt an initial filter coefficient may also be modified to account for certain channel characteristics.11-06-2008
20080273478Method for Fairly Distribution of Spectrum in Contention-Based Protocols - The invention relates to a method and a terminal for wireless transmitting data using a contention-based protocol, wherein a plurality of communicating wireless terminals (11-06-2008
20120287835METHOD FOR MANAGING THE POWER IN THE WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless network system includes a coordinator, a first device, and a second device. The coordinator transmits a first response to the first device to approve a first request message received from the first device; broadcast a first beacon, indicating that the first device is in a power saving mode, after transmitting the first response; transmit a second response to the second device to approve a second request message received from the second device; broadcast a second beacon, indicating that the first device needs to change a power management mode from the power saving mode to a normal mode, after transmitting the second response; transmit a third response to the first device to approve a third request message received from the first device; and broadcast a third beacon, indicating that the first device is in the normal mode, after transmitting the third response.11-15-2012
20120287833Using a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) Channel to Save Power for Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) That Use User Datagram Protocol (UDP) - Provided is a method for maintaining a Virtual Private Network (VPN) connection between a mobile device and a server over a wireless network in a manner that conserves the power supply of the mobile device and is suitable for connections that employ server-initiated traffic. After a successful login to a VPN server, a VPN client establishes a Transport Control Protocol (TCP) connection and a UDP connection with the server. After a power timeout, the server calculates the elapsed time between the current transmission and the last tunnel traffic. If the elapsed time exceeds a power timeout value, the VPN server transmits a simple control message to the client via the TCP channel. The client then reestablishes the UDP connection to the client and the server resumes transmission on the reestablished UDP channel.11-15-2012
20120287832ACCESS CONTROL FOR A SERVICE SUBSCRIPTION - A subscription to a service provided in a communication network is managed by a first terminal. The communication network includes a second terminal, and the service includes transmission of digital information. An access entity is capable of obtaining a maximum rising throughput value allocated to the first terminal and a descending throughput value allocated to the second terminal. On the access entity of the network, an access request is received for subscribing the second terminal to the service provided by the first terminal. Then, a decision about access to or refusal of subscription of the second terminal is made on the basis of the maximum rising throughput value allocated to the first terminal and on the basis of the descending throughput value allocated to the second terminal. And finally, a response indicating the decision is sent.11-15-2012
20120294213Optimized method and system for activating and deactivating component carrier in multi-carrier system - The present disclosure provides an optimized method and system for activating and deactivating a component carrier in a multi-carrier system, the method comprises: when activating a Component Carrier (CC), a base station sends an activation command to a User Equipment (UE) through Downlink Control Information (DCI) to indicate the UE to activate the CC; if receiving the activation command successfully, the UE activates the CC and sends an acknowledgement of the activation command to the base station; when deactivating the CC, the base station sends a deactivation command to the UE through the DCI to indicate the UE to deactivate the CC; if receiving the deactivation command successfully, the UE deactivates the CC and sends an acknowledgement of the deactivation command to the base station. The present disclosure can improve the reliability of activation and deactivation of the carrier aggregation technology in an LTE-A system, and has the advantages such as simple configuration and operation, and keeping the status of CC in the base station and the status of CC in the UE consistent.11-22-2012
20080279129SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC WIRELESS TRANSPORT SELECTION FOR INCREASED PERFORMANCE AND REDUCED POWER CONSUMPTION - A system and method for automatic wireless transport selection for increased performance and reduced power consumption. Multiple wireless transport services can appear to a TCP/IP stack as a single adapter. Management of the multiple wireless transport services can be performed below the TCP/IP stack to optimize on criteria such as power consumption and bandwidth.11-13-2008
20080279130Bluetooth and Wireless Network Coexistence - Implementations are presented herein that relate to Bluetooth® and Wireless Network Coexistence.11-13-2008
20080285495Systems and Methods for Communicating to a Disassociated Station in a Protected Network - Stations in standby mode in a wireless local area network (WLAN) become disassociated with their access point. In the event traffic is intended for the station in standby mode, a wakeup message needs to be communicated to the station. Typically, a wakeup message could be broadcast on a broadcast or multicast address, and when the station checks for broadcasts, the station can determine whether it needs to wake up. However, in a protected network, a disassociated station cannot decrypt messages from the access point without reassociating. However, the cost of reassociating in time and power can be significant, so reassociating should not be performed unless the station needs to wake up, leading to a vicious cycle as the station does not know it must wake up unless it can decrypt the message. To address this issue, in one embodiment the access points do not encrypt messages on a select multicast address, whereby messages such as wakeup message can be transmitted. In another embodiment, the messages are still encrypted. However, the identification of which station must wake up is encoded as the length of the encrypted payload. These methods allow a general message of communicating to disassociated stations in a protected WLAN environment.11-20-2008
20080291857Timeslot scheduling in digital audio and hybrid audio radio systems - Systems and methods of decoding data streams and conserving power are described. In some embodiments, a stream of data containing audio and other data is divided into a plurality of timeslots. A first timeslot of the plurality of timeslots is allocated to a first service. A grant location message which indicates a location of the first timeslot allocated to the first service is generated. The grant allocation message and the plurality of timeslots are transmitted to a receiver.11-27-2008
20080291858Power Saving Wireless Local Area Network Portable Device - A system and method are provided for controlling bandwidth allocation in a wireless local area network (wLAN). The method comprises: expressing device bandwidth allocations in terms of a time base; in response to expressing the bandwidth allocation in terms of a time base, monitoring network communications; and, measuring the allocated bandwidths. The method may further comprise: establishing polling schedules in response to expressing the bandwidth allocation in terms of a time base; and, de-energizing devices in response to the polling schedules. Expressing device bandwidth allocations in terms of a time base includes establishing: an inter-transmission opportunity (TXOP) interval; and, a TXOP jitter. These fields are supplied in the IEEE 802.11e transmit specification (TSPEC). Then, de-energizing devices in response to the polling schedule includes disengaging transmission and receiving functions in the minimum TXOP intervals between polling events, where the minimum TXOP interval is the inter-TXOP interval minus the TXOP jitter.11-27-2008
20080291856MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING A MULTI-SECTOR CONFIGURATION - Power control methods and apparatus for use in a sectorized cell of an OFDM communications system are described. Each sector of a cell uses the same frequencies and transmission times and is synchronized with the other sectors in the cell in terms of tone frequencies used at any given time and symbol transmission times. Tones are allocated to channels in each cell in the same manner so that each channel in a sector has a corresponding channel in another sector. Power differences between channels in different sectors are maintained to be within a pre-selected power difference. Different channels in a cell are assigned different power levels. Wireless terminals are assigned to channels based on channel feedback information. Wireless terminals with poor channel conditions are allocated to higher power channels than wireless terminals with good channel conditions. Lower power channels often include more tones per symbol time than high power channels.11-27-2008
20080304432System and method for an energy efficient RF transceiver - An energy efficient radio having a clocking system utilizing two clocks with very different precision and power characteristics. In another aspect, the time that a radio spends on listening/receiving is optimized so that energy is not wasted when there is no need to keep receiving. In another aspect, to further improve the energy efficiency, two receive portions with drastic difference in power consumption, instead of a single receive portion as is used in a typical wireless receiver, and are used to process different parts of a received packet.12-11-2008
20080304433METHODS AND DEVICES FOR DAISY CHAIN CE DEVICE POWER SAVE MODES - A daisy chain device including a first active mode of operation and a second low power mode of operation. In the first active mode of operation the daisy chain device supplies or receives multimedia data containing at least two types of data. In the second low power mode of operation the daisy chain device relays only predefined data types and consumes less power. Wherein the daisy chain connection includes wires and the transmissions in the different modes of operation are over the same wires.12-11-2008
20120294212Method and Apparatus for Calibrating Sleep Clocks - Apparatus for use in a wireless network has a fast clock for operation in an active wakeup mode and a sleep clock for operation in a sleep mode. A calibration for the sleep clock is calculated based on the fast clock. A quality value for that new calibration is determined. If the quality value of the new calibration is higher than a quality value of an old calibration, the new calibration is used, and, if not, the new calibration is discarded and the old calibration is used. Alternatively or in addition, the length of time until the next calibration is estimated. It is then determined whether the new calibration is of sufficient quality to last for the estimated time until next calibration, and, if not, the calibration measurement period is extended.11-22-2012
20120294214METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING A FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for switching a Frequency Assignment (FA) by a base station in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes, upon detecting movement of the base station, communicating with a mobile terminal using a first FA via a first FA-transceiver among a plurality of FA-transceivers which process signals transceived via each of the plurality of FAs, and selecting, upon detecting a change in a wireless environment caused by the movement, a second FA from among the plurality of FAs, operating a second FA-transceiver which processes signals transceived via the second FA, transmitting, to the mobile terminal, a scanning-instructing message for instructing the reference signal transmitted via the second FA to be scanned, and switching the first FA to the second FA in accordance with the result of the scanning received from the mobile terminal in response to the scanning-instructing message.11-22-2012
20080279131UPLINK TIMING CONTROL - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate evaluating and utilizing timing updates in a wireless communications network. A base station can transmit timing adjustment commands to mobile devices as needed as opposed to a periodic timing update where timing adjustment commands are always sent within a certain period. However, the mobile devices need to stay awake to monitor the timing adjustment message resulting in high power consumption. On the other hand with periodic update, the mobile devices can wake up to check whether there is a timing adjustment for itself and, if not, return to a sleep mode. With the proposed method, a mobile device can sleep for a period of time to check for timing adjustment commands upon waking. Thus, both the mobile power consumption and downlink signaling overhead are reduced.11-13-2008
20110007681UPDATING METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SLEEP MODE OPERATION - Disclosed herein relates to a sleep mode operation method, and the method of updating a sleep mode operation according to the present invention may include receiving a service flow configuration request (DSx-REQ) message comprising a service flow parameter for service flow configuration and a sleep cycle ID (SCID) for sleep mode change according to the service flow configuration from a base station during a sleep mode listening window; transmitting a service flow configuration response (DSx-RSP) message comprising the SCID; and configuring the service flow according to the service flow identifier, and changing a SCID to the SCID to update the sleep mode operation.01-13-2011
20110007682METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER EQUIPMENT DIRECTED RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL IN A UMTS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for improved battery performance of user equipment in a wireless network having multiple radio resource control (RRC) states, the method comprising the steps of: monitoring, at the user equipment, application data exchange; determining when no application on the user equipment is expected to exchange data; and initiating, from the user equipment, a transition to a less battery demanding radio resource control state or mode.01-13-2011
20110007679MOBILE DEVICE AND POWER SAVING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention discloses a mobile device and a power saving method thereof. The mobile device comprises a modem processor and a data processor. The modem processor is electrically connected to a wireless network system for receiving/transmitting a network packet. When the data processor is in a hibernation mode, the IP packet protocol module of the modem processor unpacks the received network packets to access the packet data. If it is determined that the packet data need to be processed by the data processor, the modem processor wakes up the data processor; whereas the data processor remains in the hibernation mode. Thus, the time period in which the data processor is in the hibernation mode is extended so as to achieve power saving effect.01-13-2011
20110007680SLEEP MODE DESIGN FOR COEXISTENCE MANAGER - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate implementation and use of a sleep mode for a multi-radio coexistence manager. As described herein, respective radios coordinated by a coexistence manager (CxM) can be grouped into radio or sleep clusters, for which the CxM can enter a low-power mode (e.g., a sleep mode) based on respective operating states of radios in the clusters. As further described herein, a CxM can provide an acquisition sequence and/or other suitable means to enable respective radios to synchronize with the CxM. In addition, techniques are provided herein by which a CxM can indicate its present operating mode (e.g., active, wakeable sleep, non-wakeable sleep, or disabled) to respective radios, and by which a radio can wake the CxM from a sleep operating mode under predetermined circumstances.01-13-2011
20100142425TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND SYSTEM - A transmitting power level control method and system are provided, whereby the power of a terminal device in a wireless sensor network is saved and the lifetime thereof is extended. The control method includes the steps of: (A) broadcasting a plurality of transmitting power level (TPL) messages, each of which represents a respective TPL and the respective TPLs are different from one another, wherein each of the plurality of TPL messages is broadcasted at the respective TPL thereof; and (B) setting a TPL for the terminal device at a minimum one of the TPLs represented by the TPL messages received by the terminal device.06-10-2010
20080273479METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNELS BY RESTRICTING A SET OF THE CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a control channel in a base station for a wireless communication system. The base station transmits information including a number of channel elements constituting control channels, to a terminal; establishes a set of control channels that the terminal can receive, within the number of channel elements using an identifier (ID) of the terminal; and transmits control information to the terminal through a selected control channel among the control channels. The terminal is restricted to monitor only a proper number of control channels established without the need to monitor all control channels, thereby reducing reception complexity and avoiding unnecessary battery consumption.11-06-2008
20090109886WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A wireless communication apparatus in a MIMO communication system which simultaneously transfers different data at the same frequency using a plurality of antennas is provided. The apparatus includes a plurality of receiving units corresponding to the plurality of antennas, respectively. A control unit of the wireless communication apparatus acknowledges a communication protocol command. The control unit sets, in accordance with the acknowledged command, the power mode of the wireless communication apparatus to one of (1) a power saving off mode in which all the receiving units always operate, (2) a dynamic power saving mode in which only one receiving unit operates normally, and upon receiving a transfer request addressed to the apparatus, all the receiving units operate only during a predetermined period, and (3) a static power saving mode in which only one receiving unit always operates, and no MIMO communication is performed.04-30-2009
20080267104Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Data - ABSTRACT A method for transmitting data includes: acquiring a Multicast and Broadcast Service Mapping Information Element (MBS_MAP_IE) and MBS data corresponding to the MBS_MAP_IE; wherein the MBS_MAP_IE carries a parameter for indicating the frame position of the next MBS MAP_IE; setting a sleep duration according to the parameter for indicating the frame position of the next MBS_MAP_IE and acquiring the next MBS_MAP_IE and MBS data corresponding to the next MBS_MAP_IE when the sleep duration expires. By applying the present invention, it is unnecessary for a mobile terminal to receive an MBS mapping message, so that the sleep duration of the mobile terminal is increased and thus the power consumption of the mobile terminal is reduced.10-30-2008
20090052362POWER-SAVE APPARATUS FOR 802.11 MULTICAST PAGING APPLICATIONS - A power-save system for a network with an access point and an associated power-save client. The access point buffers wireless data that includes a unicast frame and a multicast frame. A periodic scheduled beacon message is transmitted with a unicast indication element and a multicast indication element. The unicast element instructs a client to remain awake to receive a buffered unicast frame, which includes a destination MAC address. The multicast element instructs a client to remain awake following the beacon to receive a buffered multicast frame, which includes a destination multicast address designating a multicast group of which the client is a member. At least one beacon message is designated as a multicast delivery beacon. The buffered multicast frame is transmitted following the designated multicast beacon. The multicast element contains a list of entries, each entry corresponding to either a multicast MAC address, multicast IP address, or client identifier.02-26-2009
20100271993METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING SLEEPING NODES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A system and method of operating a wireless network having a plurality of nodes. Each node determines whether to replace the beacon node. When a node determines that the beacon node is to be replaced, the node determines whether it should nominate itself as a potential replacement beacon node. The decision whether to nominate itself as a potential replacement beacon node is a function of a random number generated by the node. If the node determines that it should nominate itself as a potential replacement beacon node, the node sends out one or more beacon signals. Beacon signals are received by potential replacement nodes and, if the potential replacement beacon node has received a beacon signal from a higher ranking potential replacement beacon node, the node removes itself as a candidate for the replacement beacon node.10-28-2010
20090180415METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR REDUCING POWER-CONSUMPTION OF WIRELESS NETWORK DEVICE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer-readable medium to reduce power consumption of a wireless network device, the method including: receiving a packet; and determining whether to transmit the received packet to a host based on a state of the host and a packet transmission standard set for the host. Accordingly, it is possible to extend a period of use of a wireless portable terminal using an Internet protocol (IP)-based wireless network.07-16-2009
20080240009SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a system and method for transmitting data based on an operational state of a mobile station in a communication system. The method includes, when detecting a low battery state of the mobile station, storing one or more data packets to be transmitted to the mobile station, extracting at least one data packet, which has a transmission delay time larger than a difference between a maximum delay time and preset margin, from the one or more stored data packets, and transmitting at least a part of the extracted at least one data packet to the mobile station by using a resource allocated to the mobile station.10-02-2008
20080240008Wireless Network Apparatus and System Field of the Invention - The performance and ease of management of wireless communications environments is improved by a mechanism that enables access points (APs) to perform automatic channel selection. A wireless network can therefore include multiple APs, each of which will automatically choose a channel such that channel usage is optimized. Furthermore, APs can perform automatic power adjustment so that multiple APs can operate on the same channel while minimizing interference with each other. Wireless stations are load balanced across APs so that user bandwidth is optimized. A movement detection scheme provides seamless roaming of stations between APs.10-02-2008
20080212508POWER SAVING METHOD IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM FOR PERMITTING TERMINAL STATION TO PROMPTLY TRANSITION TO DOZE STATE BY TRANSMITTING EMPTY DATA FRAME - A power saving method in a wireless LAN system is disclosed for permitting a terminal station to promptly transition to a doze state irrespective of the presence or absence of data destined to the terminal station in a base station. Upon receipt of a PS-Poll signal from a terminal station subordinate to a base station for prompting a transmission of data destined to the terminal station, the base station transmits an ACK signal to the terminal station for indicating a successful reception of the PS-Poll signal. Further, the base station transmits a data frame including data destined to the terminal station when there is such data, or transmits an empty data frame when there is no data destined to the terminal station. Then, upon receipt of the data frame (including the empty data frame), the terminal station transmits an ACK signal to the base station, and then transitions to the doze state in which a transmission/reception function is made inoperative.09-04-2008
20090034443POWER SAVING IDLE MODE ALGORITHM FOR AN ACCESS POINT - A wireless device operating as an access point (AP) uses an idle mode service and an idle mode mechanism to provide the capability of powering down during idle times. The client and the AP may share a cooperative idle mode mechanism to efficiently manage power for all devices operating in the WLAN.02-05-2009
20120195241SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL - In various embodiments, a system and method for providing uplink (UL) power control for a wireless mobile station (MS) includes, after transmission of an unanswered bandwidth request by the MS, incrementally boosting an UL transmit power of one or more subsequent bandwidth requests by the MS to a boosted UL power level at which UL bandwidth is allocated to the MS by the BS; selectively reporting the boosted UL power level to the BS immediately after the UL transmit power has been boosted; and selectively controlling the boosted UL power level by the BS responsive to the boosted UL power level reported to the BS. A MS is configured to carry out the UL power control method and a BS is configured to generate MS UL power control commands based, at least in part, upon the UL power level reported to the BS.08-02-2012
20100142427Mobile Wireless Internet System - A mobile wireless internet system is provided. The mobile wireless internet system may include a primary power assembly capable of converting solar energy into electrical energy. Further, the mobile wireless internet system may include a communication assembly capable of receiving wireless signals from an internet service provider. The primary power assembly may be capable of providing the electrical energy to the communication assembly. Furthermore, the mobile wireless internet system may include at least one communication antenna operatively coupled to the communication assembly. The at least one communication antenna may be capable of receiving the wireless signals from the communication assembly and transmitting the received wireless signals to at least one user terminal. Also, the mobile wireless internet system may include a platform. The platform may be capable of being removably engaged with an automobile to be transported to a desired location.06-10-2010
20090161587MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND POWER-SAVING TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD USED IN THEM - There is provided a mobile communication system that can prevent a situation in which, although there is no occasion to receive packets for a mobile station, the reception processing is continued and useless power is undesirably consumed. The mobile communication system includes a base station that repeats a transmission period and a transmission halt period with a constant control cycle, and mobile station that repeats a reception period and a reception halt period with a constant control cycle (antenna, duplexer, reception unit, user data separation unit, packet transmission determination unit, reception period determination unit, packet reception determination unit, and signal synthesis unit). The mobile station alternately repeats the reception period and reception halt period, sends the reception result to the base station, and starts the reception period according to the start of the transmission period of the base station to receive packets. In case all the packets cannot be correctly received during the reception period, the reception period is extended by a predetermined period in the control cycle. Furthermore, in case all the packets can be correctly received during the reception period, the mobile station transfers to the reception halt period to halt the reception.06-25-2009
20090180416Turbo HSDPA System - A method of power saving for a wireless transceiver (FIGS. 07-16-2009
20090180414Mobile Communication System and Mobile Terminal - A mobile terminal judges whether or not the mobile terminal is able to make a transition to a DTX period during Active, and, when judging that the mobile terminal is able to make a transition to a DTX period during Active, notifies a base station to that effect. If the base station judges that the mobile terminal is able to make a transition to a DRX period during Active when triggered by the notification from the mobile terminal, the base station temporarily stops supply of electric power to the data transmission processing units and the data reception processing units of the mobile terminal.07-16-2009
20090180413POWER REDUCTION WITH MULTIPLE RECEIVE PATHS - Methods and apparatus for power reduction in a wireless device having multiple receive paths are described herein. A wireless device configured for any one of multiple operating modes may utilize multiple receive signal paths to improve the receive signal quality in each of the operating modes. The wireless device may be configured to dynamically reconfigure a modulation coding scheme to compensate for varying signal qualities in some modes. The wireless receiver may be configured in other operating modes where the modulation coding scheme is fixed for a duration of the operating mode. The wireless device can conserve power when it is operating in a mode supporting a constant modulation coding scheme. The wireless device can determine a signal metric value of the received signals and can selectively power down or deactivate a receive signal path based on the value of the signal metric.07-16-2009
20110268000APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR POWER MANAGEMENT ON MOBILE DEVICES - Various embodiments for providing enhanced power savings in mobile computing devices are described. In one or more embodiments, a mobile computing device may monitor the battery power level remaining. The mobile computing device may select a wireless connection type for an application based on Quality of Service (QoS) requirements of the application and the amount of battery power remaining. The mobile computing device may switch the application from a higher QoS wireless connection type to a lower QoS wireless connection type when the battery power falls below a threshold. Other embodiments are described and claimed.11-03-2011
20110205946METHOD APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method, apparatus and a wireless communication system to reduce power consumption of a wireless Multicomm device by using a location-aware scanning for detecting WLAN networks. The location awareness is obtained from a base station identifier of a wireless wide area network (WWAN) and is based on a preconfigured database that associates WWAN BS IDs with potential WLAN networks.08-25-2011
20090185519METHOD OF UPDATING CHANNEL INFORMATION BY A MOBILE STATION THAT IS IN POWER SAVING MODE - A method of updating channel information by a mobile station (MS) that is in power saving mode is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes the MS which receives status information of a first channel descriptor and transmission frame information which includes when the first channel descriptor is to be transmitted. Furthermore, the MS compares status information of the first channel descriptor with status information of a second channel descriptor. Here, the second channel descriptor is stored in the MS. Lastly, if the compared status information are different, the MS receives the first channel descriptor according to the transmission frame information.07-23-2009
20110268002SCHEDULING FOR POWER SAVINGS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In a wireless network, a wireless device may dynamically estimate how long it can remain in a sleep mode without missing out on necessary opportunities to communicate within the network. In some embodiments, this estimate may be based at least partly on an estimate of how long it will take to transmit data in a transmit queue.11-03-2011
20110268003Method for Enhancing User Equipment (UE) Power Saving Performance and UE - A method for enhancing power saving performance of user equipment (UE) is provided. The method includes the following steps: a UE receives the downlink data transmitted by an evolved node B (eNB); the UE starts a corresponding RTT Timer according to the received downlink data, the timing of the RTT Timer is determined based on the uplink/downlink (UL/DL) configuration and the sub-frame number of the downlink sub-frame carrying the downlink data by the UE; and the UE controls the discontinuous reception (DRX) process according to the RTT Timer. By re-defining the RTT Timer, the present invention can improve power saving performance of the UE in TDD system effectively.11-03-2011
20120140689METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FAST ASSISTIVE TRANSMISSION OPERATION - A method for coordinating discontinuous reception (DRX) operation between a primary serving cell and a secondary serving cell includes configuring DRX parameters for the primary serving cell and the secondary serving cell, performing a radio interface synchronization procedure to align a connection frame number (CFN) in both the primary serving cell and the secondary serving cell, and coordinating DRX reception patterns for the primary serving cell and the secondary serving cell using the aligned CFN.06-07-2012
20090129303DATA TRANSMISSION CIRCUIT AND ITS CONTROL METHOD - A data transmission circuit transmitting an activation signal prior to a data signal through a signal transmission line, including: an activation detection signal generation unit for generating an activation detection signal by detecting the activation signal; and a wakeup signal generation unit for being activated by the activation detection signal, and generating a wakeup signal by detecting that the activation signal is transmitted for a predetermined time.05-21-2009
20090285143Apparatus and method for saving power of femto base station in wireless communication system - An apparatus and a method for transiting an operation mode of a femto base station in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes, in a sleep mode, confirming whether operation transition request information is received from at least one terminal; and when receiving the operation transition request information from the terminal, entering an active mode. Thus, the power consumption of the femto base station can be reduced and the interference caused by the operation of the femto base station can be mitigated.11-19-2009
20080316950METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR POWER CONTROL - Downlink power control commands are mapped to resources used for uplink communications within a wireless communication system. An eNode B receives communications from UEs and determines the resources used by the UEs for those transmissions on the uplink which are transmitted at non-optimum power levels. Power control messages are formulated wherein the location of the power control commands is mapped to particular resources used by the UEs for their uplink transmissions. This facilitates the eNode B to dynamically assign resources for the power control commands while permitting the UEs to decode the power control messages to adjust their power accordingly.12-25-2008
20080316949COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A discrimination unit of a communication apparatus discriminates information on devices configuring a network, and a selection unit of the communication apparatus selects whether or not to execute a process of selecting an antenna to be used in communication, based on the information discriminated by the discrimination unit. The information discriminated by the discrimination unit in the present circumstance is type, the function, the type of power supply, or the remaining battery life, of other communication apparatuses.12-25-2008
20100002615MOBILE STATION AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY SWITCHING SLEEP CYCLES WITHOUT DEACTIVATING A CURRENT POWER SAVINGS CLASS (PSC) - Embodiments of a mobile station and method for dynamically changing a sleep cycle are generally described herein. The mobile station is configured to dynamically switch a sleep cycle without deactivating a current power savings class (PSC). In some embodiments, the mobile station may generate a dynamic sleep-cycle switching message to request a change in the sleep cycle of the mobile station when changes in downlink traffic are detected. The dynamic sleep-cycle switching message may indicate either one of a plurality of predefined sleep cycles or may indicate parameters defining a new sleep cycle. This may allow the sleep cycle of the currently active PSC to be changed without deactivation.01-07-2010
20120069782METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING DRX IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for handling discontinuous reception (DRX) configuration in a network of a wireless communication system includes configuring DRX cycles of a DRX function in a user equipment (UE) to include a first DRX cycle, a second DRX cycle having a value greater than a value of the first DRX cycle, and a third DRX cycle having a value greater than the value of the second DRX cycle for the UE to switch the DRX cycle between the first DRX cycle, the second DRX cycle and the third DRX cycle in a Radio Resource Control Connected (RRC_CONNECTED) mode.03-22-2012
20120069781METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR AVOIDING COLLISIONS - A method and apparatus for avoiding collisions is provided. The method may include determining a start of an awake window, determining whether at the start of the awake window a backoff timer has had a zero value for at least one backoff slot. Additionally, the method may include invoking a backoff procedure upon a determination that the backoff timer has had a zero value for at least one backoff slot.03-22-2012
20090141663Transfer then sleep - A second communication device is detected in proximity to a first communication device engaged in a call. A substantially uninterrupted transfer of the call is provided from the first communication device to the second communication device. At least a part of the first communication device is placed into a sleep mode in response to transfer of the call to the second communication device.06-04-2009
20090059825Transmit Power Management Based on Receiver Parameter and Method for use Therewith - An RF transceiver includes an RF receiver that receives a received signal from an external device, the RF receiver having an AGC module that generates an automatic gain control (AGC) signal based on a strength of the received signal, and a low noise amplifier that amplifies the received signal based on the AGC signal. A processing module generates a transmit power control signal based on the AGC signal. An RF transmitter generates a transmit signal having a selected power level, wherein the selected power level is based on the transmit power control signal.03-05-2009
20090252073APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING HIERARCHICAL CELL IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for operating a hierarchical cell in a wireless communication system are provided. A femto BS transitions into a sleep mode if there is no accessed MS for a predefined time. The femto BS transmits a FEMTO-ADV message in the sleep mode to notify of the presence of the femto BS. The femto BS releases the sleep mode upon receiving a MOB-FEMTO-AWAKE-REQ message from an MS receiving the FEMTO-ADV message. Thereafter, the femto BS communicates with the MS.10-08-2009
20090252070AIRLINK MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS BROADCAST SYSTEM - A wireless broadcast system that collects content for distribution over a wireless communication network. Multiple independent content streams can be coarsely interleaved by collecting multiple small segments of content of each stream and rearranging them into larger segments, that are interleaved into an aggregate content stream that is broadcast as an identical signal from multiple transmitters. The broadcast signal can also include information about the interleaved content, such as information identifying the occurrence of a later interleaved instance of the same independent content stream in the aggregate content stream, that can be used by a receiver to activate and deactivate portions of a receiver to conserve power.10-08-2009
20110222451Fast Dormancy Requests in Communication Systems - Methods and apparatus for operating a user equipment (UE) for a wireless communication system. A method includes determining, by the UE, whether the UE is in a battery-efficient state; if the UE is not in a battery-efficient state, configuring the UE to transmitting a signaling connection release indicator with a cause value; if the UE is in the battery-efficient state, determining whether the UE is in a high-mobility state; if the UE is in the high-mobility state and is in the battery-efficient state, enabling the UE to transmit the signaling connection release indicator with a cause value; and if the UE is not in the high-mobility state and is in the battery-efficient state, disabling the UE from transmitting the signaling connection release indicator with a cause value.09-15-2011
20110222453COMMUNICATION METHOD OF A TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND A RECEPTION APPARATUS - Provided is a communication method of a reception apparatus and a transmission apparatus that may decrease consumption of power by changing an operation state of a corresponding reception apparatus from an awake state to a sleep state when a stream to be transmitted is absent during all or a portion of a transmission opportunity (TXOP).09-15-2011
20090080349POWER CONSUMPTION MANAGEMENT IN A MIMO TRANSCEIVER AND METHOD FOR USE THEREWITH - A mobile communication device includes a first wireless transceiver that receives a first inbound RF signal and that transmits a first outbound RF signal based on a first power supply signal. A second wireless transceiver receives a second inbound RF signal and that transmits a second outbound RF signal based on a second power supply signal. A processing module generates at least one power mode signal based on first transmit power control data received via the first inbound RF signal. A power management circuit adjusts a first power consumption parameter of the first power supply signal and a second power consumption parameter of the second power supply signal based on the at least one power mode signal.03-26-2009
20090086662Information-Communication Terminal Having Function of Controlling Electric Power Consumption - A terminal connected to a wireless communication network includes a BU processor used in wireless communication. An operation mode of the BU processor is switched to one of a sleep mode, a standby mode, and an active mode in a state in which an electric power is supplied to the BU processor. In the sleep mode, a PLL circuit stops a clock supplied to each circuit in the BU processor. In the standby mode, an operating frequency is set at a predetermined first frequency. In the active mode, the operating frequency is set at a second frequency higher than the first frequency. Accordingly, in the state in which the electric power is supplied, the operating frequency is switched and the number of operating circuits is switched, thereby reducing electric power consumption in the terminal.04-02-2009
20130121220SELF-ADJUSTING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION PATTERN - Radio access networks and particularly enhancements for diverse data applications may benefit from a self-adjusting discontinuous reception (DRX) pattern. According to certain embodiments, for example, a method may include configuring a discontinuous reception pattern of a user equipment and adjusting the discontinuous reception pattern at the user equipment autonomously with respect to a base station.05-16-2013
20130121221Reducing Power Consumption In Wireless Network Stations By Optimizing Contention Period Overhead With Station Grouping, Proxy CSMA, And TIM Monitoring - A method of saving power in a wireless network can include determining a plurality of stations associated with an AP. The AP can create station groups using group selection logic. Notably, the group selection logic is transparent to the plurality of stations. A plurality of TIMs can then be sent, each TIM allowing only one station group access to a channel during a predetermined time interval, such as a beacon interval. In another method, a station can determine its sleep duration based on at least one of first information from the TIM to generate random sleep duration, second information regarding previous operation of the station, and third information regarding a status of the station. The first, second, and third information can include the number of stations associated with the AP and having buffered data based on the TIM, historical collisions, and power status.05-16-2013
20130121222METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING NETWORK LOADING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods, apparatus, and computer-program products for improving network loading (e.g., by enabling inter-frequency handover and/or traffic offloading between neighboring base stations). In aspects, the proposed methods may include transmitting a beacon signal on a frequency (e.g., carrier frequency) other than the frequency currently used by a base station. The base station may select a cell identity (ID) and transmit one or more beacon signals on the frequency using the selected cell ID. The beacon signal may be used to decide whether or not to perform an inter-frequency handover.05-16-2013
20090080350Mobile radio network - A mobile radio network comprises a plurality of communication points, each of which are capable of communicating with any other communication point. Each communication point has a proximity sensor, a transmitter/receiver (03-26-2009
20090097427METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING AN ENERGY EFFICIENT NETWORK UTILIZING AUDIO VIDEO BRIDGING - Aspects of a method and system for managing an energy efficient network utilizing Audio Video Bridging are provided. In this regard, an Audio Video Bridging timeslot may be designated for handling an energy efficient networking (EEN) transaction and the EEN transaction may be performed during the designated timeslot. Exemplary EEN transactions comprise scheduling a data rate transition, transitioning to a different data rate, training a link partner, and exchanging training related information. It may be determined whether the timeslot may be reserved for conveying an AVB stream prior to designating the time slot for an EEN transaction. In instances that the timeslot may be unreserved, the timeslot may be reserved for EEN transaction(s). Information exchanged during the designated timeslot may enable scheduling a data rate transition and/or training on a network link. In this regard, a subsequent timeslot may be designated for the data rate transition and/or the training.04-16-2009
20090086661Mobile computer with unattended online content processing - A system, method and program code are disclosed for the unattended monitoring, retrieval and storage of online content by a mobile information processing system operating in a low power mode. An intelligent wireless modem is activated when a mobile information processing system is operating in a low power state. The intelligent wireless modem detects the availability of a predetermined wireless network and establishes a connection. Predetermined online sites and services are then monitored by an unattended online content processor for the identification, retrieval, and subsequent storage of predetermined content. The stored content is subsequently retrieved and presented to the user for review and other operations when the mobile information processing system enters an initialization state.04-02-2009
20090086660POWER SAVING OPERATION OF ALWAYS-CONNECTED WIRELESS ROAMING - Methods and apparatuses enable maintaining wireless connectivity while the wireless client device is in a power save mode. The system includes a host operating system (OS) that handles wireless connections while the device is executing in normal operation, and an embedded agent that handles the wireless connections when the device switches to power saving operation and the host OS switches to a sleep or standby state. The system detects a change in the power save mode and triggers an exchange of session context information between the host OS and the embedded agent (from the host OS to the embedded agent when the system enters the power save mode, and from the embedded agent to the host OS when the system returns to normal operation from the power save mode). The system also triggers the switching of management consistent with the passing of session context information.04-02-2009
20090232037Adaptive mechanism for dynamic reconfiguration of mesh networks - In a wireless mesh network of network nodes, there is identified a first subset of the nodes that have a direct connection to at least one end user, and a second subset of nodes that are necessary to maintain connections among the end users. The first subset is exclusive of the second subset. Nodes that are not within either the first subset or the second subset enter a power savings mode, which may include shutting down completely for a predetermined period. This enables power savings in that only the minimum number of nodes that are necessary to maintain connectivity of the end users may remain powered. A centralized node may make the decisions and inform individual nodes to shut down, or each node may run the same algorithm using the same input information and determine its own shutdown decision.09-17-2009
20130215810METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AN IPV6 OVER LOW POWER WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK DATA PACKET - In one embodiment, a first node as a source node obtains personal area network identifiers of the first node and a second node respectively; and then fills the personal area network identifiers of the first node and the second node and 6LoWPAN-message-type information in a 6LoWPAN data packet and sends them to the edge router. After receiving the 6LoWPAN data packet, the edge router judges 6LoWPAN-message-type information of the data packet. When the 6LoWPAN-message-type information indicates that the data packet is sent to another 6LoWPAN subnet, the 6LoWPAN data packet is encapsulated in an IP data packet and sent to a backbone network router. The backbone network router and the edge router of the subnet in which the destination node is located, respectively route the data packet according to the personal area network identifier of the destination address.08-22-2013
20090097426METHOD FOR IMPROVING POWER EFFICIENCY OF SUBSCRIBER STATIONS - Disclosed is a method for improving power efficiency of subscriber stations in a communication network. A subscriber station is uniquely identified by a base station using a connection Identifier (CID). The method includes splitting CIDs of subscriber stations to form a plurality of first parts and a plurality of second parts. The method includes generating an index including a plurality of entries and transmitting the index to a plurality of subscriber stations by the base station. One or more subscriber stations switch to a power-saving mode on absence of a match between each entry of the plurality of entries with an equivalent part of CIDs associated with the one or more subscriber stations, thereby conserving power and improving power efficiency of the subscriber station. Further, at least one information element in a sub-MAP message may be compressed to reduce overhead.04-16-2009
20090003255ADAPTIVE SLEEP AREA - Techniques for determining a sleep area of a sleep group in a wireless communications network based on a value of a dynamically changing communication characteristic. In various embodiments, a sleep area may be determined to reduce resource use in a wireless communication network supporting a sleep mode of a mobile station. In one embodiment, the sleep area may be determined based on a speed of a mobile station.01-01-2009
20090207767CYCLED RECEIVER FOR MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICES - A wireless device (08-20-2009
20090245152POWER MANAGING METHOD APPLIED TO A WIRELESS NETWORK APPARATUS AND POWER MANAGEMENT THEREOF - A power managing method applied to a wireless network apparatus includes the steps of periodically detecting whether the wireless network apparatus is operated in a non-link status to determine whether to enter a first power-saving mode when the wireless network apparatus powered on; and determining the wireless network apparatus whether to enter a second power-saving mode according to an information of a beacon received by the wireless network apparatus when the wireless network apparatus is operated in a link status. When the wireless network apparatus is detected to be operated in the non-link status, control the wireless network apparatus to enter the first power-saving mode by a power mode controlling circuit. The first power-saving mode is an inactive power-saving mode, and the second power-saving mode is a linked power-saving mode.10-01-2009
20090245151PROCESS OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A FIRST NODE AND A SECOND NODE OF A HOME AUTOMATION INSTALLATION - Method of communication between a first node and a second node of a home-automation installation, the method comprising the following steps: 10-01-2009
20090219846METHOD FOR SUPPORTING PAGING AND DEEP SLEEP WITH MULTIPLE RADIO INTERFACES - A method of paging for a wireless device with multiple radio interfaces corresponding to multiple access networks. The method provides a first interface from the multiple radio interfaces to listen to paging for the multiple radio interfaces; turns the rest of the multiple radio interfaces into deep-sleep mode; and maintains attachment for each of the deep-sleep interfaces to a corresponding serving base station or access point.09-03-2009
20090219847SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MESSAGE QUEUE MANAGEMENT IN A POWER-SAVE NETWORK - A method and apparatus for communicating information between networked devices. Various aspects of the present invention may comprise, for example, a first networked device communicating information over a wireless communication network to a second networked device having power-save mode capability. The first networked device receives an incoming message from the second networked device. A first outgoing message is transmitted to the second networked device prior to transmitting a previously queued outgoing message. A second outgoing message is transmitted to the second networked device prior to the previously queued outgoing message being transmitted. Information may be communicated to the second networked device in a particular manner that depends on whether the second networked device has power-save capability. Communication medium access may be performed in a particular manner, depending on whether the second networked device has power-save capability.09-03-2009
20090219845METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING IN AN IDLE STATE BY AN ACCESS NETWORK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for processing an Idle state by an Access Network in a wireless communication system is described. an IdleState.Activate command and an ActiveSetManagement.Activate command are issued. It is determined if the protocol receives an IdleState.ConnectionFailed indication, or a ReverseTrafficChannelMAC.SupervisionFailed indication.09-03-2009
20090097428Apparatus, method, and computer program product providing improved power management in wireless networks - There are a plurality of power saving modes for a device in a wireless network. It is determined that the device is using one of the power saving modes on a peer-specific link, a state is set to indicate that the device is using that specific power saving mode, and a message is transmitted to the peer over the link that includes an indication of the state. There may also be a power management indication that indicates whether a full power state is in use of one of the power saving modes are in use. Exemplary power saving modes are light sleep and deep sleep. A method, apparatus, and computer readable medium are detailed, and exemplary environments may be practices in or by a WLAN mesh point.04-16-2009
20080259837Communication in Dual Protocol Environments - A communication device (10-23-2008
20080259836Power Saving Function for Wireless LANs: Methods, System and Program Products - A wireless data communication system has a first station or mobile unit is linked to a second station configured as an access unit to support packet communication, voice or data, where the voice packets are transmitted in the Continuously Aware Mode (CAM) mode while other packets are buffered by the access point and held until asked for by the first station when in a Power Saving-Poll (PSP) mode. A monitoring apparatus at the access point monitors all transmitted packets and sorts the packets to the mobile unit according to CAM or PSP mode. Voice packets are sent out immediately to the mobile unit. Other packets are stored at the access point. The packet arrival rate may vary during transmission and due to random packet delays introduced by propagation characteristic and processing apparatus. The packet arrival rate and delays are taken into account by the first station in an algorithm to determine and extend the normal safe period in which the station receiver may be powered off.10-23-2008
20120195240Method and apparatus for discontinuously receiving packet in a mobile communication system - A method for receiving a packet by a terminal in a mobile communication system including a base station providing a packet, and a terminal that discontinuously receives a packet from the base station in Discontinuous Reception (DRX) cycles each having an active period and a sleep period. The packet reception method includes receiving, from the base station, configuration information for a DRX service, including a DRX cycle length; setting, as a starting point of the DRX cycle, a point at which a first packet is received from the base station; receiving a packet from the base station for an active period at the beginning of the starting point; and transitioning to a sleep period and waiting for a next active period.08-02-2012
20090257370POWER MANAGEMENT METHOD - A power management method. The power management method for a wireless network having a plurality of stations (STAS) comprises receiving a data frame, detecting a destination STA in accordance with the data frame, and entering a low power state if not the destination STA for a first power-save (PS) duration determined according to a network allocation vector (NAV) of each STA not the destination STA, updated with a duration information of the received data frame duration determined according to a network allocation vector (NAV) of the data frame.10-15-2009
20090257368RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio terminal includes a radio interface configured to allow radio communication with a radio base station, and a controller configured to control switching between a wake-up state in which the radio interface is turned on and a sleep state in which the radio interface is turned off. The radio terminal acquires a reference wake-up timing scheduled as a wake-up timing for switching from the sleep state to the wake-up state. The controller shifts the wake-up timing from the reference wake-up timing.10-15-2009
20120195244SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS CLIENTS - Systems and methods for band hopping and power conservation in a wireless network are described. At least one embodiment is directed a method of hopping channels by a device within a wireless network. The method comprises hopping from a first channel to a target channel, resetting a virtual carrier sense after hopping to the target channel to enable service on the target channel, waiting for a pre-determined period of time, and setting a virtual carrier sense on the target channel after expiration of the pre-determined period of time and prior to hopping to a next target channel.08-02-2012
20120195245METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method and an arrangement for reducing power consumption of a receiver in a mobile communication network comprising a sender transmitting packet data on a downlink channel to one or more receivers over a radio interface. Inactive time instants and listening time instants are defined according to provided rules. The receiver is arranged to listen for information from the sender during the listening time instants and to sleep during the inactive time instants. Thus, less power will be consumed during the inactive time instants.08-02-2012
20100150040Wirelessly controlled idle power consumption management device for electronic products - This specification discloses a wirelessly controlled idle power consumption management device for electronic products. It comprises at least a wireless detector and a wireless remote control. Each of the wireless detectors has an AC plug and at least one power outlet for other electronics in the exterior and at least one microcontroller, at least one RF module and at least one electrical current detector in the interior. The wireless remote control also has at least one microcontroller and at least one RF module inside. When the wireless remote control and at least one wireless detector join together, the wireless remote control can simultaneously start several wireless detectors, making them detect whether an electronic product is in use or in an idle state. In the former case, the electrical power supply is maintained. In the latter case, the power supply to the electronic product is shut down after a certain time, reducing the idle power consumption thereof to zero.06-17-2010
20090135754INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING OVERHEAD CHANNEL POWER CONTROL - Interference that occurs during wireless communication may be managed by reducing the power level of an overhead channel during a call. A method, apparatus and medium of communication determine an optimized reduced power level for an overhead channel of an unplanned access point to an associated access terminal during a call therebetween. The overhead channel is transmitted according to the optimized reduced power level resulting in a decrease in interference as seen by neighboring unplanned access points.05-28-2009
20090129306WAKE-UP BROADCAST INCLUDING NETWORK INFORMATION IN COMMON DESIGNATION AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORKING - A data communication device includes both a two-way communications component having a first receiver and transmitter, and a second receiver. The second receiver activates the two-way communications component from a dormant state upon receipt by the second receiver of a wake-up broadcast that includes a wake-up identifier of the data communication device. A method of providing information via the second receiver—which information is auxiliary to the wake-up of the two-way communications component—includes transmitting a wake-up broadcast capable of being received by the second receiver. The wake-up broadcast includes a data construct including a wake-up identifier and the auxiliary information. The wake-up identifier may or may not be a wake-up identifier of the data communication device. Nevertheless, the auxiliary information is received and recorded by the data communication device via the second receiver with the two-way communications component remaining in the dormant state.05-21-2009
20090129305Method and system for providing transmission control in a communication system - In a method for communication between a first station (BS05-21-2009
20100157866Apparatus and Method for Proxying Powered Off Interfaces Using the Active Interface - An apparatus comprising a mobile node (MN) comprising a first radio interface and at least one second radio interface, wherein a point of service (PoS) is configured to communicate with the MN via the first radio interface to proxy the second interface, and wherein the first interface is an active interface and the second interface is a powered off interface. Also included is an apparatus comprising at least one processor configured to implement a method comprising setting an interface between a MN and a network in a powered off mode, tracking the mobility of the MN on behalf of the network when the interface is powered off, and waking up the interface when a call arrives in the network for the interface.06-24-2010
20090285141METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE CONTROL OF DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for controlling discontinuous reception on a mobile device and in particular to control a short discontinuous reception timer in response to receipt of a medium access control control element. The methods and apparatus include stopping, restarting or maintaining the short discontinuous reception timer. Methods and apparatus for limiting or stopping a retransmission timer by providing user equipment with a maximum retry value for transmissions, by providing a maximum redundant version value, or by providing a medium access control control element to stop or prevent the start of a retransmission timer.11-19-2009
20100014448SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PARALLEL COMMUNICATION WITH LEGACY WLAN RECEIVERS - A method for parallel communication with wireless local area network (WLAN) receivers is described. A parallel transmission is started. A first MAC protocol data unit (MPDU) is sent to a first WLAN receiver. An acknowledgment (ACK) request is sent to the first WLAN receiver. An ACK is received from the first WLAN receiver.01-21-2010
20100150042APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WAKE-UP SIGNAL - Provided are an apparatus and method of transmitting and receiving a wake-up signal. The method of receiving a wake-up signal includes the following: operating a radio frequency (RF) receiving unit that receives a wireless signal through an antenna during an SFD detecting time, wherein the SFD detecting time is shorter than a predetermined SFD detecting time period, according to the predetermined SFD detecting time period and detecting a start of frame delimiter (SFD) to indicate that the received wireless signal is a wake-up signal to wake-up a node in a sleep mode; and detecting the wake-up signal by continuously operating the RF receiving unit when the SFD is detected. Power consumption that is used to receive the wake-up signal can be reduced.06-17-2010
20100150041WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS HAVING SELF SENSING FUNCTION - Disclosed is a wireless communication apparatus having a self sensing function, which can detect an object by use of a wake-up function without employing a separate sensor. The wireless communication apparatus includes a communication unit wirelessly communicating with a server forming a wireless network, and a wake-up unit waking up the communication unit under the control of the server when the communication unit is in sleep mode, and sensing the presence of an object within a preset communication range according to a reflection signal, which is a signal reflected by the object after being transmitted from the communication unit.06-17-2010
20100150045SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ENHANCING WIFI REAL-TIME COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methods of enhanced real-time communications between WiFi devices. In one embodiment of the present invention a method for enhanced payload protection in a WiFi system includes transmitting multiple copies of data packets in successive frame body transmissions. In another embodiment, a method for enhanced communications over a WiFi link includes examining a unit ID packet to determine a destination of a data payload when errors are detected in IP and/or MAC headers. If a destination is determined, the packet is corrected and forwarded to the device based on the unit ID determination. In another embodiment, a method for enhanced real-time communications in a WiFi network includes establishing a communications frame that includes an active timeslot, preferably based on U-APSD, for a WiFi device to use for transmission of successive audio data packets transmitted between the WiFi handset and AP.06-17-2010
20120195246Method for Transmission of Unicast Control in Broadcast/Multicast Transmission Time Intervals - Embodiments of the invention provide methods for maximizing the bandwidth utilization in the uplink of a communication system supporting time division multiplexing between unicast and multicast/broadcast communication modes during transmission time intervals in the downlink of a communication system. This is accomplished by multiplexing at least unicast control signaling for UL scheduling assignments in TTIs supporting the multicast/broadcast communication mode. Moreover, multiplexing of unicast control signaling can also be accomplished by splitting a symbol of the multicast/broadcast TTI into two shorter symbols with the first of these two shorter symbols carrying at least unicast control signaling and the second of these shorter symbols carrying multicast/broadcast signaling.08-02-2012
20100157865Power-Save for Wireless Networks - Embodiments of the present invention enable power-save methods for wireless networks. Embodiments of the present invention are compliant with the IEEE 802.11 protocol. Further, embodiments of the present invention are readily inter-operable with other third party implementations.06-24-2010
20100157868WIRELESS INTELLIGENT SWITCH ENGINE - A wireless intelligent switch engine (WISE) is described. The wireless intelligent switch engine provides for automatic switching between different physical wireless interfaces in mobile devices while roaming to maintain a wireless network connection. WISE functions as a bridge between a mobile device and multiple wireless network interfaces to provide automatic and seamless switching among networks while roaming. The mobile device sees WISE as a LAN interface and communicates with WISE using the TCP/IP protocol stack, thus providing a PPP-less configuration that uses the TCP/IP protocol stack regardless of the wireless interface.06-24-2010
20090279464POWER SAVE MECHANISM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to enable power save modes of operation between mobile wireless devices for direct data transfer in an infrastructure BSS. An example embodiment inserts in a message that is transmitted by the transmitting mobile wireless device, a specified time when a next active direct data transfer period will start so that the devices can remain in power save mode in a direct data transfer link until that time. Then, when the next active direct data transfer period is about to start, the receiving device sends a trigger signal based on the specified time, the trigger signal indicating that the next period is about to start. This confirms to the transmitting device that the receiving device has awakened, so that the transmitting device may start transmitting the data to the receiving device via the direct data transfer link.11-12-2009
20100002611UNIFORM OUT-OF-SERVICE SEARCH FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques for performing uniform out-of-service (UOOS) search to detect for wireless systems are described. The UOOS search is “uniform” in that sleep cycle and/or awake period are fixed. A wireless device transitions to an OOS state upon detection of OOS conditions for a radio access technology (RAT). The wireless device performs system search during the awake period of each sleep cycle while in the OOS state. The awake period may have a first fixed time duration, and the sleep cycle may have a second fixed time duration. In each awake period, the wireless device may either start a new search or resume a prior search based on saved state information if the search was not completed in a prior awake period. In each awake period, the wireless device may (i) start and complete a search for recently acquired frequency channels and systems and (ii) start or resume a search for other frequency channels and systems in one or more RATs.01-07-2010
20090285140Method for Managing Dormant Nodes in Wireless Sensor Network - Provided is a method for managing dormant nodes in a wireless sensor network. The method includes the steps of: a) acquiring and storing information on distance and location of sensor nodes registered in a corresponding cluster among at least one cluster managed by a managing node; b) selecting a dormant object node among the sensor nodes by the managing node; c) transmitting dormant information that the dormant object node should go into a dormant state for a predetermined period through a beacon message to the dormant object node and creating a dormant node management table; and d) updating a dormant time of the dormant node management table every beacon cycle by the managing node according to setup of a dormant time central managing function and notifying dormancy expiration to the corresponding dormant node.11-19-2009
20120033596COMMUNICATION UNIT, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SAVING POWER THEREIN - A communication unit comprises a receiver for receiving a message sent on an allocation channel, packet identifying logic, capable of identifying a data type of the received message, operably coupled to buffer logic for buffering data packets to be sent to the second communication unit. In an active mode of operation, the receiver of the communication unit is capable of intermittently receiving the message sent on the allocation channel and transition to continuously receive the message sent on the allocation channel in response to either: the buffer logic identifying that data packets are to be transferred to the second communication unit; or the packet identifying logic receiving a communication resource allocation message and identifying resource allocation data therein.02-09-2012
20120033595WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication terminal apparatus and wireless communication method, wherein the time necessary for implementation of handover is reduced without increasing the complexity of the configuration of the wireless communication terminal apparatus. A gap confirmation unit (02-09-2012
20100189020METHODS AND SYSTEMS USING FAST CONNECTION SETUP PROCEDURE FOR WIMAX NETWORKS - Techniques for an MS to establish one or more default service flows, after entering a WiMAX network are provided. The techniques presented herein may enable the MS to maintain said one or more default service flows during the sleep mode. The one or more default service flow may be utilized in quickly establishing a connection between a WiMAX BS and the MS following the sleep mode.07-29-2010
20100182941METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING DATA TO A MOBILE DEVICE USING PLURAL ACCESS POINTS - A system and method for providing connectivity between mobile devices and access points of a network without redundant solicitation of communication by the mobile device at each access point is described. The method involves receiving a data packet at a first access point in a control group; transmitting the data packet from the first access point to the mobile device; determining if the mobile device acknowledges receipt of the data packet; responsive to determining that the mobile device failed to acknowledge receipt of the data packet, forwarding the data packet to a second access point; and transmitting the data packet from the second access point to the mobile device.07-22-2010
20100182942METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION OPERATION FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packets for low-power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system for packet transmission. The present research provides a method and apparatus that can perform a low-power consuming operation when a terminal is in active state in a cellular system. The method for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packet data to reduce power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system, including a) establishing discontinuous reception/transmission (DRX/DTX) parameters including discontinuous DRX/DTX cycle information for terminals operating in a transmission suspension mode, which is a sub-state of an active state; and b) performing DRX/DTX based on the DRX/DTX parameters in the terminals operating in the transmission suspension mode.07-22-2010
20100189024PS-Poll Transmission Opportunity in WLAN - Embodiments of the invention provide a dynamic priority adjustment algorithm for PS-Poll packets in WLAN and dynamic CW (contention window) management algorithm for PS-Poll packets in WLAN. These improve the performance of traffic flows associated with STAs in power save mode. Maintain the QoS requirements of the traffic flows. When PS-Poll packets are not able to be sent, the QoS STA will experience a long delay of the downlink data, even if the downlink data has been assigned a higher AC. The delay may potentially violate the QoS bound required by the data flow. Using the embodiments can significantly decrease the probability of this event.07-29-2010
20100189021METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER MANAGEMENT IN WLAN - A method and apparatus for improving power performance of a wireless adapter which adopts a time slicing scheme by dividing a beacon interval into multiple slices, and assigning these slices to the stations through the beacon frame. The stations wakeup at the appointed slices to receive their buffered frames from an access point, and may enter into sleep state once the transactions conclude. A further embodiment including formatting data into a control frame for use in a wireless local area network, the frame including an indication, for each station associated with the wireless local area network, whether frames are buffered awaiting transmission to each respective station, a number of time intervals between control frames, and at which time interval the transmission of the buffered frames will begin for each station having buffered frames awaiting transmission.07-29-2010
20100157867Pausing Keep-Alive Messages and Roaming for Virtual Private Networks on Handheld Devices to Save Battery Power - Provided is a method, system and programming product for maintaining a connection between a mobile device and a server over a wireless network in a manner that conserves the power supply of the mobile device. The claimed subject matter addresses the transmission of regular “keep-alive” packets to refresh a network address translation (NAT) server and the scanning for and connecting to faster, higher priority network connections. A configurable parameter, or power timeout, specifies an idle time. When a period of time equal to the parameter has passed with no traffic between the mobile device and the server, in either direction, periodic roaming scans and keep-alive messages are halted. As soon as traffic is resumed through the tunnel, the mobile device roams to the highest priority connection and roaming scans and keep-alive messages are resumed.06-24-2010
20100177673Power saving method of portable terminal and portable terminal supporting the same - A Wi-Fi module provided in the portable terminal is controlled in such a manner that it is turned on or turned off according to a type setting information item including a setup value defining at least one of: a turn-on time interval of the Wi-Fi module, a turn-off time interval of the Wi-Fi module, and a frequency scanning period of the Wi-Fi module in the turn-on status, and scanning is executed according to the set frequency scanning period in the turn-on status.07-15-2010
20100177672SPECIAL MANAGEMENT CONNECTION BETWEEN BASE STATION AND RELAY STATIONS IN MULTIHOP RELAY SYSTEMS - The present disclosure proposes different methods of utilizing dedicated control channels in a multi-hop relay system. For one embodiment of the present disclosure, dedicated control channels may be used to power control communication entities in the multi-hop relay system. For another embodiment of the present disclosure, bandwidth resources of dedicated control channels may be employed to control a sleep mode at a subscriber station. For yet another embodiment of the present disclosure, dedicated control channels of the multi-hop relay system may be exploited for sending multicast and broadcast service messages.07-15-2010
20120195242METHOD/SYSTEM FOR CONSERVING RESOURCES DURING CONVERSATION OVER WIRELESS NETWORK TRANSPORT MEDIA - A method and system are provided for conserving network resources such as battery power of a battery-powered communication device used to support a conversation over a wireless network transport media. Periods of silence are detected during conversation taking place on a network having controllable resources such as battery power. Using the periods of silence so-detected, future silence periods occurring on the network are then predicted. Allocation of at least a portion of the controllable resources is controlled based on the future silence periods so-predicted.08-02-2012
20110235561Method and Apparatus for Negotiating Master Station - A method and an apparatus for negotiating a master station are disclosed. The method includes receiving from a master station a management frame that carries a master identity; obtaining a maximum time interval between receiving of the management frame and receiving of a next management frame from the master station; and determining, according to a preset policy, a local station itself as a new master station if no more management frame is received after the maximum time interval.09-29-2011
20080232288Keep-alive handling in a wireless network - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, in wireless network, keep-alive type packets may be received from a remote application for a mobile station. A determination may be made whether the mobile station is in an idle mode. If the mobile station is in an idle mode, a determination may be made whether a port in a keep-alive type packet is recognized. If the port is recognized, an application server may respond to the keep-alive type packet on behalf of the mobile station so that the mobile station is not required to exit the idle mode to respond to the keep-alive type packets.09-25-2008
20080232287Method and system for power saving scheduling in wireless local area networks - A power saving (PS) scheduling process is provided for scheduling uplink and downlink frame transmissions between a PS transmitter and at least one PS receiver using PSAD sequences in a wireless communication system. The power saving scheduling process involves determining a power saving schedule of transmission opportunities for communication between a PS transmitter and at least one PS receiver over a shared channel, wherein the schedule includes corresponding durations for uplink transmissions of frames from each PS receiver to the PS transmitter. A Power Saving Aggregation Descriptor (PSAD) frame containing said schedule is constructed. A PSAD sequence is initiated by transmitting the PSAD from the PS transmitter to each PS receiver.09-25-2008
20090109887METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING BATTERY CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNITs (WTRUs) EMPLOYED IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK/WIRELESS WIDE AREA NETWORK (WLAN/WWAN) - Method and system for reducing battery consumption during an active session wherein an access point (AP) transmits a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) a packet information regarding packets in a queue waiting for transmission to the WTRU and when the packets are to be decoded, whereby enabling the WTRU to enter or remain in an OFF mode in accordance with the packet information. The AP does not send the packets to the WTRU until the AP informs the WTRU about the packet.04-30-2009
20100226299WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS TERMINAL - In a wireless communication method of a wireless communication device to which a power management mode of a wireless LAN is applied and to which a parent device communicates, the method includes updating a listen interval of receiving a beacon signal from a parent device to be shorter than a current listen interval in response to a data transmission to the parent device; and periodically increasing the updated listen interval between the time span from the data transmission to a next data transmission, wherein reception of the beacon signal is carried out after switching from a doze state to an awake state.09-09-2010
20130215809METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS TO IMPLEMENT COMMUNICATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method and a user equipment for controlling multiple communication systems to implement communication are disclosed. The method includes: when a long term evolution LTE system module in a UE is about to enter a discontinuous reception DRX sleep state or to temporarily stop data transmission, sending, by the LTE system module, first indication information to another system module in the UE, where the first indication information is used for indicating, to the other system module, that the LTE system module enters the DRX sleep state and at least part of time during which the LTE system module is in the DRX sleep state, or the first indication information is used for indicating that the other system module is capable of performing data transmission and time during which the other system module is capable of performing data transmission.08-22-2013
20130215811WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND POWER ALLOCATION METHOD - Provided are a wireless communication terminal device and a power allocation method, wherein transmission channel quality information, regarding a Pcell having a high probability that UCI is multiplied therein, can be accurately estimated by an SRS having high priority in power allocation, and an eNB can instruct appropriate transmission power to an UL channel which transmits the subsequent UCI. A power scaling detection unit (08-22-2013
20100226300Beacon Frame - A beacon frame (09-09-2010
20090109888METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR A NETWORK SIDE TO ENABLE AN MSS TO ENTER THE IDLE MODE IN A WIRELESS MAN - The present invention provides a method as regards how a network side gets a MSS into the idle mode in a wireless MAN, including: the PA/BS sends a DREG_CMD to the MSS; the MSS sends a DREG_REQ message to the PA/BS, according to the DREG_CMD message, requesting to enter the idle mode; the PA/BS releases the link of the MSS and updates the data of the anchor PC/LR, after receiving the DREG_REQ message. The present invention specifies the process of a MSS entering the idle mode initiated by the network and the settings of relevant parameters, thus enhancing the stability of the process of entering the idle mode and saving the system resources.04-30-2009
20100214969Base Station, A Mobile Terminal And A Method For WiMAX System - A base station for use in a WiMAX system comprise means for sending a wake-up signal to an idle terminal to indicate to the terminal that a paging signal is about to be sent to the terminal. The terminal receives and interprets the wake-up signal and prepares itself for receiving the paging signal. This saves battery power in the terminal since the wake-up signal can be detected more easily than the paging signal. The base station, in the mean time, can reduce its paging message traffic and saves overhead in downlink transmission.08-26-2010
20120195243APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DATA IN MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus adapted to address asymmetric conditions in a multi-antenna system. In one embodiment, the multi-antenna system comprises a wireless (e.g., 3G cellular) multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) system, and the methods and apparatus efficiently utilize transmitter and receiver resources based at least in part on a detected asymmetric condition. If an asymmetric condition is detected by the transmitter on any given data stream, the transmitter can decide to utilize only a subset of the available resources for that stream. Accordingly, the signal processing resources for that data stream are adapted to mirror the reduction in resources that are necessary for transmission. The transmitter signals the receiver that it will only be using a subset of the resources available, and the receiver adapts its operation according to the signaling data it receives. The multi-antenna system can therefore reduce power consumption as well as increasing spectral efficiency on the network.08-02-2012
20100254290Device power management in a wireless network - In various embodiments of the invention, a device in a wireless communications network may negotiate with a network controller to determine when the device may enter a power save mode. The power save mode may include period(s) in which the device is in a low power state in which it cannot transmit or receive, and period(s) in which it is in an operational state in which it can transmit and/or receive.10-07-2010
20100226297POWER MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the present invention are directed to the invocation of active states and power conservation states in accordance with the standard or diluted beacon periods defined in beacon frames. Active periods, or “awake windows,” may be defined by additional information (e.g., information elements) that is included in the beacon. Awake windows may establish periods of time during which apparatuses may contend for access to a wireless communication medium. A methodology may further be employed to help determine which apparatuses will have priority when accessing the communication medium. This criteria may be used alone or in combination with the corresponding standard channel access rules (e.g., contention) that govern operation of the particular wireless communication medium in order to control how apparatuses communicate and interact in the wireless network.09-09-2010
20100232327METHOD FOR HANDOVER PROCEDURE OF USER TERMINAL DURING POWER SAVING OPERATION IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Provided is a handover method for user terminals operating in a power-saving mode while minimizing time delay in a packet-based cellular system. The handover method includes the steps of: deciding whether to perform handover based on information transmitted from a source base station; transmitting an uplink synchronization acquisition request to a target base station selected according to a decision for performing handover and requesting the target base station for uplink radio resources; and transmitting a handover request message to the target base station based on uplink radio resources allocated by the target base station by performing control according to a radio link control command transmitted from the target base station.09-16-2010
20090168678WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK AND MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR THE SAME - A wireless sensor network and management method for same are disclosed. The wireless sensor network includes a plurality of nodes transitioning between a sleeping state, probing state, and working state. The management method enables the nodes to make a state transition according to sent and received messages.07-02-2009
20100232328METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MOB_HO-IND MESSAGE ENHANCEMENT - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method and apparatus for efficient reactivation of a previously exited sleep mode. The proposed method may send a request for reactivation of the sleep mode along with the handover cancellation message to the serving base station. For certain embodiments, the request may include a set of sleep mode parameters used in the previously exited sleep mode.09-16-2010
20100142423METHOD AND SYSTEM OF RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) POWER TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and system of radio frequency (RF) power transmission among multiple wireless stations is provided. Control signals for switching a receiving station between a power reception mode and a data reception mode are generated. The control signals provide switching information about which of the modes to switch to, and timing of the switching. In the data reception mode, the receiving station processes an RF transmission from a sending station as a data communication. In the power reception mode the receiving station processes the RF transmission as energy radiation for powering the receiving station. One type of control signal for power mode switching is generated at the MAC layer of a receiving station and sent to the PHY layer of that station for power mode switching. Another type is RTS/CTS control signal exchanged between the sending and receiving stations.06-10-2010
20100208637METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK AND SENSOR NODE - A method of transmitting and receiving data for a wireless sensor network system is disclosed. Transmission and reception intervals for a small amount of data and for a large amount of data are set. A sensor node checks data requested to be transmitted. If the data is a small amount of data, the sensor node transmits the data to a higher or lower communication node during the transmission interval for a small amount of data. If the data is a large amount of data, the sensor node divides the large amount of data and then transmitting resulting data to the higher or lower communication node during the transmission interval for a large amount of data. The sensor node receives the small amount of data during the reception interval for a small amount of data and the large amount of data during the reception interval for a large amount of data.08-19-2010
20100246462Method For Energy Saving In A Telecommunication System - The present invention relates to a method for energy saving in a telecommunication system with at least one first base station 09-30-2010
20090122736USING DTX AND DRX IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems, methodologies, and devices are described that can facilitate reducing power consumption associated with mobile devices. A mobile device can utilize a sleep mode controller that can facilitate selecting and/or switching to a desired sleep mode based in part on predefined sleep mode criteria. The sleep modes can include a non-sleep mode, light sleep mode, and/or deep sleep mode. The mobile device can employ an analyzer to evaluate information related to explicit signals, implicit signals, and/or the current sleep mode to determine whether a condition is met based in part on the predefined sleep mode criteria such that a transition to a different sleep mode is to be performed. If such a condition is met, the sleep mode controller can facilitate transitioning from the current sleep mode to a different sleep mode to facilitate reducing power consumption by the mobile device.05-14-2009
20100165897Reduced Power State Network Processing - A network interface controller of a computing device is disclosed that processes network packets without waking the computing device. The network interface controller may detect that a secured connection with an access point has been disconnected and may reconnect to the access point without waking the computing device. The network interface controller may support roaming between access points without waking the computing device. The network interface controller may also support establishing, re-establishing and maintaining a secured session with another computing device while a computing device is in a sleep state.07-01-2010
20090274081DEVICE TO SENSE FREQUENCY BAND TO SHARE OPERATING FREQUENCY BANDS IN HETEROGENEOUS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND METHOD THEREOF - A cognitive radio communication device and method are provided. The cognitive radio communication device includes a reception unit to receive reference signals from a first communication device, a frequency division unit to divide operating frequency bands of the first communication device into a plurality of sub frequency bands, a first sensing unit to sense each of the plurality of sub frequency bands using the reference signals to estimate whether the first communication device uses each of the plurality of sub frequency bands, and to determine an unused frequency band group including at least one sub frequency band not used by the first communication device based on the estimated result, and a transmission unit to transmit data to a second communication device using the sub frequency band included in the unused frequency band group.11-05-2009
20090323570Techniques for management of shared resources in wireless multi-communication devices - An embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus, comprising a network adapter configured for wireless communication using more than one technology, and wherein the network adapter is configured to share a plurality of shared hardware components by limiting access to the air to one comm only at given time by designating one comm that owns the shared hardware components as a primary comm and all other comms are secondary comms, wherein the primary comm allows the secondary comms to use the shared hardware components when it is in an idle-state but when the primary comm returns from the idle state, it claims ownership of the shared resources and the secondary comms release the shared resources.12-31-2009
20090073907System and Method for Discontinuous Reception Control Start Time - Methods of combining semi-persistent resource allocation and dynamic resource allocation are provided. Packets, such as VoIP packets, are transmitted on the uplink and downlink using respective semi-persistent resources. For each mobile device, awake periods and sleep periods are defined. The semi-persistent resources are aligned with the awake periods so that most of the time the mobile device can turn off its wireless access radio during the sleep periods. In addition, signalling to request, and to allocate, resources for additional packets are transmitted during the awake periods, and the resources allocated for the additional packets are within the awake periods. Methods of extending the awake periods in various embodiments are also provided. Methods of determining the first on period are also provided.03-19-2009
20090252071METHOD AND DEEVICE FOR NETWORK MESSAGING - Methods and devices for responding to network messages based on a status of one or more parameters of a device are disclosed. In one embodiment, these methods allow efficient energy management of a network device by monitoring the power levels associated with the device. In particular, if the battery power level associated with the device drops below a predetermined threshold, the device may decide not to respond to certain types of messages received from the network. Furthermore, if the battery power is within a predetermined range, the device may respond to network messages according to a probability value. The disclosed methods may be implemented in mobile devices that operate on a network with distributed hash tables (DHTs).10-08-2009
20100220640METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR BATTERY RESOURCE MANAGEMENT VIA TRAFFIC STEERING - Battery resources in a wireless device are managed in the present specification by traffic steering. A wireless device is configured to request content from an intermediation server, which is configured to analyze the requested content and send an indication to the wireless device as to which bearer path is to be selected based on which bearer path is battery-life optimized09-02-2010
20090168677Method of Minimizing Electric Power Consumption In Wireless Sensor Network - Disclosed herein is a method of minimizing electric power consumption in a wireless sensor network. In a large-scale transmission power control process, a sender node determines whether a transmission power value for a receiver node is determined. If the transmission power value is not determined, the sender node transmits data to the receiver node at maximum power. The receiver node calculates an RSSI value, writes the RSSI value in an ACK signal, and transmits the ACK signal to the sender node. Thereafter, the sender node calculates an approximate transmission power value. In a small-scale transmission power control process, if new data is generated, the sender node transmits the data to the receiver node at newly determined transmission power. The receiver node calculates an RSSI value, writes the RSSI value in an ACK signal, and transmits the ACK signal to the sender node. The sender node adjusts a transmission power level.07-02-2009
20100220641METHOD FOR OPERATING CONTROL SLEEP MODE IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling a sleep mode operation by a Mobile Station (MS) in a communication system. The MS includes transitioning to an awake state in a listening interval of the sleep mode; performing any one of a first operation, a second operation and a third operation in the awake state; and after any one operation is performed, transitioning to a sleep state upon detecting that there is no data to transmit to the BS and there is no data to be received from the BS. The first operation is a process of receiving data from the BS, the second operation is a process of transmitting data to the BS, and the third operation is a process of receiving data from the BS and receiving data from the BS.09-02-2010
20130128787METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A method and network element to control use of a transition indication message by a user equipment, the method including an inhibit transition indication in a configuration message; and sending the configuration message with the inhibit transition indication to the user equipment. Also, a method and user equipment for sending a transition indication, the method setting a timer according to an inhibit transition indication received from a network element; detecting that a data transfer is complete; and sending the transition indication upon detecting that the timer is not running.05-23-2013
20090028083CUSTOMER FACING INTERFACE POWER CYCLING OF WIRELESS TERMINALS - Systems and methods are described for configuring customer premises equipment in a wireless network in response to reconnection of subscriber station to a base stations. A set of rules is provided that governs configuration of a network interface based in part on whether the interface connects to a different base station after reconnection. Reconfiguration may be include cycling power of the network interface and the decision to cycle power may be based on network configuration determined after the loss of communication. This decision can be made after the loss of communication and after the network interface is reconnected to the wireless network through the same or a different base station. The rules may be processed by a combination of subscriber equipment, network interface and base station. Power may be cycled responsive to a message transmitted by the one base station to the network interface.01-29-2009
20100278087WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION NODE - A technique is disclosed, by which it is possible to achieve the reduction of power consumption of each wireless node and to perform efficient access control in wireless communication system. According to this technique, a given period with a beacon transmitted from a gateway (GW) 11-04-2010
20100296426METHOD OF DCR OPERATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more particularly, to a method for a mobile station to save power for prescribed duration without performing a paging procedure and apparatus therefor. According to one embodiment of the invention, a method of operating a DCR (deregistration with content retention) mode of a mobile station in a broadband wireless access system includes the steps of transmitting a registration request (AAI_REG-REQ) message to a base station and receiving a registration response (AAI_REG-RSP) message including an identifier for identifying the mobile station in association with connection information (AMS context) of the mobile station in a network including a base station from the base station.11-25-2010
20110128901METHOD FOR SAVING POWER IN A MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for saving power in a multi-carrier wideband wireless access system is provided. A method for saving the power of a receiver in a multi-carrier wireless communication system includes acquiring multi-carrier information from a transmitter on a primary carrier, entering one or more secondary carriers satisfying a predetermined power saving mode entry condition out of one or more secondary carriers included in the multi-carrier information into a power saving mode, and receiving data during a listening interval according to the power saving mode on the one or more secondary carriers entering the power saving mode. The multi-carrier information includes at least one of information about a plurality of available carriers, information indicating the primary carrier and the one or more secondary carriers out of the plurality of available carriers, and information about the power saving mode entry condition of the one or more secondary carriers.06-02-2011
20110128899ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND POWER SAVING METHOD THEREOF - An electronic device and a power saving method thereof are provided. The electronic device includes a network module and a power saving module, wherein the network module connects to an access point (AP). The method includes executing an AP search operation at a predetermined time interval by the network module, and determining whether the electronic device is in a specific state by the power saving module. The method also includes disabling the network module from executing the AP search operation as long as the electronic device is still in the specific state. As a result, the unnecessary AP search operations can be avoided, and the purpose of saving power can be achieved.06-02-2011
20110128898DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD IN SENSOR NETWORK - Provided is a data transmission method of a plurality of sending nodes in a sensor network. In the data transmission method, data is generated to be transmitted to a receiving node, respectively. Headers of the generated data are transmitted to the receiving node, respectively, in response to a Wake-up Notification Message (WNM) from the receiving node. A Grant Notification Message (GNM) for selecting one of the plurality of sending nodes is received from the receiving node. The plurality of sending nodes transmit a payload of the generated data according to the GNM, or switch into sleep mode without data transmission.06-02-2011
20130136048METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA FOR NO-MOBILITY MOBILE STATION IN IDLE STATE - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting and receiving downlink data for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state. A terminal device for receiving downlink data for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state of the present invention comprises a receiver for receiving from a base station a first information including information on whether a downlink area has been allocated for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state just for a terminal in an idle state without mobility. The receiver is configured to additionally receive a second information including information on the allocated downlink area, and the first information can be one of the following a super-frame header (SFH), a broadcast control channel (BCCH), a non-user specific A-MAP, an extended non-user specific A-MAP, and a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH).05-30-2013
20100322125REMOTE CONTROL METHOD OF SENSOR NODE FOR LOW-POWER AND SENSOR NETWORK THEREFOR - Provided are a remote control method of a sensor node for low-power and a sensor network therefor. The remote control method, including: generating an interrupt signal when a node receives a remote control signal from a corresponding micro radio frequency (RF) processor installed in a gateway; regenerating the interrupt signal when the node is not converted from a sleep mode to a wake-up mode; collecting sensing data by communicating with other nodes when the node is converted from the sleep mode to the wake-up mode; and converting from the wake-up mode into the sleep mode when the communication is completed.12-23-2010
20100309833INTERFERENCE ESTIMATION FOR UPLINK TDM IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A system can be implemented in a station associated with a wireless network and the station can receive uplink time division multiplexed (TDM) transmissions from a user device. The system includes a first filter to filter uplink TDM transmissions, associated with the user device, during a first period of time when the user device is transmitting on an uplink data channel (DCH) to generate a first interference estimate. The system further includes a second filter to filter uplink TDM transmissions, associated with the user device, during a second period of time when the user device is not transmitting on the uplink DCH to generate a second interference estimate. The system also includes a third filter to filter uplink TDM transmissions, associated with the user device, during the first and second periods of time, to generate a third interference estimate. The system further includes a power control unit to determine one or more power control commands for sending to the user device based on the first, second and third interference estimates.12-09-2010
20100309832PARTIAL DMM RECEPTION TO REDUCE STANDBY POWER - Methods and systems to receive a multiple-carrier signal having periodic control packets, wherein each bit of a control packet is redundant on a plurality of the carrier signals, and to recover the control packet from a subset of the carrier signals in a standby mode. In an operational mode, a full bandwidth of the multiple-carrier signal digitized and processed. In a standby mode, the digitized signal may be digitally low pass filtered and decimated to obtain sample points corresponding to the subset of the carrier signals, and the samples may be processed with a reduced-bandwidth FFT and a reduced-bandwidth equalizer. Standby mode parameters corresponding to the subset of carrier signals may be selected based on signal to noise ratios (SNRs) of the signal sub-carriers. A minimum set of carrier signals needed to recover a control packet, and corresponding bit locations, may be determined from bit loading information and SNR.12-09-2010
20100322124METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING ENERGY CONSUMPTION FOR WIRELESS CONNECTIVITY - An approach is provided for optimizing energy consumption for wireless always-on connections. A radio management module buffers non-real time data and schedules the transmission of the non-real time data by a wireless device. The module also determines a communication type for carrying the non-real time data and initiates transmission of the non-real time data based on the schedule and the determined communication type.12-23-2010
20100322126APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR LOW POWER SENSING OF COMMUNICATION ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - Apparatus and methods for low power sensing of wireless access technologies are disclosed. In particular, a mobile wireless device, such as an access terminal, may utilize a lower power circuitry portion that operates at a lower power than active circuitry, such as a primary transceiver. The lower power circuitry portion includes a configurable searcher that is capable of sensing if signals of one or more various wireless access technologies are present. When the wireless device utilizes sleep or idle modes for power savings, use of the lower power sensing circuitry to sense the presence of wireless access technologies, rather than using an awoken higher power primary transceiver for sensing, affords increased power savings. An added ability of the lower power circuitry to be put into sleep or idles modes achieves even greater power savings.12-23-2010
20100322127COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus includes a communication control unit which communicates data via a communication network; an application control unit which executes an application; and a suspending unit which is configured to make the application control unit to be in a suspended state. The communication control unit is configured to establish a signaling connection via the communication network by a request from the application control unit, and to release the established signaling connection if the application control unit is in the suspended state. An input section may be provided to receive an input by a user.12-23-2010
20110002250METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING BATTERY CONSUMPTION IN A WTRU UPON ETWS NOTIFICATION - A method and apparatus for broadcasting and receiving an emergency indication during an emergency information broadcast. An eNB is configured to broadcast, and a wireless transmit receive unit is configured to receive, a paging signal including a first emergency indication, a set of system information blocks including emergency information and the paging signal without the first emergency indication while broadcasting the system information blocks including the emergency information. The eNB determines a time period for including the first emergency indication in the paging signal has expired.01-06-2011
20110002253METHOD FOR MANAGING POWER SAVING OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICAITON SYSTEM - In a power saving operation management method in a mobile communication system, a base station receives a sleep mode entering request message from a mobile station desiring to enter the sleep mode, determines a sleep period type and a parameter by analyzing a combination of radio channels between the mobile station and the base station, and transmits a sleep mode entering response message including the sleep period type and the parameter.01-06-2011
20110110282METHODS AND APPARATUS TO MANAGE WIRELESS DEVICE POWER CONSUMPTION - Example methods and apparatus to manage wireless device power consumption are disclosed. In accordance with a disclosed example method a data frame exchange is initiated with an access point of a wireless network. In response to not successfully completing the frame exchange with the access point, the access point is designated as providing the wireless terminal with fringe wireless signal coverage.05-12-2011
20090003253Controlling wireless network beacon transmission - Methods of an access node of a wireless network controlling beacon transmission are disclosed. The method includes the access node detecting a presence of a client device, and the access node controlling air-time of beacon transmission based on whether the access node detects the presence of a client device.01-01-2009
20100329164Wireless Communication System, Mobile Communication Apparatus, and Operating Method Thereof - A wireless communication system is provided. The wireless communication system comprises a control apparatus, a first mobile communication apparatus and a second mobile communication apparatus. The first and second mobile communication apparatuses are within a wireless communication coverage of the control apparatus. The first mobile communication apparatus is in a standby period under an idle mode according to a wireless communication protocol; the second mobile communication apparatus is in an active period under the idle mode according to the wireless communication protocol and establishes a communication link with the control apparatus. The first mobile communication apparatus communicates with the control apparatus through the second mobile communication apparatus via a peer-to-peer (P2P) communication mechanism.12-30-2010
20110128900METHOD OF PERFORMING POWER SAVE MULTI-POLL (PSMP) PROCEDURE WIRELESS LOCAL ACCESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND STATION SUPPORTING THE PROCEDURE - A method of performing a power save multi-poll (PSMP) procedure of a very high throughput (VHT) wireless local access network (WLAN) system using a bonding channel consisting of a plurality of subchannels is provided. Wherein the PSMP procedure comprises a PSMP frame transmission phase, a downlink phase, and an uplink phase, and wherein the PSMP frame comprises transmission time information indicating a time allocated to each station (STA) in each of the downlink phase and the uplink phase and transmission channel information corresponding to the transmission time information.06-02-2011
20130148559Power Management and Distributed Scheduling for Uplink Transmissions in Wireless Systems - To schedule uplink transmission time slots for a collection of mobile communication devices, a set of base station target interference patterns is associated with base stations. A time slot target interference pattern is assigned for each time slot and it repeats after several time slots. The time slot target interference pattern in a given time slot specifies the interference allowed by each time slot to a given base station by any single mobile. A priority index may be determined for each time slot for each mobile associated with the particular base station. The priority index may be based, in part, on a determined correlation between the time-slot target interference patterns and a potential interference profile of a mobile to which a time slot is to be allocated. A mobile's throughput requirement, the throughput already received over a specified past duration, the system fairness requirement, as well as the amount of data available for transmission are also used for evaluating the priority index.06-13-2013
20090141661RESIDUAL TRAFFIC STATE FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed herein. In an example embodiment, an apparatus may include a controller, a memory coupled to the controller and a wireless transceiver coupled to the controller. The apparatus may be configured to detect a residual traffic pattern associated with a mobile station in a wireless network, and transition the mobile station from an active state to a residual traffic state based on the detecting. The transitioning may include sending a change uplink (UL) data service message to the mobile station to change the UL data service for the mobile station from a first UL service type to a second UL service type.06-04-2009
20090067355Power-Aware Link Adaptation in a Wideband CDMA System - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for reducing mobile terminal energy consumption during data transmissions by allocating link resources and adapting link parameters in an energy-aware manner, based on throughput requirements and prevailing channel conditions. A combination of transmit parameters that includes a transmit channelization scheme and is designed to minimize the total energy consumed during data transmission is selected based on a throughput requirement and one or more channel conditions associated with the data transmission. The channelization scheme includes a number of subchannels to be used and subchannel configuration parameters for each subchannel, such as spreading codes, spreading factors, and subchannel power levels. The combination of transmit parameters may also include a modulation format, coding scheme, and transmit power setting, as well as parameters relating to multiple-antenna transmit schemes.03-12-2009
20110019600MOBILE DEVICE AND DATA CONNECTION METHOD THEREOF - A mobile device with a port map maintaining a list of open ports for incoming data packets is provided. A first processor receives and demodulates inbound signals into data packets. A second processor processes at least one application bound to at least one open port. The second processor enters a sleep mode to reduce power consumption if no data packet is sent from the first processor to the second processor. When the first processor receives an inbound request signal, the first processor demodulates the inbound request signal into a first data packet targeted to a destination port, and looks up the port map to determine whether the destination port is listed in the port map. If the destination port is not listed in the port map, the first processor transmits a response signal to the sender of the inbound request signal or omits the inbound request signal without waking up the second processor.01-27-2011
20110019601METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING POWER EFFICIENCY AND LATENCY OF MOBILE DEVICES USING AN EXTERNAL TIMING SOURCE - Methods and apparatus for increasing power efficiency and decreasing latency of communication of a mobile device operating in an unlicensed spectrum using global timing data are disclosed. The method includes receiving, at the mobile device, the global timing data from an external timing source, the mobile device communicating in the unlicensed spectrum, obtaining, at the mobile device, a time from the global timing data, and determining, at the mobile device, a wake time to switch the mobile device from a sleep state to an active state based on the time obtained from the global timing data.01-27-2011
20110019603METHOD OF EXCHANGING MESSAGES FOR TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL BETWEEN DEVICES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK, AND DEVICES FOR THE SAME - A method of exchanging messages for link recommendation in a receiving device of a wireless network comprises receiving a first data packet from a transmitting device; and transmitting link recommendation information to the transmitting device, the link recommendation information including transmit power control (TPC) information for controlling transmission power to be used for a second data packet in the transmitting device.01-27-2011
20110019602APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SLEEP MODE - Disclosed herein relates to a sleep mode operation method, and more particularly, to a method for operating a sleep mode in a mobile communication terminal, including transmitting a sleep mode request message including a sleep cycle information for entering into the sleep mode to a base station; receiving a sleep mode response message including a sleep mode operating parameter from the base station; changing the state to the sleep mode referring to the sleep mode operating parameter; receiving a traffic indication message including a positive traffic indicator from the base station; and adjusting to a current sleep cycle according to the sleep cycle information included in the sleep mode request message; wherein the sleep cycle information is an information indicating to extend a current sleep cycle to the small value of twice the previous sleep cycle and a final sleep cycle or to reset the current sleep cycle to an initial sleep cycle or a new initialized sleep cycle.01-27-2011
20090034445METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for reducing power consumption in a wireless communication system is described. The monitoring of an access network is ceased by issuing a ControlChannelMAC.Deactivate command, a SharedSignallingMAC.Deactivate command and a ForwardTrafficChannelMAC.Deactivate command. Processing of resources is shut down to reduce power consumption.02-05-2009
20100172275Energy Efficient Device Discovery with Short-Range Radios - Described is a technology in which a Wi-Fi enabled mobile computing device conserves power by only attempting peer discovery at certain times, according to a wakeup pattern. A device time clock is synchronized, such as via a cellular service, a GPS system, or a network to establish the time to awaken. Imprecise synchronization between the devices within a maximum difference is acceptable because the pattern ensures that any two devices are concurrently awake for at least a sufficient time to perform discovery. The awake time may be divided into active and inactive slots, arranged such that an active slot of each device will overlap regardless of when the awake time begins on each device. Also described is using a previously agreed-upon communications channel for subsequent discovery, which may be based upon pseudo-random number generation.07-08-2010
20120033594WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH AUTONOMOUS WI-FI CONTROL BASED ON USAGE OF BATTERY IN DEVICE - A wireless mobile communication device may include a Wi-Fi data communication system, an operational condition detection system, and a Wi-Fi activation system. The operational condition detection system may include a battery use detector. The operational condition detection system may be configured to detect an operational condition of the wireless mobile communication device, other than actuation of a user-operated control, including when the battery use detector detects that the wireless mobile communication device is not operating on battery power or is operating while the battery is being charged. The Wi-Fi activation system may be configured to autonomously turn power on to the Wi-Fi data communication system upon detection of an operational condition of the wireless mobile communication device by the operational condition detection system, other than actuation of a user-operated control, including when the battery use detector detects that the wireless mobile communication device is not operating on battery power or is operating while the battery is being charged.02-09-2012
20110051642Selection and Utilization of Shared Wireless Wide Area Network Modems - A device chooses to use any one of a number of nodes with wireless wide area network (WWAN) modems, depending on whether utilization of one of the nodes will mitigate the power consumption of the device. The choice might also be a function of an energy level of the nodes. The choice can also be based on a link performance indicator. The chosen node is selected as a WWAN modem for communication and utilizes the identity of the device for application data services being supported in this mode.03-03-2011
20110069649ADAPTIVE POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - Embodiments of power control in a wireless device include adjusting a snooze interval as a function of communication traffic characteristics. In some embodiments, the power control considers data rate, jitter, and throughput.03-24-2011
20130188542SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF RELAY SELECTION AND SETUP - A particular method includes receiving, at an access point, one or more request messages from one or more relay nodes, each of the one or more request messages is a probe request message or an association request message related to a station. The method includes selecting a communication path between the access point and the station based on the one or more request messages and sending a response message indicating the selected communication path.07-25-2013
20110122803SMALL BASE STATION AND MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREOF - A small base station to provide a service wirelessly or through wires includes an operation mode management unit to determine an operating mode of the small base station. An operation method of the small base station may determine connection statuses of terminals, and may set an operation mode of a wireless communication unit as a sleep mode or an idle mode if all terminals registered in the small base station are wirelessly connected to the small base station. If there are registered terminals not located in the small base station cell area, the operation mode may be sleep mode. If there are terminals connected wirelessly to the small base station, the operation mode may be the active mode.05-26-2011
20100172274Energy saving using cellular footprint for mobile device Wi-Fi access point discovery - Described is a technology in which a Wi-Fi enabled mobile computing device conserves power by only selectively scanning to discover a potential access point for connecting. In one aspect, a cellular footprint, comprising the cellular tower identifier(s) and corresponding signal strength information, determines whether to perform or delay the Wi-Fi scan. The footprint may be used to detect mobile user location changes and compare with history, so as to delay scanning when the device has not sufficiently moved, or delay scanning when the history indicates little chance of a successful discovery/connection at the current location.07-08-2010
20110085485ESTABLISHING ADDITIONAL REVERSE LINK CARRIERS IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for reliably and quickly establishing multiple reverse links in multi-carrier wireless networks is provided. Signaling channels are established the on an existing forward link in order to transmit reverse link power control bits and the acknowledgment indications.04-14-2011
20110243048Method of Handling Component Carrier Activation and Deactivation and Communication Device Thereof - A method of handling component carrier activation and deactivation for a mobile device capable of receiving and transmitting on a plurality of component carriers in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes starting a deactivation timer for a component carrier of the plurality of component carriers when the component carrier is activated, wherein the deactivation timer provides a period of time for component carrier activation, performing a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) process on the component carrier, and extending activation time of the component carrier when a retransmission of the HARQ process is not finished before deactivation of the component carrier.10-06-2011
20110243047METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE SUPPORT FOR MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A method includes identifying coexistence issues among radios in a User Equipment (UE). The method also includes submitting a message to a base station that requests reconfiguring of a timing schedule of a first one of the supported radios to provide for periods of inactivity of the first one of the supported radios. The inactive periods provide operating periods for at least a second one of the supported radios. The inactive periods may be measurement gaps.10-06-2011
20120243454METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SENSOR NETWORK SUPPORTING BIDIRECTIONAL EVENT DETECTION - A communication method of a coordinator in a bidirectional event transmission sensor network comprising a sensor node and the coordinator is provided. The method includes sensing, in an uplink section, whether a signal having energy greater than or equal to a predetermined magnitude is received, the signal indicating occurrence of an uplink event detected by the sensor node, and transmitting, to the sensor node in a downlink section, a synchronization packet that is used for receiving the uplink event or for transmitting a downlink event in response to the coordinator detecting the downlink event or sensing the signal having energy greater than or equal to the predetermined magnitude in the uplink section. The bidirectional event transmission sensor network has a structure of a super frame that includes at least one standby slot (SS) including the uplink section and the09-27-2012
20110141959DATA PRIORITIZATION FOR A POWER-LIMITED UE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for transmitting data by a power-limited user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system are described. The UE may transmit data of different types on one or more carriers and may be power limited. In some aspects, the UE may prioritize the data to transmit based on the priorities of the different data types, the priorities of carriers on which the data is transmitted, and/or other criteria. In one design, the UE may obtain data to transmit on at least one carrier for the uplink. The UE may determine that it is power limited for transmission on the at least one carrier. The UE may prioritize the data to transmit based on at least one criterion. The UE may allocate its available transmit power to the prioritized data and may transmit the prioritized data at the allocated transmit power.06-16-2011
20100232332Methods And Apparatus For Reducing Power Consumption During Network Scanning Operations With Adverse Battery Conditions - In a mobile communication device, a scanning operation is performed with use of a wireless transceiver to identify one or more available wireless communication networks in a given geographic area. Each time the scanning operation fails to result in identifying a wireless network to be available for connection with the communication device, the scanning operation is repeated after delaying for a next scanning delay period of a plurality of consecutively-increasing scanning delay periods n=n09-16-2010
20110211514Reducing Interference and Energy Consumption for FEMTO Base Stations - The present invention relates to methods, apparatuses, a system and a computer program product for reducing interference and energy consumption of wireless devices. An apparatus, namely a femto base station or home (e) NodeB, can include a transmitting unit, a receiving unit, a determining unit, a disabling unit, a disabling handshaking unit, and a reassigning unit. If the determining unit determines that there is no active communication between the apparatus and a user device, the disabling unit may disable the transmitting unit and the receiving unit while maintaining a connection between the apparatus and a network. A disabling handshaking can be performed by the disabling handshaking unit to achieve this, wherein the re-assigning unit may re-assign one or more user device(s) to a network apparatus, namely a macro (e) NodeB.09-01-2011
20110211511Reducing WLAN Power Consumption on a Mobile Device Utilizing a Cellular Radio Interface - A system and method of reducing the WLAN power consumption and limiting battery drain of a mobile communications device is provided. The mechanism continuously monitors for changes in the WLAN and cellular signal strength and modifies the WLAN profile scanning activity accordingly. By monitoring for changes, transitions can be detected which indicate the location of the mobile device (i.e., indoor or outdoor). An increase in cellular signal strength and a decrease in WLAN signal strength indicates the user is transitioning outdoors where WLAN coverage may be limited. To reduce battery power consumption, background scanning is suspended or its frequency significantly lowered. Moving indoors is indicated by a decrease in cellular signal strength and an increase in WLAN signal strength. Background/Connectivity scanning frequency is increased to provide shorter time-to-connect to WLAN Networks for the user within the WLAN coverage area.09-01-2011
20090323572Intelligent access point scanning with self-learning capability - A method and apparatus for intelligent access point scanning with self-learning capability enables a wireless handset to conserve power while scanning for unlicensed mobile access.12-31-2009
20110243050METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method is provided for carrying out a power saving procedure in a wireless subscriber terminal which is operative to receive at least two different services, each of which is characterized by one or more characteristics related to traffic demands associated with that service. The method comprises the following steps: classifying each of the at least two different services based on their traffic demand related characteristics into corresponding power saving classes, where there are at least two different power saving classes associated with the at least two different services; for each of the power saving classes, determining required listening windows and required sleep windows; exchanging messages between the base station and the subscriber's device for synchronizing parameters for carrying out the power saving procedure.10-06-2011
20110243049MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION TO BE EMPLOYED IN THE SAME - In the communication system performing transmission with generating the vacant period in the slotted mode during data transmission in order to perform various process, such as different frequency carrier quality measurement or so forth, the control signal for maintaining a communication quality is inserted even in the vacant period. Therefor, a link quality may not be degraded even if the vacant period is long. Namely, when the pilot signal is used as the control signal, even in the vacant period, measurement of the link quality of the forward link with the pilot signal is performed in the mobile station to report the result of measurement to the base station. Therefore, transmission power control of the forward link can be performed according to the report in the base station. Therefore, degradation of the forward link can be eliminated.10-06-2011
20110085481REDUCING ENERGY CONSUMPTION OF AN EDGE DEVICE - In one example, a resource manager for an edge device is configured to intelligently distribute streams over the RF channel interface of the edge device. As a result of this intelligent stream distribution by the resource manager, the likelihood that the edge device can power down inactive internal components is significant, especially during periods of low activity.04-14-2011
20110085484LOCAL AREA NETWORK HAVING MULTIPLE CHANNEL WIRELESS ACCESS - A communication network having at least one access point supports wireless communication among a plurality of wireless roaming devices via a first and a second wireless channel. The access point comprises a first and a second transceiver. The first and second transceivers operate on the first and second wireless channels, respectively. Each of the plurality of wireless roaming devices are capable of communicating on the first and second wireless channel. In one embodiment, the first wireless channel is used to exchange data, while the second channel is used to manage such exchanges as well as access to the first channel. In an alternate embodiment, both channels are used to support communication flow, however the first channel supports a protocol that is more deterministic than that of the second channel. Allocation of ones of the plurality of wireless roaming devices from one channel to the next may occur per direction from the access point. It may also result from decisions made by each of the wireless roaming devices made independent of the access point. For example, a decision may be made based on the data type being transferred or based on the current channel load. Such factors may also be used by the access point for allocation determinations. In addition, allocation may be based on the type of roaming device involved, such as allocating peripherals to a slower channel.04-14-2011
20100189022Method and Device for Saving Power in a Wireless User Terminal07-29-2010
20090323569Systems and Methods of Combined Bluetooth and WLAN Signaling - Disclosed herein are systems and methods of combined Bluetooth and WLAN signaling. Such systems and methods may use a Bluetooth connection to signal WLAN capabilities and to exchange WLAN security keys. Once the file transfer has started, the actual data may be transmitted over the WLAN connection rather than over the Bluetooth connection. The WLAN connection may have a much higher throughput than the Bluetooth connection, and WLAN capability has increasingly become present inside Bluetooth enabled devices. The Bluetooth connection may be used as a control channel, while the WLAN connection may be used for data transfer.12-31-2009
20090323573REMOTE WAKE-UP SYSTEM, WWAN MODULE AND TERMINAL - Disclosed are a remote wake up system based on a WWAN module, a WWAN module and a terminal. The system includes a terminal; a WWAN module adapted to receive and/or send information in a wireless manner; and a security control module adapted to perform a security validation on the call information received by the WWAN module when the terminal is in a sleep state, and the security control module is further adapted to generate a wake-up signal and sending the wake-up signal to the terminal in order to wake up it, in the case of passing the security validation.12-31-2009
20100002616UPLINK POWER CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD - An uplink power control device and method, which uses power control technology for E-DCH channel in HSPA+ system, wherein, the user equipment reads TPC from Node B in the latest several time slots, the current transmission power of uplink channels and the modulation mode of E-DPDCH channel in next TTI; then selects a method for power control according to the modulation method of E-DPDCH channel in next TTI; calculates the transmission power of uplink channel used in next TTI according to the TPC received in the latest several time slots, the current transmission power, requirements for maximal transmission power and minimal transmission power, power control adjustment step and β factor corresponding to DPCCH of uplink channel; finally keeps the transmission powers of all or some of uplink channels constant in the whole TTI of E-DPDCH. The device and method can decrease crosstalk between I branch and Q branch signals.01-07-2010
20100008278METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A DEVICE POWER SAVINGS CLASS - A method is provided for a device in a wireless communication network including a base station. The method includes sending a sleep mode request to the base station; and receiving a sleep mode response including negotiating parameters from the base station. The method also includes entering a sleep mode determined by a single power saving class applicable to all traffic conditions between the device and the base station; and communicating with the base station based on the sleep mode. Further, the single power saving class is used to define a frame structure for configuring frames to form alternating listening windows and sleep windows, to define an initial sleep window, and to define a default listening window.01-14-2010
20100008277PARTIAL POWER SAVE MODE FOR ACCESS POINTS DURING DEVICE DISCOVERY - An access point includes a beacon module and a control module. The access point transmits a beacon during a beacon interval. The beacon module determines a first portion of the beacon interval and a second portion of the beacon interval. The access point operates in a normal mode during the first portion of the beacon interval. The control module operates the access point in a power save mode during the second portion of the beacon interval. The control module operates the access point in the power save mode in response to a client station not communicating with the access point during the first portion of the beacon interval.01-14-2010
20100054166APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IDLE MODE OF MOBILE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting a paging message in a wireless communication system are provided. A method for operation transition of a communication module operating in an idle mode includes, when a listening interval arrives, determining if a paging message is received, when the paging message is not received during the listening interval, determining if paging information on the communication module is received from a different communication module, and, when the paging information is received from the different communication module, transiting to an active mode.03-04-2010
20110176469LoWMob and DLoWMob SYSTEM - A LoWMob (LoWPAN Mobility: Low power Wireless Personal Area Network) system comprises a mobile node, at least one sensor node, a border node and a gateway. The mobile node configured transmits at least one data packet within an MST (Maximum Sleep Time). The mobile node corresponds to an FFD (Full Function Device) or an RFD (Reduced Function Device). The at least one sensor node is configured to be densely to a degree that a transmission range overlaps and configured to be able to measure a moving direction of the mobile node. The boarder node is configured to be arranged at a periphery of the PAN and configured to turn off a transceiver in a quasi-sleep state. The gateway is directly connected with a first least part of the at least one sensor node.07-21-2011
20110176467Communication Method, System and Network Nodes in a Low Power Communication Network - The present invention provides a communication method in a low power communication network, a corresponding low power communication network system and a network node, which enables low power consumption by the data transmission node in the low power communication network while ensuring the communication efficiency of the low power communication network. In this case, the network comprises a first network node and a second network node; the first network node transmits a beacon frame, said beacon frame is used to indicate the time for data transmission by the first network node; the second network node detects said beacon frame to synchronize its data transmission with the first network node. Furthermore, the first network node transmits a dummy beacon frame before it transmits the beacon frame, said dummy beacon frame is used to indicate the time for transmitting the beacon frame; the second network node detects the dummy beacon frame before it detects the beacon frame to acquire the time for transmitting the beacon frame, and carries out data transmission with the first network node synchronously after it has detected the beacon frame.07-21-2011
20100135195COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - To suitably suppress distribution delay at the time of multi-hop communication or broadcast transfer while including a communication station in a power-saving state.06-03-2010
20110085482COMPUTER SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A computer system includes a system unit; a communication unit which performs a wireless network communication with a base station; and a controller that controls the communication unit to transmit a communication ending message if a shutdown event of the system unit occurs, and shuts down the system unit after the completion of the transmission of the message.04-14-2011
20100246464POWER CONSERVATION THROUGH BI-DIRECTIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MULTIPLE DEVICES - A system comprises radio circuitry, an access point (AP) feature, and a station (STA) feature. The AP feature causes the radio circuitry to transmit data to a hardware device during a beacon interval. The AP feature is not used to receive data from the hardware device during the beacon interval except to receive data request signals. The STA feature causes the radio circuitry to receive data from the hardware device during the beacon interval. The STA feature is not used to transmit data to the hardware device during the beacon interval except to transmit data request signals. The radio circuitry is in a de-powered state during the beacon interval when the radio circuitry does not transmit or receive data or data request signals.09-30-2010
20110249605COMMUNICATION METHOD OF A TERMINAL AND AN ACCESS POINT FOR POWER SAVING - Provided is a communication method of an access point and a terminal that may decrease power consumption by changing an operation state of a terminal from an awake state to a sleep state when there is no stream to be transmitted to the terminal during a transmission opportunity (TXOP).10-13-2011
20110249603APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MULTIPLE WIRELESS SERVICE COEXISTENCE - An apparatus and method for multiple wireless service coexistence comprising: engaging a first switch to connect a first service transmitter to an antenna through a first filter path and to disconnect a first service receiver from the antenna; engaging a second switch to connect a second service receiver to the antenna through a second filter path and to disconnect a second service transmitter from the antenna; enabling transmit power control on the first service transmitter; and performing one or both of the following: a) transmitting a first service transmit signal through the first filter path to the antenna with high rejection of the band of a second service; b) receiving a second service receive signal through the second filter path from the antenna with high rejection of the band of a first service.10-13-2011
20120120860POWER OPTIMIZED DEMODULATOR FRONT END (DEMFRONT) RECEIVER SUBSYSTEM - In a cellular communication system, apparatus and methods relating to a power-optimized demodulator front end (demfront) receiver subsystem of a user equipment (UE) can reduce power utilization by optimizing the operation of the demfront receiver subsystem. For example, in an aspect, the apparatus and methods include enabling a first receiver of a device for receiving a control channel on a downlink from a node, determining that the control channel schedules the device to receive data on the downlink, enabling a second receiver of the device that consumes more power than the first receiver to receive the data on the downlink, and re-enabling the first receiver for receiving the control channel on the downlink subsequent to receiving the data.05-17-2012
20120120859TECHNIQUES FOR WAKEUP SIGNALING FOR A VERY LOW POWER WLAN DEVICE - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method of wakeup signaling for a very low power wireless local area network device (WLAN) device, comprising transmitting by an access point operable in the WLAN of a wake-up signal that can be received using low-power techniques at a receiver associated with the device.05-17-2012
20110069650SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POWER SAVING BY COORDINATED WAKE-UP IN A WIRELESS MULTI-BAND NETWORK - A system and method for wireless communication over multi-rate channels are disclosed. One embodiment of the system operates on wake-up schedules for power saving. The system includes a first multi-band wireless station that is capable of using a first frequency band and a second frequency band for wireless communication; and a second multi-band wireless station that is capable of using the first frequency band and the second frequency band for wireless communication. One or more of the first and second stations is configured to maintain therein one or more wake-up schedules on the second frequency band of one or more of the first station, the second station, and an access point. The first and second stations are configured to share the one or more wake-up schedules with each other via the first frequency band. The system allows the stations to effectively associate with each other, thereby saving power.03-24-2011
20110075598METHOD AND APPARATUS TO SHORTEN THE TIME TO CONNECT TO A NETWORK - A computer platform and computer method may, when a computer platform is in a low-power or sleep mode, operate a wireless communication interface unit to scan for a set of available networks and record the set of networks. When the platform is changed to an operating mode, the platform may use the set of available networks to connect to a network.03-31-2011
20110058510Power Management Of A Radio Data Transceiver - Methods and apparatuses for operating a wireless mobile station configured to communicate with a wireless access point are described. A sleep state may be maintained in which a radio frequency (RF) radio in the wireless mobile station is in a low power state. The wireless station may use a plurality of sleep states, each with a different sleep timer period based upon recent network activity. In one embodiment, a device may have two sleep states with two sleep timers, and in another embodiment a device may have three sleep timers for three sleep states. The first sleep time may be started for a first sleep state and to determine when to awake the device to determine whether there is any network activity. The device then determines whether a first period of network inactivity has occurred and, if so, it starts a second sleep timer for a second sleep state in response to determining that the first period of network inactivity has occurred. The method can further include determining whether a second period of network inactivity has occurred and, in response to determining that a second period of network inactivity has occurred, the device starts a third sleep timer for a third sleep state03-10-2011
20110051643METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of transmitting data is described comprising selecting a transmission mode from at least a first and a second transmission mode, wherein according to the first transmission mode data is transmitted in at least two first time periods using first communication resources wherein the at least two first time periods are separated by a first time interval, wherein according to the second transmission mode data is transmitted in at least two second time periods using second communication resources wherein the at least two second time periods are separated by a second time interval, and wherein the first time interval is longer than the second and the first communication resources allow the transmission of a higher amount of data than the second communication resources; and transmitting data to the selected transmission mode.03-03-2011
201102496044C-HSDPA ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNALING - Techniques for signaling acknowledgment status (e.g., ACK, NACK, or DTX) for up to four detected carriers according to 4C-HSDPA. In an exemplary embodiment, an ACK slot of an HS-DPCCH channel utilizes spreading factor 128 to accommodate two 10-symbol codewords per slot. The codewords may be dual-carrier codewords, enabling the acknowledgment status of up to four carriers to be signaled in each slot. A DTX-DTX codeword may be further provided to signal no detection of two carriers assigned to the same codeword. In an alternative exemplary embodiment, a codeword signaling acknowledgment status for two carriers may be repeated twice over a single slot.10-13-2011
20110026449Method and Apparatus for PDCCH Allocation in Wireless Communication System - A method for PDCCH allocation in a network terminal of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The wireless communication system supports Carrier Aggregation, which enables a UE of the wireless communication system to perform transmission and/or reception through multiple carriers. The method includes steps of configuring a plurality of carriers to a UE via an RRC message, and including an information for each configured carrier in the RRC message to indicate a second carrier which carries the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) corresponding to a first carrier, wherein the PDCCH on the second carrier is used to transmit downlink assignment or uplink grant for the first carrier.02-03-2011
20100260086MANAGING A REVERSE LINK TRANSMISSION POWER LEVEL SETPOINT DURING PERIODS OF INACTIVITY ON THE REVERSE LINK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Embodiments include managing a reverse link transmission power level setpoint during periods of data inactivity on a reverse link traffic channel in a wireless communications system. At an access terminal, upon detecting reverse link data inactivity above a time threshold, a message is generated and transmitted on the reverse link traffic channel at a power level sufficient for the access network to measure transmission statistics to determine whether to adjust the current transmission power level setpoint of the access terminal. Alternatively, the access terminal notifies the access network of an upcoming reverse link data inactivity period, and then lowers its transmission power level setpoint to reduce power consumption during the reverse link data inactivity period. Then, upon detection of a potential reverse link data transmission, the access terminal may then send one or more messages to prompt the access network to modify the access terminal's transmission power level setpoint.10-14-2010
20100254292METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER CONTROL CONSIDERING MULTIPLEXING RATE/RATIO - A method for maintaining system interference at a low level when two or more users use one resource region in a wireless mobile communication system is provided. To control an uplink transmission power in a broadband wireless mobile communication system in multi-cell environments, information regarding the number of users who share an uplink time-frequency resource region is received from a base station, a power adjustment value is calculated based on the received number of users, and the uplink transmission power is determined by reflecting the calculated power adjustment value in a reference transmission power. Here, when only one mobile station uses the uplink time-frequency resource region, the reference transmission power is equal to a transmission power of the mobile station.10-07-2010
20100246460Wireless Access Point Methods And Apparatus Using Dynamically-Activated Service Intervals - Methods and apparatus for controlling a wireless access point (AP) (e.g. a battery-powered wireless AP) for reduced power consumption are provided. In one illustrative example, the AP is adapted to provide communication access for end stations in one or more activated service intervals of each superframe. During operation, the AP changes the number of activated service intervals that are available to end stations for the communication access, as well as the durations of their active subinterval durations, in accordance with a change in traffic requirements. The AP regularly broadcasts data which indicates the activated service intervals that are made available to the mobile devices. A wireless transceiver of the AP is enabled during each activated service interval made available to the mobile devices, but the AP is placed in a power conservation mode during each deactivated service interval provided in between the activated service intervals. The AP may also be placed in the power conservation mode during inactive subintervals of each activated service interval.09-30-2010
20110176470MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION TO BE EMPLOYED IN THE SAME - In the communication system performing transmission with generating the vacant period in the slotted mode during data transmission in order to perform various process, such as different frequency carrier quality measurement or so forth, the control signal for maintaining a communication quality is inserted even in the vacant period. Therefor, a link quality may not be degraded even if the vacant period is long. Namely, when the pilot signal is used as the control signal, even in the vacant period, measurement of the link quality of the forward link with the pilot signal is performed in the mobile station to report the result of measurement to the base station. Therefore, transmission power control of the forward link can be performed according to the report in the base station. Therefore, degradation of the forward link can be eliminated.07-21-2011
20110176466Micro-Sleep Techniques in LTE Receivers - According to various embodiments of the methods and apparatus disclosed herein, a “micro-sleep” functionality is selectively enabled in a wireless receiver, based on an evaluation of channel conditions, traffic characteristics, or both. When micro-sleep operation is appropriate, such as when an estimated signal-to-interference ratio is higher than a pre-determined threshold, one or more receiver circuits in a mobile station can be de-activated for a portion of a sub-frame (or other transmission-time interval) that generally carries traffic data but is not currently carrying data targeted to the mobile station. In this manner, significant power savings can be achieved, independently of or in addition to any power savings provided by existing discontinuous-receive (DRX) technologies.07-21-2011
20110176464METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOW COST, LONG RANGE, POWER EFFICIENT, WIRELESS SYSTEM WITH ENHANCED FUNCTIONALITY - The present invention provides a method and system for establishing a highly mobile, long range secure wireless network with dynamic topologies and near full connectivity with acceptable latency using low cost, low power, compact and lightweight devices. One aspect of the system deals with a highly mobile network with dynamic network topologies and a time varying wireless medium that has neither absolute nor readily observable boundaries outside of which radio nodes are known to be unable to receive network frames, although the desirable open field boundary is 1 mile in radius from a base station node. A synchronous frequency hopping technique is used with mobile nodes that can become slave base station nodes to a master base station node to increase the effective range of the master base station without increasing the transmit power. Furthermore, the use of adjustable sleep times for the mobile nodes, as well as a novel clock calibration method, provides a substantial range increase with acceptable battery size and system latency.07-21-2011
20100260084WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL, SYSTEM, PROGRAM - Provided is a compact and low power consumption wireless communication system, including a base station and communication terminals, in which power consumption of the communication terminal is reduced. The base station alternately sets an active interval during which predetermined data communication is performed, and an inactive interval during which the predetermined data communication is not performed. During the active interval, a beacon including information indicating a start timing of a subsequent active interval is transmitted and received. During the inactive interval, a sub-beacon including information providing notice of a transmission timing of a subsequent beacon is transmitted and received. When receiving the sub-beacon, the communication terminal obtains the transmission timing of the subsequent beacon and stops a supply of power to an unit related to a wireless communication function until the transmission timing.10-14-2010
20100260085FLEXIBLE MAC SUPERFRAME STRUCTURE AND BEACONING METHOD - A flexible wireless system and method that support both centralized and distributed modes of MAC protocols, use a new recurring MAC superframe (m) comprising: a beacon period (BP), a data/sense/sleep period (DSSP) for data selective communication, sleep and channel sensing for detecting primary users in cognitive systems; and a signaling window (SW) used for exchanging network entry messages and channel reservation requests, the system including beacon operation, a peer beacon device in distributed mode and a master beacon device in centralized mode which are used to selectively participate in the beacon operation, as well as a slave beacon device associated with the master device. The system may employ controlled channel access for the beacon period, the channel access being reservation based. The invention provides a unified MAC protocol that can be adopted in the standards, and supports flexible operation in distributed mode or centralized mode, and seamless transfer from one to the other.10-14-2010
20100097970METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING INFORMATION OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and device for displaying information of a mobile terminal has an information display. The terminal includes: a display unit for outputting at least one of a standby screen, a screen corresponding to activation of a program, a data-free screen corresponding to a sleep mode, and a screen for displaying preset information. A controller directing display of the preset information for a predetermined information display time period beginning from at least one of a time point prior to entering the sleep mode and a time point of exiting from the sleep mode. An input unit permits input of a signal for exiting from the sleep mode; and a storage unit for storing the preset information.04-22-2010
20100027449Transmitting apparatus, transmitting method, receiving apparatus, receiving method and channel status information updating method of sensor node based on multiple channels - Provided are a transmitting apparatus, a transmitting method, a receiving apparatus, a receiving method and a channel status information updating method of a sensor node based on multiple channels. The transmitting apparatus and method transmit a wake-up signal for switching neighbor nodes in a power-saving mode in a transmission range of the sensor node to a wake-up mode in which the neighbor nodes wait to receive a message from the sensor node through the control channel, transmit a preamble message including a list of unused available channels from among the data channels to a receiving node to which data is transmitted from among the neighbor nodes through the control channel, receive an acknowledgement message including information that indicates a channel selected from the available channels from the receiving node through the control channel, transmit a connection confirmation message for switching neighbor nodes other than the receiving node to the power-saving mode through the control channel, and transmit data to the receiving node through the selected channel.02-04-2010
20090245150METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING IDLE MODE OF A MOBILE NODE WITH MULTIPLE INTERFACES - A method for controlling a first interface and a second interface installed on a mobile node is provided, wherein the mobile node communicates with a first access network (AN) through the first interface and communicates with a second AN through the second interface. The method comprises following steps. A first IP address is acquired through the first interface and the first AN for accessing a service network (SN). A second IP address is acquired through the second interface and the second AN for accessing the SN. The first interface is then selected as an awake interface. The second bridging node is directed to create and cache binding information indicating a binding of the second IP address to the first IP address. The second interface is turned off after the binding information is successfully created and cached on the second bridging node.10-01-2009
20090022078SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING SLEEP STATES OF NETWORK NODES - The present disclosure generally relates to systems and methods for controlling nodes in a communication network, such as a wireless sensor network. In one exemplary embodiment, a node, referred to herein as a “coordinator node,” controls the operation of various nodes, referred to herein as “sensor nodes,” that are configured to monitor various parameters. The coordinator node from time-to-time broadcasts a beacon to the sensor nodes. The beacon can include various information that is used by the sensor nodes for control. In one exemplary embodiment, the beacon includes node-specific information that informs at least some nodes that they are to transition to a sleep state for a certain period of time. Such nodes, based on the beacon, transition to a sleep state, thereby conserving electrical power.01-22-2009
20120269107LOW POWER PROTOCOL FOR WIRELESS TERMINAL PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS - A Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system based upon peer-to-peer communications. A wireless terminal for peer-to-peer communications acts either as a WLAN master or as a WLAN slave. When the wireless terminal acts a master, the wireless terminal undertakes mastering duties that include transmitting a beacon interval in the frame cycle. When the wireless terminal is not tethered to a power source, mastering duties alternate according to a round-robin WLAN mastering cycle, wherein the wireless terminal acts the WLAN master during at least one frame cycle and acts the WLAN slave during other frame cycles to conserve an untethered power source of the wireless terminal.10-25-2012
20110211510METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting downlink scheduling information regarding downlink radio resource allocation and uplink scheduling information regarding uplink radio resource allocation on a downlink control channel, transmitting downlink data on a downlink data channel according to the downlink scheduling information, and detecting an acknowledgement (ACK)/negative-acknowledgement (NACK) signal for the downlink data from a radio resource exclusively allocated to the ACK/NACK signal. According to the present invention, when an error occurs in a downlink control channel due to deterioration of a channel condition, the error can be promptly handled using an error detection protocol agreed between a user equipment and a base station. Therefore, data can be transmitted with higher reliability.09-01-2011
20110255457MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM AND LOCATION REGISTRATION METHOD - The mobile communication network system having a plurality of mobile communication systems each including a base station performing wireless communications with a mobile station, comprises a storage unit storing location information of the mobile station, an acquisition unit acquiring, when receiving a location registering request from the mobile station, a communication-enabled mobile communication system in the mobile station as a sender of the location registering request, a specifying unit specifying a base station existing within the acquired communication-enabled mobile communication system and existing in the periphery of the base station receiving the location registering request, and a control unit storing the storage unit with information of the base station receiving the location registering request and information of the specified base station as location information about the sender mobile station of the location registering request.10-20-2011
20110255454METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REPACKAGING WIRELESS DATA - The present disclosure may include a method for repackaging data in a communications system. The method may include receiving low-power RF data at a wireless relay device from one or more low power wireless devices and translating the low-power RF data at the wireless relay device into one or more translated packets. The method may further include synchronizing the translated low-power RF data with one or more wireless links and transmitting the synchronized low-power RF data to a host device. The method may further include receiving wireless communications from a host device, translating the parsing the wireless packets, synchronizing the translated packets with one or more low-power RF connections, and transmitting the synchronized packets to one ore more low-power RF devices. The method may further include managing the network topology of the communications system via commands to the wireless relay device.10-20-2011
20100309831SYSTEMS FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) TRANSMISSION AND FOR COEXISTENCE OF WLAN AND ANOTHER TYPE OF WIRELESS TRANSMISSION AND METHODS THEREOF - An embodiment of a system for the coexistence of a wireless local area network (WLAN) in power saving mode, and another type of wireless transmission is provided. A wireless transmission module is configured to transmit or receive data in two slots separated by an available window. A WLAN module is configured to obtain information regarding the available window and transmits a polling request (PS-Poll) at a supported rate higher than any basic rate in the available window in order to obtain buffered data from an access point (AP). The supported rate is encoded in a supported rate set while the basic rate is encoded in a basic rate set announced by the AP.12-09-2010
20080253311SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REAL-TIME DATA TRANSMISSION USING ADAPTIVE TIME COMPRESSION - A system and method is provided for real-time data transmission using adaptive time compression that is based on an estimation of network load, one or more media properties of the real-time data, and/or a battery level of the mobile device. A first embodiment provides a mobile device operable to transmit real time data using the adaptive time compression. Another embodiment provides a wireless network operable to transmit real-time data using the adaptive time compression. Another embodiment provides a wireless network operable to determine a time compression ratio, which is used for the adaptive time compression The time compression ratio might be sent to the mobile device for use by the mobile device in up (reverse) link transmission, or by the mobile device in down (forward) link reception, or both. Another embodiment provides a mobile device operable to enter a low power consumption mode while not actively transmitting or receiving.10-16-2008
20100329163WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROL THEREOF - A wireless communication apparatus, which is capable of operating in an active mode and a sleep mode, comprises an antenna control unit, which controls a half-value angle and a directivity angle of an antenna for communication, and a mode control unit, which controls a change between the active mode and the sleep mode. When the wireless communication apparatus is in the sleep mode, the antenna control unit sets the half-value angle of the antenna to be a larger half-value angle than the half-value angle with respect to the active mode, and sets the directivity angle of the antenna to a predetermined angle.12-30-2010
20080205319METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING INFORMATION OF TERMINAL EXITING IDLE MODE - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for managing the information of a terminal exiting idle mode mainly includes: deleting relevant information of the terminal retained in a paging controller and a location register of a wireless communication system when the terminal has exited idle mode. With the present invention, the relevant information aiming at the terminal retained in the PC and the LR is deleted after the terminal has exited idle mode so as to utilize the resources of the PC and the LR effectively and improve the utilization rate of air interface emission resource of the PC.08-28-2008
20080205317Link Establishment in a Wireless Communication Environment - The invention relates to link establishment in a wireless communication terminal. In order to obtain flexible and low power connections between a wireless terminal belonging to a short-range wireless network and an external wireless communication device not belonging to that network, a protection frame is sent either from the wireless communication terminal or from the external wireless communication device. The protection frame includes duration information used for virtual carrier-sensing in the short-range wireless network. In response to the protection frame, data is transferred between the wireless communication terminal and the external wireless communication device during a time period indicated by the duration information.08-28-2008
20080205318Apparatus, method and computer program product providing power optimization in battery powered communication devices - A method includes determining, based on a received network device resource allocation for an impending operational period, whether a power saving mode can be entered, and if the power saving mode can be entered, selectively controlling at least one of clock signals and power supply voltages of at least a baseband portion of a receiver. Also disclosed is an apparatus that operates in accordance with the method.08-28-2008
20110255456SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - The present disclosure generally relates to systems and methods for reducing power consumption in communication networks. In one exemplary embodiment, a system includes a leader node in communication with a plurality of follower nodes. The leader node causes the leader and follower nodes to transition from an awake mode to a sleep mode where they consume less power. An exemplary embodiment of a method includes the steps of configuring nodes in a communication network as follower nodes and configuring a node in the communication network as a leader node. The leader node is configured to cause the leader and follower nodes to alternate between an awake mode and a sleep mode. The leader and follower nodes consume less power when in the sleep mode than when in the awake mode.10-20-2011
20100284316DYNAMIC ENERGY SAVING MECHANISM FOR ACCESS POINTS - Mobile access points typically run on batteries, and therefore, can operate for a limited amount of time without an external power source. However, because the access point service model requiring the access point to always be available and the access point's limited battery capacity reduces the time that the mobile access point can be used. Functionality can be incorporated in mobile access points to implement power saving mechanisms by altering the service model that requires the access point to always be available. Configuring the access point to enter into a low powered state for a predefined period of time can conserve mobile access point power and prolong battery life. Functionality for implementing power saving mechanisms can also be incorporated on fixed access points for efficient utilization of computing resources.11-11-2010
20100284318COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION APPARATUS,AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus includes a recognition unit configured to recognize a transmission interval of a predetermined beacon transmitted by a base station configured to transmit data addressed to a plurality of apparatuses when the predetermined beacon is transmitted, and a control unit configured to perform control to change the transmission interval based on the recognized transmission interval.11-11-2010
20100329166SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION IN A MULTI-NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A hierarchical communication system, arranged in a spanning tree configuration, is described in which wired and wireless communication networks exhibiting substantially different characteristics are employed in an overall scheme to link portable or mobile computing devices. Copies of data, program code and processing resources are migrated from their source toward requesting destinations based on request frequency, communication link costs and available local storage and/or processing resources. Each appropriately configured network device acts as an active participant in network migration. In addition, portable two-dimensional (2-D) code reading terminals are configured to wirelessly communicate compressed 2-D images toward stationary access servers that identify the code image through decoding and through comparison with a database of images that have previously been decoded and stored.12-30-2010
20100329165WIRELESS LAN APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A wireless LAN base station is operated with a battery or an AC adapter, and transmits and receives communication signals to and from another wireless LAN apparatus. The wireless LAN base station includes: PA and LNA configured to amplify the communication signals; selectors configured to select amplification routes through which the communication signals go through the amplifier, or bypass routes through which the communication signals bypass the amplifier; an AC/battery detecting circuit configured to detect a battery operation state where the wireless LAN base station is operated with the battery, and a AC operation state where the wireless LAN base station is operated with the AC adapter; and a CPU configured to have the amplification routes selected if the AC operation state is detected, and to have the bypass routes selected if the battery operation state is detected.12-30-2010
20110069651CONSERVING POWER USING CONTENTION-FREE PERIODS THAT LACK NETWORK TRAFFIC - A method that comprises receiving, by an access point (AP), an interval value from a station (STA). The interval value corresponds to a frequency with which the STA listens to the AP. The method also comprises commanding, by the AP, the STA to refrain from transmitting data to the AP until a period expires. The commanding comprises the AP setting a duration of the period to correspond to the interval value. The method further comprises transferring, by the AP, data to the STA after the period expires.03-24-2011
20110002252FRAME STRUCTURE FOR PICONET MASTER NODE ON/OFF SCHEDULING AND METHOD THEREOF - A frame structure for piconet master node on/off scheduling and method thereof. The frame structure includes a schedule-based data period, a contention-based active period, a schedule-based schedule notification message period directly following the contention-based active period, and an inactive sleep mode period positioned before the schedule-based data period, before or after the contention-based active period, or after the schedule-based schedule notification message period.01-06-2011
20100246459Method and System for Reducing Power Consumption in a Wireless Transmitter - A system and method for reducing power consumption in a wireless transmitter is useful for conserving battery power in wireless communication devices. The method includes storing a voice data packet in a buffer operatively coupled to the wireless transmitter (step 09-30-2010
20120147803INACTIVITY TIMER IN A DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION CONFIGURED SYSTEM - Systems, methods and wireless devices are provided that utilize a timer to ensure a receiver of a wireless device is on to receive downlink transmissions. In the event the timer runs out without further resource allocation, the mobile device turns its radio off. If a further resource allocation occurs while the timer is running, the timer is restarted.06-14-2012
20120147802COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - An energy controller (06-14-2012
20120147801SPECIFIC ABSORPTION RATE BACKOFF IN POWER HEADROOM REPORT - Uplink transmission power adjustment is provided by a mobile device receiving an uplink transmission grant from a serving base station. The mobile device determines a maximum power reduction for uplink transmissions and a SAR-related power reduction. The mobile device compares these values and adjusts transmission power according to the SAR-related power reduction in response to the SAR-related power reduction exceeding the maximum power reduction. A power headroom report is generated when the determined SAR-related power reduction exceeds a previous SAR-related power reduction. This power headroom report is transmitted from the mobile device to the serving base station under various conditions.06-14-2012
20120147800POWER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK HAVING STATIONS WITH DIFFERENT POWER CAPABILITIES - In a wireless network, information regarding the power capabilities of a wireless device may be communicated to a wireless AP. The device itself may transmit such information, which may include a Max Idle Time period. The device may communicate the information within an association or re-association frame, for example as a parameter in a BSS Low Power Capability element. The AP may receive the information and set a keep-alive time period for the device based on the information. The AP may set the keep-alive time period to be equal to or greater than the Max Idle period. The AP may further communicate the keep-alive time period to the device, for example in an association or re-association response frame as a BSS Max Idle period element. In this way, the AP may apply different sets of parameters, such as different keep-alive time periods, to different classes of stations.06-14-2012
20090207770Apparatus and method for power management of wirelessly networked devices - A wireless sensor and actuator network includes a number of wireless nodes, each of which may be connected to any one or combination of analog sensors, digital sensors, and actuators, and is powered by an autonomous power supply such as a battery or solar panel. Since autonomous power sources may not have sufficient voltage for powering many types of analog sensors, digital sensors, and actuators, power management techniques are used in the node and in the autonomous power supply as needed to enable effective and long life operation of the node and connected devices. These power management techniques include the use of a low impedance energy reservoir and a variable voltage boost converter whose output voltage magnitude, duration, and operating times are software configurable and controllable. The power management techniques are particularly useful for operating a wide range of different types of sensors and actuators.08-20-2009
20090207769METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING TIMING FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN SENSOR NODES IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - Provided is a method of scheduling timing for communication between sensor nodes in a wireless sensor network, the method including categorizing a plurality of sensor nodes in a cluster into several groups, respectively assigning time slots to the groups, and establishing data communication according to the assigned time slots.08-20-2009
20080219199WCDMA device and method for discontinuous reception for power saving in idle mode and flexible monitoring of neighboring cells - A WCDMA enabled user equipment device configured to have functions collectively or selectively idle to conserve power. A discontinuous receiver is used to detect and read network messages and report the messages to the computer within the WCDMA enabled user equipment device. The computer then activates functions previously powered down to receive incoming messages for the user of the device. The discontinuous receiver is also used when the device is active to read network messages, freeing a modem of the device to operate on user messaging; and therefore, enhancing user related performance.09-11-2008
20080219198Method for scheduling packet data transmission - In a packet data transmission and reception system, a media access control (MAC) message is broadcast by a base station to a plurality of mobile stations. The MAC message contains packet data transmission scheduling information which allows the base station to preemptively control mobile station access to traffic channels in order to maximize the efficiency of packet data transmissions and allow scheduling consideration including priority access, quality of service and maximum bytes per transfer. The MAC message consists of a control frame structure, which comprises scheduling parameters including MAC IDs fields, activity fields, and a field representing the number of free traffic channels in a cell. These parameters enable multiple mobile stations to share, in a time multiplexed fashion, traffic channels for packet data transmission on CDMA based mobile communication systems.09-11-2008
20110170466METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for reducing power consumption by a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting a cell activation request, by an upper base station including a base station that has cell coverage including cell coverage of lower base stations, instructing to perform a turn-on operation to lower base stations in an energy saving mode, receiving a Radio Resource Control (RRC) measurement report from a User Equipment (UE), and transmitting a cell deactivation request instructing to perform a turn-off operation for entry into the energy saving mode to at least one turn-off target base station, determined according to the RRC measurement report. The at least one turn-off target base station includes at least one of base stations performing the turn-on operation according to the cell activation request, and the lower base stations includes base stations included in the cell coverage of the upper base station.07-14-2011
20110255455METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BAND SWITCHING IN WIRELESS LOCAL ACCESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus of switching a band in a wireless local access network (WLAN) is provided. The method includes transmitting a multi-band switch request message to request switching from a first frequency band to a second frequency band, and receiving a multi-band switch response message in response to the multi-band switch request message. The multi-band switch request message includes a multi-band switch schedule to operate in the second frequency band. Wider coverage can be supported by using multi-band.10-20-2011
20110096708WIRELESS SCHEDULING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Methods and devices are described herein for prioritizing a plurality of packets for potential transmission and in an iterative fashion: i) determining power requirements for control channel signalling associated with a highest priority packet not yet analyzed for resource assignment; and ii) assigning resources for said highest priority packet if sufficient power for control channel signalling is available and sufficient resources for said highest priority packet are available. A further method includes assigning a plurality of users to one of a plurality of signalling groups, wherein said plurality of users within said one of a plurality of groups use a first of a plurality of HARQ interlace offsets for their first respective HARQ transmissions.04-28-2011
20100214967Method and System for Adding a New Connection Identifier to an Existing Power Save Class08-26-2010
20100214968Idle mode power consumption reduction in wireless communications - Idle mode power consumption reduction in wireless communications. Within a wireless communication device that is operative to communicate with any one of a number of servicing cells, paging broadcasts from more than one of these servicing cells are received and undergo only a limited amount of processing before being stored for use in subsequent processing that may be performed later. This partitioned processing allows the turning off of certain components that are not needed and/or no longer needed for determining the system frame numbers associated with various servicing cells to effectuate timing synchronization. Certain modules within such a wireless communication device may perform processing using the full capabilities of the wireless communication device to generate initially processed signal, and then after such signals are stored, then only partial processing capability of the wireless communication device may be employed, even though perhaps being slower, to complete the processing.08-26-2010
20100165899Controlling the Power in a Wireless Client Device - A system and method in a client device (07-01-2010
20100165900SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ENHANCING WIFI REAL-TIME COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methods of enhanced real-time communications between WiFi devices. In one embodiment of the present invention a method for enhanced payload protection in a WiFi system includes transmitting multiple copies of data packets in successive frame body transmissions. In another embodiment, a method for enhanced communications over a WiFi link includes examining a unit ID packet to determine a destination of a data payload when errors are detected in IP and/or MAC headers. If a destination is determined, the packet is corrected and forwarded to the device based on the unit ID determination. In another embodiment, a method for enhanced real-time communications in a WiFi network includes establishing a communications frame that includes an active timeslot, preferably based on U-APSD, for a WiFi device to use for transmission of successive audio data packets transmitted between the WiFi handset and AP.07-01-2010
20100165896Power saving in peer-to-peer communication devices - Apparatuses, systems, methods, and computer program products to save power in peer-to-peer communication devices associated with wireless communication networks are disclosed. Embodiments generally comprise wireless communications devices. A device may associate or connect with an access point and communicate with another device also connected to the access point. The devices may establish a direct link as part of a tunneled direct link system (TDLS) network. After establishing the direct link, the devices may negotiate a wakeup schedule, enabling both devices to enter power saving modes to conserve power. The devices may maintain the direct link while in power saving modes, enabling the devices to periodically exit the power saving modes and transfer buffered data.07-01-2010
20100165898Method and Apparatus of Awaking a Communication Device - A method of awaking a communication device operating in a sleep mode for a wireless network interface card includes continuously sending a plurality of coupling packets to maintain coupling between the communication device and a remote communication device, receiving a wireless packet from the remote communication device, determining a packet type of the wireless packet according to a packet format corresponding to a wake-up packet, and controlling the communication device to leave the sleep mode when the wireless packet is determined to be the wake-up packet.07-01-2010
20110182220USSD Transport Method and Device - An USSD transporting method (07-28-2011
20100195553CONTROLLING POWER IN A SPREAD SPECTRUM SYSTEM - A technique and system is disclosed for controlling power in a spread spectrum system. A fast slot of a frame is received where the frame is divided into a number of fast slots. The received power is measured on the fast slot. A second fast slot is transmitted at a second time with a transmit power setting and a variable spreading factor. The transmit power setting and the variable spreading factor is adjusted based on the received power. The variable spreading factor affects the total number of fast slots that are transmitted.08-05-2010
20100195552Access and Power Management for Centralized Networks - A system and method for managing power in a subnet having a hub in communication with one or more nodes is disclosed. The hub and nodes communicate using one or more non-contention access methods, such as scheduled, polled or posted access. The node may enter a sleep or hibernation state while no scheduled, polled or posted allocation interval is pending. The hibernation state allows the node to hibernate through one or more entire beacon periods. In the sleep state, the node may be asleep between any scheduled, polled and posted allocation intervals for the node or during another node's scheduled allocation interval in a current beacon period. By selecting which access scheme is in use, the node and hub can increase the node's chances to be in hibernation or sleep state and minimize power consumption.08-05-2010
20100195549THROTTLING ACCESS POINTS - A technique for controlling the amount of power consumed by access points (APs) of a wireless network involves implementing throttleable APs (TAPs). It would be desirable for the TAPs to be in a relatively low power mode during periods of low activity, and switch to a high power mode in response to increased wireless activity. To that end, a throttling engine can be implemented to throttle TAPs up in power in response to increases in wireless activity, and throttle TAPs down in power in response to decreases in wireless activity.08-05-2010
20100195550INTEGRATED ANTENNA DEVICE, INTEGRATED DEMODULATING DEVICE, AND INTEGRATED RECEIVING DEVICE - An integrated antenna device includes: a multiplexing processing portion for multiplexing received signals received at antennas of mutually different signal systems; a serial communication portion for outputting a multiplex signal to the outside and for receiving a control signal from the outside; a power-feeding switch for individually controlling power feeding of tuner units on the basis of the received control signal; and a pseudo-signal generating portion for generating a pseudo-signal that simulates a signal input to the multiplexing processing portion. The multiplexing processing portion uses the pseudo-signal generated at the pseudo-signal generating portion instead of a received signal corresponding to a tuner unit that is stopped from being fed power by the power-feeding switch.08-05-2010
20100195548NETWORK ASSISTED POWER MANAGEMENT - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide an approach to managing the power state of wireless network devices in a wireless network. Embodiments include a process for modifying the scheduling of data distribution device by referencing the data buffer in an access point for data intended for a wireless network client operating under a power-saving mode, and re-arranging the distribution queue of the access point to be granted priority for a time which coincides with the delivery of a polling beacon to the power-saving wireless client. Other embodiments include a method to create virtual access points for a particular usage, and to leverage access points in a wireless network for particular usages of devices in range.08-05-2010
20100195547POWER DETECOR FOR MULTI-BAND NETWORK ACCESS - A device for interfacing with multiple different types of network access points includes multiple power amplifiers, a switch and a power detecting circuit. The power amplifiers are configured to provide corresponding signals associated with the different types of network access points, each signal having at least one parameter different than a corresponding parameter in another signal. The switch is configured to select one of the signals to provide an output signal. The power detecting circuit is configured to detect power of the output signal, and includes multiple states corresponding to the multiple different types of network access points. The power detecting circuit outputs a voltage level within the same voltage range for the signals in response to the multiple states corresponding to the different types of network access points with which the signals are associated.08-05-2010
20100195551NETWORK SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, DEPENDENT WIRELESS APPARATUS, AND CONTROL WIRELESS APPARATUS - A control wireless apparatus transmits a sleep command for causing a plurality of dependent wireless apparatuses to enter a sleep mode in which an intermittent receiving operation is performed. The dependent wireless apparatuses enter a sleep mode in which reception is intermittently performed, on receipt of the sleep command from the control wireless apparatus or via another dependent wireless apparatus. The dependent wireless apparatuses each relay the received sleep command to another dependent wireless apparatus.08-05-2010
20100067418METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN USER EQUIPMENTS IN MULTI-CARRIER RADIO SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement for reducing power consumption in the user equipments in power saving mode in a communication network, comprising a communication network node transmitting information on shared control channels (SCCH) to one or more user equipments. The information is transmitted over either a narrow or a wide bandwidth depending on which mode said one or more user equipments are, either a power saving mode or an active mode.03-18-2010
20100067422APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A SLEEP MODE IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - Apparatus and methods for controlling sleep mode in a wireless device are disclosed. The sleep mode is controlled using low power detection of RF beacon signals of known frequencies to reduce power consumption of the wireless device during sleep modes. Detection is achieved by using passive or low power elements in a receive chain that filters received signals allowing beacon signals of particular frequencies to pass, which are accumulated with passive or low power circuit elements requiring no external power source. The accumulated energy is compared to a threshold to determine the presence of the beacon with sleep circuitry. When the beacon is detected, the full RF receiver is triggered to wake up. Use of low power elements and passive elements, affords a beneficial increase in power savings for the wireless device, which is particularly helpful in wireless access points or relay stations that have an alternative power sourcing such as battery or solar power.03-18-2010
20100067419METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR EFFICIENTLY UTILIZING RADIO RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method and an arrangement of efficiently utilizing radio resources in a communication network, comprising a communication network node communicating with one or more user equipments over a radio interface, wherein at least two communication services are provided on said radio interface, each having a certain amount of power allocated in an interactively way. The interaction between said at least two communication services is minimized in order to obtain an enhanced power utilization. 03-18-2010
20100067417Timing Adjustment in Multi-Hop Communication System - A timing adjustment method for use in a multi-hop communication system, the system comprising a source apparatus, a destination apparatus and one or more intermediate apparatuses, said source apparatus being operable to transmit information along a series of links forming a communication path extending from the source apparatus to the destination apparatus via the or each intermediate apparatus, and the or each intermediate apparatus being operable to receive information from a previous apparatus along the path and to transmit the received information to a subsequent apparatus along the path, the system being configured to transmit information in a plurality of consecutive labelled intervals, the method comprising: transmitting information in a first labelled interval from a first said apparatus along a plurality of consecutive links of said path via one or more said intermediate apparatuses to a second said apparatus, said information including a reference to a particular one of said labelled intervals and the transmission of that information incurring a delay such that the transmitted information, or information derived therefrom, is received by said second apparatus in a second labelled interval a number of such intervals after the first labelled interval; and adjusting said reference to form an adjusted reference referring to a further labelled interval the or another number of such intervals before or after the particular labelled interval.03-18-2010
20100067416RE-PROGRAMMING MEDIA FLOW PHONE USING SPEED CHANNEL SWITCH TIME THROUGH SLEEP TIME LINE - A multicasts wireless telecommunication system to reprogram preset sleep time line to earlier point to wake up ASIC at right moment to obtain new channel OIS to prevent screen in the device display from going black, and save power by saving extra wakeup time and extra going to sleep cycles.03-18-2010
20110261741TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND RECEPTION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A transmission power control apparatus capable of reducing unnecessary transmission power that is consumed in transmission of pilot symbols. In the apparatus, a power control part establishes, based on a repetition number of a data signal, a transmission power value of a pilot signal. For example, the power control part establishes, based on an improved reception quality when data signals as replicated in accordance with the repetition number of a data signal are combined, a transmission power value of a pilot signal at a level required and sufficient for meeting a target value of the reception quality of the other end of communication. A power amplifying part amplifies the pilot signal in accordance with the established transmission power value.10-27-2011
20110261739POWER SAVING METHODS FOR WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Methods for saving power and facilitating transitions from power-saving states back to active states in mobile stations are provided. A base station transmits indication of a periodic interval at which system configuration information is to be transmitted, periodically transmits a current version of system configuration information and in advance of an action time of a new version of system configuration information, periodically transmits the new version of system configuration information at the periodic interval; and transmits a flag indicating whether the new version of system configuration information is available. In respect of each of at least one mobile station in a power-saving state, in which the mobile station (MS) is configured on a per-MS basis to periodically wake up and check for the presence of an information block relevant to the MS, the base station transmits an information block presence indicator indicative of whether the information block is present.10-27-2011
20110261738ADAPTIVE WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK AND METHOD OF ROUTING DATA IN A WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A method of routing data in a wireless sensor network, a program product and a wireless sensor network. The method, includes: (a) detecting a temporal event by a source sensor node of a wireless sensor network comprising a multiplicity of sensor nodes; (b) identifying multiple paths from the source sensor node to a sink of the wireless sensor network, the multiple paths consisting of sensor node to sensor node hops; and after (b), (c) using a processor of the source sensor node, optimizing a distribution of data packets to each path of the multiple paths by simultaneously reducing (i) power consumed by sensor nodes in each path of the multiple paths and (ii) a time to transmit the data packets from the source sensor node to the sink.10-27-2011
20120120858DATA RESUME INDICATOR FOR MOBILE DEVICE POWER CONSERVATION - A novel power conservation scheme is provided for conserving power in a wireless client terminal with an established communication session. While in a connected mode, the client terminal may receive data for the communication session via a data channel from an access point. During periods of inactivity over the data channel, the client terminal may switch to a lowered power mode, where the client terminal discontinuously monitors a control channel and does not monitor the data channel. The access point is informed of the operating mode of the client terminal. If a data resume indicator is received over the control channel, the client terminal switches back to the connected mode and resumes the communication session by receiving additional data over the data channel.05-17-2012
20110188426METHOD FOR ENTERING AN IDLE MODE - A method for entering an idle mode, which is used in a Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access system, comprising: during the procedure of a terminal enter to idle mode from active mode, an paging agent of the terminal sending mobility restriction parameters of the terminal to a mobility restriction parameter storage network element; the mobility restriction parameter storage network element saving the mobility restriction parameters; the mobility restriction parameter storage network element being an anchor paging controller, or an anchor authenticator, or a function entity including a function of the anchor paging controller and a function of the anchor authenticator. to save the mobility restriction parameters of a terminal when the terminal enters an idle mode may be achieved by using the method of the present invention, so that a mobility restriction judgment is performed to the terminal in the subsequent process procedure, and the problem of erroneously allowing the terminal to quit from the idle mode and enter an active mode or to update its location when the terminal is in the non-authorized regions can be avoided.08-04-2011
20110188432METHOD FOR IMPROVING POWER EFFICIENCY OF SUBSCRIBER STATIONS - Disclosed is a method for improving power efficiency of subscriber stations in a communication network. A subscriber station is uniquely identified by a base station using a connection Identifier (CID). The method includes splitting CIDs of subscriber stations to form a plurality of first parts and a plurality of second parts. The method includes generating an index including a plurality of entries and transmitting the index to a plurality of subscriber stations by the base station. One or more subscriber stations switch to a power-saving mode on absence of a match between each entry of the plurality of entries with an equivalent part of CIDs associated with the one or more subscriber stations, thereby conserving power and improving power efficiency of the subscriber station. Further, at least one information element in a sub-MAP message may be compressed to reduce overhead.08-04-2011
20110188431Momentary Burst Protocol for Wireless Communication - A method for communicating data using a “burst protocol” includes enabling power to transmitters and receivers when needed to balance power consumption with latency and unscheduled communication. A transmitter transmits a plurality of packets indicative of substantially the same payload. Power then may be disabled to the transmitter. A first predetermined time is determined to enable a receiver. A second predetermined time is determined to disable the receiver. Power then may be enabled to the receiver based on the first predetermined time. The payload is output in response to receiving one or more of the plurality of packets. Power to the receiver is disabled based on the second predetermined time.08-04-2011
20110188430INTELLIGENT DATA NETWORK WITH POWER MANAGEMENT CAPABILITIES - In one embodiment, a method for implementing two-way communication between at least first and second devices comprises steps of: (a1) during finite time periods following transmission of respective first messages from the first device to the second device, using the first device to listen for second messages transmitted from the second device to first device; and (a2) after each of the finite time periods following the transmission of the respective first messages from the first device to the second device, ceasing to use the first device to listen for second messages transmitted from the second device to the first device until after the first device transmits another first message to the second device. In another embodiment, a method for implementing two-way communication between at least first and second devices comprises steps of: (a1) during finite time periods following reception by the second device of respective first messages from the first device, using the second device to transmit second messages to the first device; and (a2) after each of the finite time periods following reception by the second device of respective first messages from the first device, ceasing to use the second device to transmit second messages to the first device until after the second device receives another first message from the first device.08-04-2011
20110188429POWER MANAGEMENT IN TUNNELED DIRECT LINK SETUP - A method and apparatus of managing power save in a wireless network is provided. A direct link with a peer station (STA) is established by exchanging a Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) setup request frame and a TDLS setup response frame through a access point (AP). The peer STA enters power save mode (PSM). Traffic data that are destined for the peer STA in the PSM are buffered and a peer traffic indication (PTI) frame is transmitted to the peer STA in the PSM. The PTI frame includes a traffic identifier (TID) field and a sequence control field. Unnecessary allocation of service period can be prevented.08-04-2011
20110188428BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - To avoid a collision between transmission timing of a data signal by SPS and transmission timing of an uplink control signal or a sounding reference signal, the base station apparatus has a DRX On-duration setting processing section configured to set reception duration of DRX control so as to minimize the total resource usage amount in the reception duration of DRX, and a control signal resource allocation section that allocates radio resources for a first signal in uplink for user equipment to transmit during On-duration of discontinuous reception to within predetermined time duration from the beginning of the ON-duration of discontinuous reception. The control signal resource allocation section allocates radio resources for an uplink control signal of CQI, scheduling request, etc. or sounding reference signal to the time duration (4 ms) between PDCCH for SPS and SPS PUSCH from the beginning of the reception duration of DRX control.08-04-2011
20110188427USER TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - To set the maximum transmission power of a random access preamble suitably based on both of complexity of the mobile terminal and transmission characteristics (distance of the cell radius), the mobile terminal sets the maximum transmission power of the random access preamble at a value lower than the rated power of the mobile terminal based on the system bandwidth, a transmission frequency band of the random access preamble, and identification information of the root sequence of the random access preamble. In this case, it is possible to provide a user terminal and communication control method in a mobile communication system for enabling reductions in the uplink cell radius to be avoided, while reducing complexity of a power amplifier in the mobile terminal.08-04-2011
201101884253G/GSM and WLAN Integration of Telephony - A Dual mode mobile terminal (MT08-04-2011
20110188424Power Saving Features in a Communication Device - A method in a communication network includes receiving a data unit that includes a request to transmit an aggregate data unit to a communication device, and, in response to receiving the data unit, generating an aggregate data unit for transmission to the communication device, where the aggregate data unit includes a plurality of component data units, each having a respective media access channel (MAC) header, and a duration of the aggregate data unit is determined using a parameter negotiated with the communication device.08-04-2011
20110188423MULTI-MODE TERMINAL, SYSTEM, AND METHOD - Disclosed herein is a system and method for reducing power consumption of a multi-mode terminal, which can decrease power consumption of a multi-mode terminal that supports mobile communication and wireless local area network (LAN) functions and increase efficiency of the wireless LAN function. To this end, power is cut off or a low-power state is maintained if a wireless LAN service is not used, and power is applied to a wireless LAN modem if a user requests or a call reception message is received through a mobile communication modem.08-04-2011
20110188421COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Power saving cannot be implemented in the adhoc mode by only the IEEE 802.11 standard. This is because communication partners mutually utilize the power save mode in the adhoc mode, and their states must always be managed. In the adhoc mode, the number of communication partners is not always one, and all stations which join a network are candidates, increasing the load of implementation. To solve this problem, a communication apparatus notifies a change to power save mode by an ATIM packet, RTS packet, or null packet. When the ATIM packet or RTS packet is transmitted, the communication apparatus can notify the partner of a change in mode regardless of whether the partner is in the power save mode. When the null packet is transmitted, the communication apparatus can rapidly notify the partner without waiting for any beacon.08-04-2011
20110188420I/O DRIVEN NODE COMMISSIONING IN A SLEEPING MESH NETWORK - A set sleep period is coordinated among a plurality of mesh network nodes to conserve power. A neighbor wireless mesh network node in proximity to a second node to be added to the mesh network is actuated, causing the neighbor wireless mesh network to be woke from a sleep state. The second node is added to the wireless mesh network by exchanging data with the neighbor wireless mesh network node to join the network.08-04-2011
20110188419MESH NETWORK NODE SERVICE IN A SLEEPING MESH NETWORK - A set sleep period is coordinated among a plurality of mesh network nodes to conserve power, and a temporarily reduced sleep period is coordinated among the plurality of nodes to facilitate mesh network node service or installation activity. The reduced sleep period comprises scheduling a period of time during which the sleep period is reduced, or reverting from the temporarily reduced sleep period to the original set sleep period after predetermined period of time. Temporarily reducing the sleep period includes distributing a message throughout the mesh network when the mesh network nodes are awake.08-04-2011
20110149821METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING AN INACTIVE INTERVAL OF A BASE STATION - A method and system for managing an inactive interval of a Base Station (BS) are provided, in which the BS transmits a preferred Low-Duty Mode (LDM) pattern to a coordination server that manages LDM patterns of BSs, receives an LDM pattern from the coordination server, the LDM pattern being determined for the BS by the coordination server, taking into account the preferred LDM pattern and LDM patterns of neighbor BSs, and operates in an active interval and an inactive interval according to the received LDM pattern.06-23-2011
20110149822METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT ADDRESSING AND POWER SAVINGS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for addressing groups of stations in wireless communications by assigning the stations into a number of groups. Group information may be signaled to each station and a group identifier may be indicated in a frame. The group information may be applied to a performance enhancement, for example power savings for the station, wherein the station enters a power saving mode on a condition that the station determines that it is not a member of the group.06-23-2011
20110149820ADAPTIVE POWER-SAVING/POWER-SAVING SUPPORT METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method for adaptively performing power saving in a station of a wireless communication system includes: receiving first power-save capability information from an AP, the first power-save capability information containing information on power-save schemes supported by a MAC layer of the AP; transmitting second power-save capability information to the AP in response to the first power-save capability information, the second power-save capability information containing information on power-save schemes supported by a MAC layer of the station; transmitting power-save policy information, into which properties of traffics used in the station are reflected, to the AP; and performing a power-save function while interworking with the MAC layer of the station, according to the power-save policy information based on a predetermined power-save scheme.06-23-2011
20110149819APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING USB COMMUNICATION IN USB-WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - An apparatus for synchronizing with a USB host by a mobile node having a USB device in a USB-wireless LAN system while reducing power consumption includes: a power mode controller configured to control the power mode of the mobile node; a USB device configured to receive data from the USB host and transmit an ACK or a NAK to the USB host based on the power mode; and a wireless LAN transmitter configured to transmit data received by the USB device according to wireless LAN specifications.06-23-2011
20110149818METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRIC POWER OF ELECTRIC POWER CONTROLLER, LRWPAN-ETHERNET BRIDGE AND SENSOR NODE - The network configuration technology for controlling an electric power sensor node is disclosed. The method for controlling electric power includes transmitting an an Ethernet packet type command message to at least one electric power sensor node through an LRWPAN-Ethernet bridge in accordance with profile information related to an electric power control, the profile information being set by a user; receiving LR-WPAN packet type response messages transmitted from the at least one electric power sensor node in response to the Ethernet package type command message as Ethernet packet type response messages through the LRWPAN-Ethernet bridge; and providing a control result of an electric power equipment corresponding to the at least one electric power sensor node to the user based on the Ethernet packet type response messages.06-23-2011
20110051645SENSOR NETWORK SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a communication method and system for sensor network. In reporting event occurrence in a real-time sensor network application, a cycle time is divided into an event announcement period and a data transmission period to provide real-time transmission performance and energy efficiency. Each of the periods is again divided into the number of slots equal to the maximum depth of a network. Respective nodes sequentially operate according to their depths in a routing tree during the event announcement period to receive the signal transmitted from the lower node. To remove sleep delay, a slot next to the signal reception slot becomes a signal transmission slot. A node sensed an event transmits a signal informing event occurrence during its signal transmission slot, and this signal includes only the address of the transmission node. When a signal does not exist in the event announcement period, no traffic occurs in the data transmission period and the upper nodes maintain a sleep state. When a signal is transmitted during the event announcement period, nodes transmitting/receiving a corresponding signal operate during the data transmission period to transfer data packets.03-03-2011
20110051644POWER-EFFICIENT BACKBONE-ORIENTED WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK, METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING THE SAME AND METHOD FOR REPAIRING THE SAME - The present invention discloses a power-efficient backbone-oriented wireless sensor network, a method for constructing the same and a method for repairing the same, wherein energy-rich nodes are used to form backbones linking to a server, and wherein regular nodes having limited energy storage link to the backbones. When one energy-rich node malfunctions, the energy-rich node, which is posterior to the malfunctioning energy-rich node, searches for and links to a linkable neighboring energy-rich node on the backbone. If there is none linkable neighboring energy-rich node, the regular nodes are used to form a temporary tunnel until the malfunctioning energy-rich node has been repaired. The present invention can relieve the influence of hot spots, increase the robustness of the wireless sensor network, and prolong the service life of the wireless sensor network.03-03-2011
20110051641Low Power Consumption Wireless Sensory and Data Transmission System - A low power consumption wireless sensory and data transmission system is disclosed. The system comprises a plurality of data collection and/or storage devices (nodes) and an information collection apparatus. The devices and the apparatus are connectable through an ad hoc communication network. The devices (nodes) are at “switch-off” status until receiving a radio-frequency energy generated by and transmitted from the apparatus. A radio-frequency receiver converts the received energy into a direct-current voltage. A power supply starts to provide power for the operations of the devices if the direct-current voltage is in exceeding of a threshold value of a switch. Data collected by various sensors and/or readout from the storage of the devices are transmitted through the ad hoc network to the information collection apparatus.03-03-2011
20110051640SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMED BY A BASE STATION - The present invention provides systems and methods that enable a base station to consume less power. According to an embodiment of the invention, the base station reduces its power consumption by not continuously broadcasting control information. In such an embodiment, a mobile station that seeks access to a network to which the base station provides access does not search for broadcast control information prior to transmitting an access message to the base station, but rather simply transmits on a predetermined access channel an access request message. A base station that receives the access request message may unicast control information to the mobile station.03-03-2011
20110051639DYNAMIC LOW POWER RADIO MODES - A receiver in a packet based communication system includes a programmable block and a detection block that detects at least one of an operating condition of the receiver and a protocol condition of the communication system. Further, the receiver includes a control circuit coupled to the programmable block that controls the programmable block to transition to a set of radio modes according to at least one of the operating condition and the protocol condition.03-03-2011
20110051638METHOD FOR MANAGING THE POWER IN THE WIRELESS NETWORK - Disclosed are methods for managing a power in a wireless network communication. One of the methods provides checking whether information on a request for a mode change is received for a prescribed channel time in a manner that a device configuring a network enters a power save mode in the course of not performing data transmission/reception and that a modem enters an awake state from a sleep state for the prescribed channel time. And, the prescribed channel time is determined to correspond to a time for transmitting a beacon. According to a preferred embodiment, a modem of a device in a power save mode enters an awake state for a channel time period for broadcasting a beacon and then checks whether information on a power management mode change is received. If the information does not exist, a sleep state is reentered. If the power management mode change (PMMC) information is received, a power is managed by performing data transmission/reception in a manner of switching to a normal mode.03-03-2011
20090175207Battery-Efficient Generic Advertising Service for Wireless Mobile Devices - In one embodiment, a method for acquiring service provider information includes querying a wireless network for service provider information, receiving an advertisement response containing advertising service scheduling information, and configuring a power conservation mode responsive to the advertising service scheduling information.07-09-2009
20110164539METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DELAY-CONSTRAINED END-TO-END ENERGY OPTIMIZATION FOR WIRELESS SERVICES - An apparatus including a processing system configured to determine an energy consumption on the mobile device during sleep and active modes of the mobile device; determine an energy consumption on the sensor during sleep and active modes of the sensor; determine energy levels of the mobile device and the sensor, and; set sleep durations of the mobile device based on the sleep duration of the sensor while meeting an end-to-end delay constraint for a service related to the sensor. A method is also disclosed.07-07-2011
20100027451REVERSE LINK POWER CONTROL FOR AN OFDMA SYSTEM - Techniques for performing power control of multiple channels sent using multiple radio technologies are described. The transmit power of a reference channel, sent using a first radio technology (e.g., CDMA), is adjusted to achieve a target level of performance (e.g., a target erasure rate) for the reference channel. The transmit power of a data channel, sent using a second radio technology (e.g., OFDMA), is adjusted based on the transmit power of the reference channel. In one power control scheme, a reference power spectral density (PSD) level is determined based on the transmit power of the reference channel. A transmit PSD delta for the data channel is adjusted based on interference estimates. A transmit PSD of the data channel is determined based on the reference PSD level and the transmit PSD delta. The transmit power of the data channel is then set to achieve the transmit PSD for the data channel.02-04-2010
20100020733Synchronous messaging for mobile station - In some embodiments, base station/mobile station state entry schemes may use synchronous messaging for mobile stations to enter into a state in synchronization with an associated base station, e.g., they both know the frame or relative frame in which the state is to be entered, whether or not it actually is entered in that frame.01-28-2010
20120307698TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION METHODS AND APPARATUS - Various methods and apparatus are directed to achieving timing synchronization and propagating timing information pertaining to an external, e.g., non Wi-Fi, timing signal source. In some embodiments, a mobile communications device receives and processes a timing signal, e.g., a first Wi-Fi beacon, which is propagating timing information about an external timing signal from a device which directly received the external timing signal. Thus, a mobile wireless communications device achieves timing synchronization with respect to an external timing signal which it is unable to receive directly. In various embodiments, the mobile communications device may, and sometimes does, further propagate the timing information about the external timing signal, e.g., via a second Wi-Fi beacon signal which it generates and transmits. Synchronization with respect to an external signal source facilitates longer sleep states and decreased power consumption.12-06-2012
20110216683APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE AND SAVING ENERGY IN FEMTO/PICO CELL OF HIERARCHICAL CELL STRUCTURE - An apparatus and a method manage power of a small base station. Whether a notify message indicating that a subscribed terminal enters a macro base station that includes an off-small base station is received from the macro base station under a closed access mode is determined. When the notify message is received, whether a service is providable to the subscribed terminal is determined. When the service is providable to the subscribed terminal, the small base station is turned on. During the closed access mode or when a load of a macro cell is large during an open access mode, when a terminal that should be serviced does not exist in the neighborhood of a small base station, an interference and power consumption unnecessarily generated may be reduced by turning off the small base station.09-08-2011
20110216682METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR (CQI) ENHANCEMENTS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for reporting of channel quality indication in Long Term Evolution Advanced (LTE-A) wireless systems.09-08-2011
20110216681Systems and Methods for Operation Mode Transition In Wireless Communications - A method for a base station to instruct a mobile station to perform an operation mode transition, the method including: receiving battery level information from the mobile station, the battery level information being included in a signaling header; determining, based on the battery level information, if the mobile station can perform an operation mode transition; and instructing the mobile station to perform the operation mode transition, if it is determined that the mobile station can perform the operation mode transition.09-08-2011
20100232331METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING SLEEP MODE OPERATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling a sleep mode operation of a Mobile Station (MS) in a communication system, in which the sleep mode operates according to a sleep cycle including a listening window corresponding to an awake mode and a sleep window corresponding to a sleep state. The method includes starting a preset timer if there is a transmission of data between the MS and a Base Station (BS) during the listening window, restarting the timer upon receiving at least one of UpLink (UL) data, DownLink (DL) data and MAP Information Element (IE) indicating resource allocation from the BS during the listening window, maintaining the listening window until the timer expires, and transitioning to the sleep window if the timer expires.09-16-2010
20100067423POWER-SAVE (PS)-POLL SUBSTITUTION - In accordance with at least some embodiments, a system comprises an access point and a station in communication with the access point. The station has at least two network technology subsystems subject to coexistence interference. The station selectively implements Power Save (PS)-Poll substitution (PSPS) logic to handle communications between the station and the access point.03-18-2010
20100150044METHOD OF PERFORMING ACTIONS RELATED TO HANDOVER BY A MOBILE STATION THAT IS IN POWER SAVING MODE IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing actions related to handover by a mobile station (MS) in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the MS receives information from a base station (BS), wherein the information includes at least one action for performing handover and at least one condition corresponding to the at least one action. Furthermore, the MS transmits a request message to perform the at least one action based on the received information from the BS and receives a response message in response to the request message. Lastly, the MS performs the at least one action according to the received response message.06-17-2010
20090279463MOBILE AD HOC NETWORK WITH ISOSYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS AND RELATED METHODS - A mobile ad hoc network (MANET) may include a plurality of mobile nodes. Each mobile node may include a wireless transceiver and a controller cooperating therewith for exchanging isosynchronous Internet Protocol (IP) communications with at least one adjacent mobile node. The isosynchronous IP communications may comprise at least one of voice communications and data communications.11-12-2009
20080310337Periodic heartbeat communication between devices and a control point - A method, apparatus and system of periodic heartbeat communication between devices and a control point is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method includes generating a periodic heartbeat signal using a counter of a system on chip embedded in a device, and communicating the heartbeat signal to a control point managing the device to trigger a communication between the device and the control point in order to allow the device to use a low power mode between heartbeat communications. In another embodiment, a method includes communicating a heartbeat signal of a device to a control point when the device is coupled to a network of the device and the control point managing the device, performing a key exchange between the device and the control point to authenticate the device, and configuring the device based on parameter data of the control point when key exchange is successful.12-18-2008
20120307702COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a communication apparatus which allows multi-rate control causing less waste of communication band as compared to conventional, the communication apparatus according to the present invention includes: the wireless communication unit for performing wireless communication with the terminal apparatus; a transfer rate setting unit for setting a transfer rate; a beacon generation unit for generating a beacon which is a first control signal; and a control unit for causing the wireless communication unit to wirelessly transmit, for every predetermined period, the beacon, and, to cause the wireless communication unit to wirelessly transmit the beacon, the control unit causes the transfer rate setting unit to set a transfer rate different from the transfer rate previously used for the wireless transmission of the beacon, and causes the wireless communication unit to transmit the beacon to the terminal apparatus.12-06-2012
20120307703METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A method and network element to control use of a transition indication message by a user equipment, the method including an inhibit transition indication in a configuration message; and sending the configuration message with the inhibit transition indication to the user equipment. Also, a method and user equipment for sending a transition indication, the method setting a timer according to an inhibit transition indication received from a network element; detecting that a data transfer is complete; and sending the transition indication upon detecting that the timer is not running.12-06-2012
20120307701Power Saving Method and Device for a Cellular Radio System - In a method and a device of a cellular radio system the resulting energy consumption if one or many cells are allowed to go to a sleep mode is compared with the current energy consumption. Hereby, a system that continuously can optimize the energy consumption in a cellular radio system can be obtained.12-06-2012
20120307699Method and Arrangement for a Terminal of a Wireless Communication Network - A method of operating a terminal of a wireless communication network is disclosed. The wireless communication network comprises one or more wireless network nodes having at least first and second downlink transmission modes, the first downlink transmission mode comprising normal operation of a particular network node and being applicable when a number of active terminals in a cell associated with the particular network node is greater than a first mode threshold value, and the second downlink transmission mode comprising restricted downlink transmission of the particular network node and being applicable when the number of active terminals in the cell associated with the particular network node is less than or equal to a second mode threshold value. The method comprises detecting a cell identity for a cell associated with a wireless network node of the wireless communication system, detecting a current downlink transmission mode of the wireless network node as the first or second downlink transmission mode, and adapting a further operation of the terminal based on the detected current downlink transmission mode. Corresponding computer program product and arrangement are also disclosed.12-06-2012
20120307700Prioritization of Energy Over System Throughput in a Wireless Communications System - The present invention relates to a user equipment and a radio base station, and to related methods of enabling the radio base station to affect an energy saving in the system during a connection between the user equipment and the radio base station according to a priority level of the energy saving. The method comprises the step of detecting (12-06-2012
20120307697SELF-ORGANIZING COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A self-organizing network (SON) capability is provided. A SON may be configured by building intelligence and automation into the network to enable network operators to address various challenges associated with operation of the network. A SON may include one or more of a self-configuration function, a physical cell identifier (PCI) configuration function, a neighbor relationship management function, an energy savings function, a cell outage function, a cellular coverage function, a handoff function, a load-balancing function, an Inter-Cell Interference Coordination (ICIC) function, a Random Access Channel (RACH) function, a capacity function, or the like. A SON provides a network operator with a path to increase network performance with less effort, enables reductions in Operating Expenditure (OPEX), enables relatively rapid adaptation to network conditions, enables increases in network quality, and so forth.12-06-2012
20090274084USER EQUIPMENT HAVING IMPROVED POWER SAVINGS DURING FULL AND PARTIAL DTX MODES OF OPERATION - The present invention achieves power savings by turning off all or some of the baseband processing for codes and timeslots that have not been transmitted due to full or partial DTX. With respect to partial DTX, the transmitted codes and associated timeslots and radio frames within the shortest TTI in the CCTrCH are determined from the received TFCI. Thereafter, the receiver is turned off for the unused codes as indicated by the received TFCI. With respect to full DTX, following TFCI reception, the receiver is turned off for all timeslots within the shortest TTI.11-05-2009
20110116430METHOD OF SUPPORTING OPERATION OF SLEEP MODE IN A WIDEBAND RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of supporting operation of sleep mode in a wideband radio access system is disclosed. More specifically, a mobile subscriber station (MSS) which determines a frame offset information for synchronizing listening windows of at least one MSS that is in sleep mode, and transmits the determined framed offset information to at least one MSS.05-19-2011
20110116428METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING BLIND DECODING RESULTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate processing and pruning of blind decoding results (e.g., associated with grant signaling) within a wireless communication environment. As described herein, blind decoding results associated with grant signaling and/or other suitable signaling can be pruned in various manners, thereby reducing false alarm probabilities associated with such results. For example, techniques are provided herein for constraining respective decoding candidates to possible radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) values, performing validity checking on payload of respective decoding candidates, and selecting a most likely decoding candidate from a previously pruned set of candidates. Further, techniques are described herein for generating filler bits (e.g., padding bits, reserved bits, etc.) in a grant message according to a predefined pattern, thereby enabling checking of such bits to further reduce false alarm rates.05-19-2011
20110134821SCHEDULING DATA TRANSMISSIONS TO IMPROVE POWER EFFICIENCY IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Various embodiments are disclosed relating to scheduling data transmissions to improve power efficiency in a wireless network. In an example embodiment, uplink transmissions may be scheduled after the downlink transmissions within the frame sequence. One or more nodes having only scheduled downlink transmissions during the frame sequence may be scheduled for downlink transmissions at or near the start of the downlink transmissions. In another embodiment, one or more nodes having only scheduled uplink transmissions during the frame sequence may be scheduled for uplink transmissions at or near the end of the uplink transmissions. In yet another embodiment, one or more nodes having scheduled both downlink and uplink transmissions during the frame sequence may be scheduled for transmissions near a transition from downlink to uplink transmissions.06-09-2011
20090219844ACCESS POINT WITH PROXY FUNCTIONALITY FOR FACILITATING POWER CONSERVATION IN WIRELESS CLIENT TERMINALS - A novel power conservation scheme is provided for conserving power in client terminals by using a proxy server. The client terminal, having a low-power communication interface and a high-power communication interface, may power down its high-power communication interface, to conserve power. Prior to shutting off its high-power communication interface, the client terminal may assign an access point to act as a proxy for the client terminal. The access point monitors the paging channels for the client terminal. If the access point detects a paging message for the client terminal, it forwards at least a portion of the paging message to the client terminal via a low-power communication interface. Upon receipt of the paging message from the access point via its low-power communication interface, the client terminal may power up its high-power communication interface and directly respond to the access terminal.09-03-2009
20120170500POINT-TO-MULTIPOINT MOBILE RADIO TRANSMISSION - A method of operating a mobile communication system-supporting data transmission between a mobile station (MS) and a network in a number of different packet data protocols (PDPs) including a point-to-multipoint-multicast (PTM-M) protocol. PDP data is formatted and unformatted by a sub-network dependent convergence protocol (SNDCP) according to the PDP of data. The PDP is identified to the SNDCP by a protocol identifier transmitted between the network and the mobile station. In order to allow a MS to receive a PTM-M in an IDLE state, a unique protocol identifier is permanently assigned to PTM-M transmissions whilst other identifiers are dynamically assigned to other PDPs by the network.07-05-2012
20120039225WIRELESS ACCESS POINT AND METHOD FOR SAVING POWER CONSUMPTION OF THE WIRELESS ACCESS POINT - A wireless access point (WAP) includes a radio frequency (RF) module, an identifying module, and a controlling module. The RF module is configured for sending and receiving a wireless signal. The identifying module is configured for identifying whether or not the wireless signal matches the frame format of the PCLP sub-layer of the IEEE 802.11 standards, thereby generating an identifying result. The controlling module is configured for controlling the WAP to switch itself to a power-saving mode (PSM) or a constantly awake mode (CAM), according to the identifying result from the identifying module, wherein in the PSM, under the control of the controlling module, the WAP only receives the wireless signal.02-16-2012
20100214966Method For Setting Power Levels For User Equipments - The present invention relates to a base station and a method in a mobile communication network comprising means for transmitting information to User Equipments (UEs), on a first channel and means for transmitting data packets to said UEs on a second channel. The timing of the first channel and second channel is overlapping, and the base station comprises means for setting individual power levels of the first channel for each scheduled UE. The base station according to the present invention comprises means for setting the power level of the second channel for a first scheduled UE based on the power level setting for the first channel for at least a subsequently scheduled second UE based on an early UE scheduling decision.08-26-2010
20110305182Method and System for Robust MAC Signaling - A method for indicating and interpreting robust MAC signaling, the indicating method having the steps of: checking whether a MAC-PDU contains control information; and if yes, providing an indication to use a robust configuration for a HARQ feedback transmission, and the interpreting method having the steps of: receiving a MAC-PDU; checking whether an indication for robust HARQ feedback transmission is provided; and if yes, utilizing robust HARQ feedback transmission.12-15-2011
20110305181Transmit Power Control for Base Stations using Multiple Carrier Power Amplifiers - In a method and a device for controlling the output power in a Base Transceiver Station adapted to transmit signals over an air interface using a power amplifier for multiple earners, the power of signals to be transmitted in an upcoming transmission time slot are added and compared to at least one threshold value. If the threshold is exceeded the output power is reduced. By implementing a power reduction scheme as set out above the risk for peak power effects is minimized at the same time as the dimensioning may be aggressive. This is made possible because no power will be backed off unless really needed.12-15-2011
20110305180Controlling Cell Activation in a Radio Communication Network - A radio communication network (12-15-2011
20110305179PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION WITH SYMMETRIC WAVEFORM FOR DOWNLINK AND UPLINK - Techniques for supporting peer-to-peer (P2P) communication are disclosed. In an aspect, P2P communication may be supported with a symmetric waveform for a P2P downlink and a P2P uplink. In one design, a first UE generates a first signal based on a particular waveform (e.g., a downlink waveform or an uplink waveform for a wireless network) and transmits the first signal to a second UE for P2P communication. The first UE also receives a second signal generated by the second UE based on the particular waveform and transmitted to the first UE for P2P communication. In another aspect, a proximity detection signal may be transmitted in a portion of a subframe instead of the entire subframe. The remaining portion of the subframe may be used to transmit control information and/or other information to support P2P communication.12-15-2011
20110305177FIXED MOBILE CONVERGENCE APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SEARCHING ACCESS POINT - Disclosed herein are a fixed mobile convergence (FMC) apparatus and a method for searching an access point. The FMC apparatus and method effectively search an access point using a frequency searching method of a radio access technology (RAT) service in which a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation is used to increase efficiency in power consumption of the FMC apparatus. The FMC apparatus recognizes an area available for a wireless local area network (WLAN) service and may automatically search an access point in the corresponding area so that it is possible to decrease inconvenience to a user.12-15-2011
20120099502METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SLEEP MODE OPERATION - Disclosed herein relates to a sleep mode operation method, and the sleep mode operation method according to the present invention may include transmitting a sleep request message for requesting sleep mode switching to a base station; receiving a sleep operating parameter including a sleep cycle and a listening window from the base station; referring to the sleep operating parameter to switch to a sleep mode; receiving a traffic indication message indicating that traffic is generated from the base station; receiving traffic from the base station during the listening window while at the same time operating a timer; and early terminating the listening window to enter into a sleep window if the timer operation is expired according to the traffic reception prior to terminating the listening window.04-26-2012
20120099501Pausing Keep-Alive Messages and Roaming for Virtual Private Networks on Mobile Computing Devices to Save Battery Power - Provided is a method, system and programming product for maintaining a connection between a mobile device and a server over a wireless network in a manner that conserves the power supply of the mobile device. The claimed subject matter addresses the transmission of regular “keep-alive” packets to refresh a network address translation (NAT) server and the scanning for and connecting to faster, higher priority network connections. A configurable parameter, or power timeout, specifies an idle time. When a period of time equal to the parameter has passed with no traffic between the mobile device and the server, in either direction, periodic roaming scans and keep-alive messages are halted. As soon as traffic is resumed through the tunnel, the mobile device roams to the highest priority connection and roaming scans and keep-alive messages are resumed.04-26-2012
20120099500APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UPDATING SLPID OF A TERMINAL OPERATING IN SLEEP MODE IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to an operation method of a base station for supporting a sleep mode in a broadband mobile communication system, and the method may include transmitting a sleep response message containing sleep identification information to the terminal during a sleep mode entry process; transmitting a traffic indication message containing updated sleep identification information to the terminal during a listening window when the sleep identification information is updated; receiving a traffic indication request message from the terminal subsequent to the listening window; and transmitting a traffic indication response message containing the updated sleep identification information to the terminal.04-26-2012
20120099498SUBSCRIBER STATION AND POWER SAVING METHOD - A subscriber station is connected between a calling client and a base station. The subscriber station provides voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) service for the calling client and a called client via a plurality of service flows that are in a normal working mode. The subscriber station receives at least one silence event from the calling client, and requests the base station to make at least one service flow corresponding to the at least one silence event enter a sleep mode. The subscriber station further receives at least one voice event from the calling client, and requests the base station to make the at least one service flow corresponding to the at least one voice event enter the normal working mode.04-26-2012
20120099496Methods circuits devices and systems for collocating a digital video receiver with a digital data transceiver - Disclosed are methods, circuits, devices and systems for collocating a digital video receiver and a digital data transceiver. According to embodiments, a mobile digital video receiver may include a wireless receiver controller adapted to generate and transmit to a functionally associated wireless data transceiver an indication of an expected arrival of a digital video frame. The indication may be adapted to cause the functionally associated wireless data transceiver to generate and transmit to one or more wireless data transmitters an indicator signal or packet indicating that the wireless data transceiver is entering a low-power or standby mode/state for some predefined period of time.04-26-2012
20110305178Cyclic shift delay (CSD) short training field (STF) for orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) signaling within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Cyclic shift delay (CSD) short training field (STF) for use within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Appropriately designed CSD STF is applied to communications in wireless communication systems thereby ensuring a minimized power error difference between respective portions of a packet transmitted therein. A first portion of the packet may be a short training field (STF) and a second portion of the packet may be a payload (e.g., a data portion). By applying such appropriately designed CSD STF to a packet, a wireless communication device that receives a signal corresponding to that packet need not perform extra or very significant backoff (e.g., with respect to a signal subsequent to automatic gain control (AGC) processing) thereby simplifying processing of that signal and potentially also reducing a total number of effective analog to digital converter (ADC) bits needed to represent a digitally sampled version of that signal.12-15-2011
20080291855Wireless Data Networking - A meshing network comprising one full function controller (WDC) and a plurality of nodes (WDN, WSN), that is RF quiet capable with very low power consumption and the ability to quickly heal itself and create new network paths. The network uses an addressing scheme that allows for each node to not have a network map but still be able to route messages. A piping scheme allows a mesh to become a high throughput network. A sensor rail protocol definition allows sensor devices to connect to nodes and route messages through the network.11-27-2008
20090052361Inactivity Timer in a Discontinuous Reception Configured System - Systems, methods and wireless devices are provided that utilize a timer to ensure a receiver of a wireless device is on to receive downlink transmissions. In the event the timer runs out without further resource allocation, the mobile device turns its radio off. If a further resource allocation occurs while the timer is running, the timer is restarted.02-26-2009
20090296615METHOD OF TRANSMITTING NETWORK INFORMATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of transmitting network information in a broadband wireless access system is disclosed, in which a base station transmits mobile IP information received from a HA or FA to a mobile station in an idle mode. The present invention includes the steps of receiving a request for entering an idle mode from a mobile station, transmitting information of an admission for entering the idle mode to the mobile station, receiving the network information from a mobility agent, and transmitting a paging message including the network information.12-03-2009
20120039228METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING MBMS RECEIVING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method of receiving a multimedia broadcast/multicast service in a user equipment of a wireless communication system based on MBSFN transmission and a method of assisting the user equipment to receive the service in the corresponding base station; wherein the user equipment receives a transport block from the base station in a predefined period; and then judges whether a notification indicator in the transport block is activated, if so, then judges whether a service identification of a multimedia broadcast/multicast service customized by the user equipment is included in a transport block including a control signaling in the transport block, if so, then receives the multimedia broadcast/multicast service. By implementing the present invention, a user terminal in IDLE mode only needs a predefined period such as a DRX period to wake up to receive the notification indicator to judge whether a new service will start without waking up at extra time.02-16-2012
20120039226BASE STATION SELECTION METHOD FOR HETEROGENEOUS OVERLAY NETWORKS - A base station selection method is disclosed to select between two base stations for connecting a mobile device in a wireless neighborhood to a network. The wireless neighborhood may support multiple carriers and multiple radio access technologies. The base station selection method performs mobility estimation of the mobile device, where possible, to perform cell selection, but is also capable of performing cell selection without knowing the mobility of the device. Considerations such as the battery level of the mobile device, traffic demands of the network, and load balancing of network resources are used to make optimal selections for the mobile device as it travels through the wireless neighborhood.02-16-2012
20120099497TRANSITIONING FROM MIMO TO SISO TO SAVE POWER - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, an apparatus may include at least one processor and at least one memory. The at least one memory may include computer-executable code that, when executed by the processor, is configured to cause the apparatus to send a message to a node in wireless communication with the apparatus, the message indicating a transition by the apparatus from multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) to single-input single-output (SISO), and transition from wireless MIMO communication with the node to wireless SISO communication with the node after sending the message to the node.04-26-2012
20100002612Method of establishing sleep mode operation for broadband wireless communications systems - A method of establishing a sleep mode operation between a mobile station and its serving base station is provided in a wireless communications system. When sleep mode operation is active, the MS enters into a series of sleep cycle and each sleep cycle comprises a listening window followed by a sleep window. In one novel aspect, each sleep cycle is associated with a set of sleep cycle parameters including a Sleep Cycle Length and an adjustable Listening Window Length. Each set of sleep cycle parameters is determined based on a predefined traffic characteristic of a data communication flow between the MS and it serving BS. Different embodiments of sleep cycle parameters are provided for real-time traffic, non-real-time traffic, real-time and non-real-time mixed traffic, and multi-rate transmission traffic. By using sleep cycle-based parameters, the efficiency of sleep mode operation is improved.01-07-2010
20100067424BOUNDED POWER-SAVE-POLLING (BPS) - In accordance with at least some embodiments, a system comprises an access point and a station in communication with the access point. The station has at least two network technology subsystems subject to coexistence interference. The station selectively implements bounded Power Save (PS)-Polling (BPS) logic to handle communications between the station and the access point. The BPS logic operates to confine PS-Poll transmissions starts to one of two separate windows during a medium grant duration of the station.03-18-2010
20100103849POWER-SAVING CONTROL METHOD FOR WIRELESS LAN - A power-saving control method for wireless LAN is applied to a portable electronic device, such as laptop computer. When the portable electronic device is booted and drives the wireless LAN device, the scan function of the wireless LAN device is disabled. Therefore, automatically scanning the wireless access point is avoided to save power. Moreover, after the wireless LAN link is established by the user, the scan function of the wireless LAN device is also disabled. Thus, the periodical automatic scanning the wireless access point is avoided to save power.04-29-2010
20120127904WIRELESS RECEIVING APPARATUS AND TRANSMITTING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a wireless receiving apparatus includes a receiving unit, a buffer, a prediction unit, a sleep control unit, an access control unit, a generation unit and a transmitting unit. The receiving unit is configured to receive data to extract a payload data. The buffer is configured to generate a buffer-full signal if a payload data size is larger than a free area size. The prediction unit is configured to generate predicted latency. The sleep control unit is configured to generate sleep information based on the predicted latency. The access control unit is configured to generate a sleep-frame parameter including the sleep information. The generation unit is configured to generate a sleep-frame. The transmitting unit is configured to transmit the sleep-frame. The sleep control unit keeps the power supply in the sleep state for indicating the sleep information after receiving an acknowledgment of receiving of the sleep-frame.05-24-2012
20110064012WIRELESS SUPPORT FOR PORTABLE MEDIA PLAYER DEVICES - A portable media player device is capable of operating in a wireless network. The wireless portable media player device can bootstrap and synchronize with an ad hoc network with low power consumption. Neighbor portable media player devices in an ad hoc network can be discovered by the wireless portable media player device. The portable media player device can establish and terminate connections to neighbor portable media player devices. The portable media player device can transfer data in a high speed data transfer mode or a power save data transfer mode, while concurrently permitting discovery by other devices. The portable media player device operates in a power save mode during an inactive portion of a periodic discovery interval.03-17-2011
20110317604NETWORK APPARATUS - A network apparatus having a plurality of call control cards, comprising: a selection unit configured to select at least one call control card from among the plurality of call control cards, when the number of connected calls controlled by the whole of the plurality of call control cards is less than a first threshold value; and a power saving control unit configured to cause the call control card selected by the selection unit to shift to a cutoff ready state in which allocation of a new call is restricted.12-29-2011
20110317606Base Station and Method for Scheduler Controlled Setting of the Output Power of a Base Station Power Amplifier - The invention discloses a base station (12-29-2011
20110317605Signal Encoding Method and Device, Method for Encoding Joint Feedback Signal - A signal encoding method and device and a method for encoding a joint feedback signal are provided. The signal encoding method includes the following steps. When two carriers are configured with multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO), Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-ACKnowledgement (HARQ-ACK) signals of the two carriers are combined into a joint feedback signal. The joint feedback signal is mapped into a codeword according to predetermined mapping relationship between signals and codewords. Therefore, through the method for combining and encoding feedback signals of two carriers for transmission on a code channel in a dual cell (DC)-MIMO mode, bit error ratio (BER) and detection error cost are decreased, power overhead is saved, and a cubic metric (CM) value of the system is not affected, thereby enhancing the performance of the system.12-29-2011
20110317603Wireless Network Devices Configurable via Powerline Communications Networks - A communications device includes a wireless communications interface, a power line carrier (PLC) communications interface, and processing circuitry coupled to the wireless communications interface and to the PLC communications interface. The processing circuitry, in combination with at least one of the wireless communications interface and the PLC communications interface is operable to send a request for wireless communications interface operational parameters via the PLC communications interface, receive a response via the PLC communications interface, the response including wireless communications interface operational parameters corresponding to a wireless network, and configure wireless communications interface based upon response. In another operation, the processing circuitry is operable to listen for transmissions of at least one Wireless Access Point (WAP) of the wireless network. When transmissions of the at least one the WAP of the wireless network meets a sufficiency threshold, receive data service via the wireless communications interface and when the transmissions of the at least one the WAP of the wireless network fail to meet the sufficiency threshold, receive data service via the PLC communications interface.12-29-2011
20110317601DIGITAL SIGNAGE WITH ON-DEMAND POWER WAKE UP - A technique for on-demand power wake up for digital signage includes providing 12-29-2011
20110317602SLEEP MODE POWER SAVING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Embodiments of methods for optimizing power savings in a wireless device by maintaining sleep in sub-frames of an extended Listen Window, in an I.E.E.E. 802.1612-29-2011
20110317600AUTOMATING RADIO ENABLEMENT TO FACILITATE POWER SAVING - In an example embodiment, there is disclosed herein an apparatus comprising a wireless transceiver and a controller coupled to the wireless transceiver and configured to receive data via the wireless transceiver. The controller operates the wireless transceiver at a first power save state where the wireless transceiver can receive a frame but other circuits are de-energized. The controller is responsive to the wireless transceiver receiving a frame while the wireless transceiver is in a first power state to determine whether the frame is a predefined wakeup frame. The controller provides additional power to the wireless transceiver responsive to determining the frame is a predefined wakeup frame.12-29-2011
20110158144METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING SLEEP MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method for controlling sleep mode of a base station and a mobile station in wireless communication networks, including: determining N of the N-ary exponential sleep mode to decide a length of sleep duration including a sleep interval; measuring downlink traffic addressed to the mobile station at the beginning of a listening interval right after the sleep interval; and when there exist downlink traffic, confirming whether the measured downlink traffic satisfies a mode transition condition. The method further includes: conducting a sleep interval of the next sleep duration of which the length is determined by multiplying the length of the current sleep duration by N unless the downlink traffic satisfies the mode transition condition; and transmitting the downlink traffic to the mobile station when m times the additional consecutive sleep duration is expired or when the measured amount of the downlink traffic satisfies the mode transition condition.06-30-2011
20110158142METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR POWER MANAGEMENT IN AN AD HOC NETWORK - A method and system may transmit during a traffic indication window, such as an ATIM window, a frame indicating a power management mode and may then transition to the power management mode, possibly before the end of the traffic indication window. Another method and system may receive or transmit during a beacon interval an indicator of a desire to enter a sleep state, then transmit or receive an indicator of a desire to enter the sleep state, and then enter the sleep state prior to the end of the beacon interval. Other embodiments are described and claimed.06-30-2011
20120044845TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD OF BASE STATION IN OFDMA-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A power control method of a base station in a wireless communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) is provided for reducing power consumption by turning off the bias of the power amplifier for the duration of a symbol carrying no user data. The method includes checking scheduling information of radio resources, detecting a symbol carrying no user data, based on the scheduling information, and turning off a bias of the power amplifier for a symbol duration of the symbol carrying no user data. The transmission power control method is capable of reducing power consumption of the base station by turning off the bias of the power amplifier of the base station for the symbol duration in which no user data is transmitted.02-23-2012
20120044848System and Method for Uplink Timing Synchronization in Conjunction with Discontinuous Reception - A system and method are disclosed for providing uplink timing synchronization during DRX operation in a wireless communication system.02-23-2012
20120044847Method of Applying Discontinuous Reception Operation and Related Communication Device - A method of applying DRX operation for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The mobile device is configured with a primary serving cell and at least one secondary serving cell, and the DRX operation is already applied to the activated serving cell (e.g. primary serving cell), but not applied to the deactivated serving cell. The method comprises receiving a control element, wherein the control element is used for activating the at least one secondary serving cell; and applying the DRX operation to the at least one secondary serving cell when this serving cell's activation/deactivation state has just been changed from deactivation to activation state according to the control element.02-23-2012
20120044846OPERATION OF A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of operating a mobile telecommunications system having a base station, a plurality of users and a plurality of spectral resource blocks, some of which are not allocated to users. The method includes, (a) for each user, assigning a score to each resource block based on the energy efficiency with which the user can use the resource block, and determining which of the plurality of resource blocks is favored, i.e. has a score indicating that it will be the most energy efficient for the user. For each user, either (b) if the user's favored resource block is not allocated, and is not favored by any other user, that resource block is allocated to that user; or (c) in the event that the same resource block is favored by more than one user, it is allocated to the user who will use it with the greatest energy efficiency.02-23-2012
20120002580MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A mobile station apparatus performs communication with abase station apparatus using a multiple number of component frequency bands, each being a band having a predetermined frequency bandwidth, and includes: a controller setting up a value relating to the transmission power of each component frequency band in accordance with the number of component frequency bands to which radio resources are allocated; and a transmission processor adjusting the transmission power of each component frequency band, based on the value of transmission power set at the controller and transmitting a signal using radio resources of a multiple number of component frequency bands. With this configuration, in a radio communication system using a multiple number of component frequency bands, it is possible to adjust transmission power control in accordance with the number of uplink component frequency bands used for transmission and transmit a signal of a waveform suitable for the radio communication system.01-05-2012
20090034444METHOD FOR TRANSITIONING A WIDE AREA NETWORK MODEM OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE BETWEEN A POWER SAVING MODE AND A SCAN MODE - A mobile communication device (02-05-2009
20090067356WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication device includes: a packet detection part detecting presence/absence of a reception of a packet; a judgment part judging whether or not temporal change of presence/absence of the reception of the packet detected in the packet detection part corresponds to a predetermined identifier; and a power source control unit controlling power supply from a power source based on a result of a judgment in the judgment part.03-12-2009
20120207070MOBILITY ENHANCEMENTS FOR LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) OPERATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for enhancing mobility signaling for a user equipment (UE) operating in a discontinuous reception (DRX) mode. More specifically, by intelligently transitioning from a DRX connected state to an idle state before the expiration of an inactivity timer, signaling overhead may be reduced, and battery power may be conserved.08-16-2012
20120207073METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE FOR MULTICAST AND BROADCAST SERVICE DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for receiving multicast and broadcast service (MBS) data from a base station to a mobile station comprises receiving a sub-packet from the base station in accordance with a predetermined period, the sub-packet including information associated with initial network entry and network discovery included in a secondary-super frame header (S-SFH); and receiving a first MBS MAP from the base station, the first MBS MAP including an S-SFH sub-packet update indicator indicating whether a parameter included in the sub-packet has been changed, wherein the S-SFH sub-packet update indicator indicates whether the changed sub-packet has been transmitted within an MBS scheduling interval (MSI) for which the first MBS MAP is transmitted.08-16-2012
20120207071ENHANCED POWER SAVE MULTI-POLL (PSMP) PROTOCOL FOR MULTI-USER MIMO BASED WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - Wireless communication in a wireless communication system, comprises maintaining data blocks at a wireless transmitting station for transmission to multiple wireless receiving stations over a shared wireless communication medium, and simultaneously transmitting data blocks from the transmitting station over multiple spatial streams to multiple destination wireless receiving stations in a power save multi-poll (PSMP) sequence, via the wireless communication medium.08-16-2012
20120207069DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) OPTIMIZATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for optimizing discontinuous reception (DRX) modes, for example, based on monitored traffic statistics.08-16-2012
20120008535SOFT HANDOFFS IN NETWORKS - Various embodiments enable a device to maintain a plurality of connections to a plurality of wireless networks simultaneously using one radio. For instance, a device can partition in time, or “time-slice”, when it transmits and receives data such that a device can maintain a plurality of connections with a plurality of networks concurrently. With the plurality of connections, the device can receive multiple copies of data. In some embodiments, a device can compare multiple copies of data and determine which copy of data is a best representation. Once a best representation has been determined, it can be selected for further usage.01-12-2012
20120008537CONTROL METHOD AND SYSTEM IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A power control method by a mobile station (MS) in a communication system. In the power control method, the MS receives data while activating a first communication module for performing a wireless communication by supplying power to the first communication module, and performs data transmission/reception with an MS-assistant device interacting with the MS, if the received data is voice data.01-12-2012
20120008538Mobile Network Device Battery Conservation System and Methods - The battery life of a mobile device operating in a wireless network environment is extended by terminating network communication activities after a specified period of time. Network communication activities may be restored when any one of a specified number of user actions are detected.01-12-2012
20120008536DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF KEEP-ALIVE MESSAGE INTERVALS IN A MOBILE NETWORK - Systems and methods for dynamic adjustment of keep-alive message intervals in a mobile network are disclosed. One embodiment of maintaining an IP connection between a mobile terminal and a network node over a network includes, detecting a rate with which the client-slide request are made from the mobile terminal, detecting a rate with which the client-slide request are made from the mobile terminal, sending, by the network node, keep-alive messages to the mobile terminal in an absence of network traffic through the IP connection between the mobile terminal and the network node, and/or further optimizing the time intervals between the keep-alive messages based on a cost to send the keep-alive messages in the network.01-12-2012
20090059827System, Method and Apparatus for Asynchronous Communication in Wireless Sensor Networks - The present invention provides a system, method and apparatus for asynchronous communication in wireless sensor networks. Each sensor includes a transmitter normally operating in a sleep mode, a low power receiver having a memory, a sensing module, and a processor normally operating in a sleep mode communicably coupled to the transmitter, the low power receiver and the sensing module. Data is received via the low power receiver and stored in the memory. Whenever a wakeup time occurs, the transmitter and the processor are put in an operational mode, sensory data is obtained from the sensing module, the sensory data is processed, the received data is obtained from the low power receiver memory, the processed sensory data and the received data are transmitted via the transmitter, and the transmitter and the processor are put in the sleep mode.03-05-2009
20120014306Methods and Arrangements in a Telecommunication System - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a multi-carrier system. It also assumes independent DRX (Discontinuous reception) functionality on respective component carriers and the possibility for one carrier, e.g. the anchor carrier to initiate a change of DRX state for another component carrier. The basic concept of the present invention is to introduce a new “dormant” state in the DRX logic, whereby the dormant state can be used for non-anchor carrier components. The dormant DRX state implies that a carrier of a UE having this state is not required to monitor system signaling. In embodiments of the present invention this new state is introduced for a particular component carrier (e.g. non-anchor component carrier) for a UE operating in a multi-carrier system, and how to perform the transitions to and from the dormant DRX state implicitly, e.g. based on configured timer(s) for the component carrier or explicit signaling in a different (e.g. anchor) component carriers.01-19-2012
20120014305POWER SAVE MECHANISM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to enable power save modes of operation between mobile wireless devices for direct data transfer in an infrastructure BSS. An example embodiment inserts in a message that is transmitted by the transmitting mobile wireless device, a specified time when a next active direct data transfer period will start so that the devices can remain in power save mode in a direct data transfer link until that time. Then, when the next active direct data transfer period is about to start, the receiving device sends a trigger signal based on the specified time, the trigger signal indicating that the next period is about to start. This confirms to the transmitting device that the receiving device has awakened, so that the transmitting device may start transmitting the data to the receiving device via the direct data transfer link.01-19-2012
20120014304METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE CONTROL OF DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for controlling discontinuous reception on a mobile device and in particular to control a short discontinuous reception timer in response to receipt of a medium access control control element. The methods and apparatus include stopping, restarting or maintaining the short discontinuous reception timer. Methods and apparatus for limiting or stopping a retransmission timer by providing user equipment with a maximum retry value for transmissions, by providing a maximum redundant version value, or by providing a medium access control control element to stop or prevent the start of a retransmission timer.01-19-2012
20120014301SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRIGGERING DORMANT STATE IN A MOBILE STATION IN A UMTS/LTE NETWORK - A wireless communication network is provided. The network includes a plurality of mobile stations and at least one radio network controller (RNC) in communication with at least one of the mobile stations. The RNC is configured to receive a PDP context message from a first one of the mobile stations, the PDP context message having a traffic class associated with an idle connection. The RNC is also configured, in response to receiving the PDP context message, to send a connection release message to the first mobile station. The connection release message directs the first mobile station to move to a dormant state.01-19-2012
20120014302METHOD OF PERFORMING ACTIONS RELATED TO HANDOVER BY A MOBILE STATION THAT IS IN POWER SAVING MODE IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing actions related to handover by a mobile station (MS) in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the MS receives information from a base station (BS), wherein the information includes at least one action for performing handover and at least one condition corresponding to the at least one action. Furthermore, the MS transmits a request message to perform the at least one action based on the received information from the BS and receives a response message in response to the request message. Lastly, the MS performs the at least one action according to the received response message.01-19-2012
20120014303METHOD OF PERFORMING ACTIONS RELATED TO HANDOVER BY A MOBILE STATION THAT IS IN POWER SAVING MODE IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing actions related to handover by a mobile station (MS) in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the MS receives information from a base station (BS), wherein the information includes at least one action for performing handover and at least one condition corresponding to the at least one action. Furthermore, the MS transmits a request message to perform the at least one action based on the received information from the BS and receives a response message in response to the request message. Lastly, the MS performs the at least one action according to the received response message.01-19-2012
20120057513SLEEP MODE SELECTION EMPLOYING A SEMI-MARKOV DECISION PROCESS - The disclosed subject matter relates to energy efficiency in mobile devices associated with a wireless communications environment. Power Saving Classes (PSCs) aim to reduce the power consumption of mobile devices based on the different types of traffic. Optimizing sleep mode selection schemes so as to maximize the energy efficiency while providing a QoS guarantee can be accomplished with optimization of a theoretical framework based on the semi-Markov Decision Process along with a performance evaluation on the sleep mode operation. A novel Policy Optimization algorithm is capable of finding optimized policies for a selection of different PSCs.03-08-2012
20080285494Mobile station designed to skip sensitivity measurement of neighboring cell when specific condition is satisfied and power management process thereof - A mobile station designed to skip sensitivity measuring of neighboring cells when a specific condition is satisfied and a power management process thereof. The mobile station checks a movement of the mobile station during a reference time T using a motion sensor; and if the movement of the mobile station is not detected during the reference time T, enters an enhanced mode and skipping at least one procedure selected from the group consisting of a procedure of measuring sensitivities of neighboring cells, a procedure of re-selecting a cell and a procedure of tuning with the neighboring cells. This can reduce power consumption in the mobile station, which is fixed for a long time. The power management process can be applied to various types communication systems such as GSM, GPRS, CDMA, WCDMA, HSDPA, HSUPA and TDS-CDMA, in which cell re-selection is carried out.11-20-2008
20120063377Data Communication Scheduling - A data communication scheduling system (03-15-2012
20120026925Power Savings in Access Points - Power savings in Access Points (APs). Legacy 802.11 modes such as 802.11a, b, g use one transmitter/receive chain per radio. High Throughput (HT) 802.11n modes use multiple (2, 3, or more) transmit/receive chains per radio. Power consumed by the AP may be reduced by powering off unused transmit and/or receive chains. Multiple transmit chains are only powered up when HT 802.11n transmissions requiring them are made. Using protected mode signaling, the AP powers up multiple receive chains needed for HT 802.11n reception on receiving an RTS packet indicating that an 802.11n client wishes to send 802.11n HT data. Transmit and/or receive chains may be powered up with minimum on times. Only certain elements of a chain may be powered up and down, with those elements requiring a great deal of settling time left powered on. Transmit chains may be powered p on the reception of an RTS frame indicating arrival of HT 802.11 data.02-02-2012
20120026926LOW POWER MODE FOR VECTORED DATA TRANSMISSION - Vectored communication devices and methods are provided for communication via a plurality of communication connections. Communication on at least some of the communication connections is switchable between a low power mode and a regular mode.02-02-2012
20120155357DEVICE POWER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In various embodiments of the invention, a device in a wireless communications network may negotiate with a network controller to determine when the device may enter a power save mode. The power save mode may include period(s) in which the device is in a low power state in which it cannot transmit or receive, and period(s) in which it is in an operational state in which it can transmit and/or receive.06-21-2012
20130010663HANDOVER FOR A MULTI-MODE MOBILE TERMINAL TO OPERATE IN CDMA 1X AND WiMAX OVERLAID NETWORKS - Aspects of the present disclosure allow a mobile station (MS) to maintain data activity while performing handover operations within the WiMAX network and listening to a CDMA 1x paging cycle. According to aspects, the MS maintains timing of a base station (BS) in a first radio access technology (RAT) and a BS in a second RAT. The MS may determine an expected timing of a paging cycle in the second RAT and send a sleep request to the BS in the first RAT such that the sleep interval coincides with the timing of the paging cycle in the second RAT. The MS may perform operations to ensure a sleep interval, after performing handover operations, coincides with the timing of the paging cycle in the second RAT.01-10-2013
20130010665AD-HOC NETWORK POWER SAVE SYSTEM AND METHOD - Symmetrical and asymmetrical ad-hoc, wireless networks and a method for saving power in the same may include causing a first station to determine whether a second station has a master capability to buffer data traffic for the first station. A first station requests the second station to buffer the data traffic intended for the first station for a first predetermined period. The first station enters a first power save mode, and the second station buffers the data traffic for the first station for the first predetermined period. The first station exits the first power save mode after the first predetermined period and the second station sends the buffered data traffic to the first station. Both the first and second stations may have master capabilities, or only one of the first and second stations may have a master capability.01-10-2013
20130010664METHOD FOR POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method of power saving in a wireless local area network is provided. The method, performed by a wireless device, includes acquiring TXOP (transmission opportunity) from access point (AP), the TXOP indicating an interval of time when the AP has the right to transmit at least one data block for multi user-multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) transmission, receiving a power saving indicator from the AP, the power saving indicator indicating whether the AP allows to enter doze state during the TXOP, and entering the doze state until the end of the TXOP if the power saving indicator indicates an allowance of entering the doze state.01-10-2013
20120026927METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RECOVERING FROM DRX TIMING DE-SYNCHRONIZATION IN LTE_ACTIVE - A method for recovering from discontinuous reception (DRX) timing de-synchronization between the UE and the eNB in an LTE_ACTIVE state having the steps of: the eNB detecting DRX timing de-synchronization; transmitting an indicator to a User Equipment (UE) to resume continuous reception; and waiting for an indication from the UE of whether a Continuous Reception Response or Continuous Reception Notification was received.02-02-2012
20120057514Resource Allocation and Outage Control for Renewable Energy WLAN Infrastructure Mesh Node - A mesh node of an infrastructure wireless local area network ‘WLAN’ is coupled to a battery which is coupled to a device that is able to harness energy from a source of renewable energy. Energy management of the mesh node includes conducting simulations of a system comprising the mesh node, the device, and the battery in its current state of charge, determining an admissible load for the mesh node from the simulations, and withholding communication services by the mesh node for one or more periods of time a cumulative duration of which is related to power consumption of the mesh node when handling the admissible load. The simulations involve meteorological data related to the source of renewable energy in the vicinity of the mesh node.03-08-2012
20090135755Layer-1 signaling of traffic indication for power saving class of type I in WiMAX - Disclosed herein are apparatus, method, and computer program whereby a mobile station receives an indication from a base station in a physical layer field and interprets the indication for use in at least a power management function.05-28-2009
20090135752A WIRELESSS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD - A wireless communication device (05-28-2009
20090135753POWER-CONSERVING NETWORK DEVICE FOR ADVANCED METERING INFRASTRUCTURE - A method and system may provide supporting reduced functionality devices in an AMI system. The method may include receiving at least one transmission from at least one candidate router, the transmission including candidate router information. The method may include selecting a router from the at least one candidate router. The method may include associating with a mesh gate by sending a device identifier to the mesh gate via the selected router. The method may include initiating a sleep cycle. The method may include receiving a held message from the router after waking up from the sleep cycle, wherein the held message is received by the router during the sleep cycle.05-28-2009
20090135751Low Power Operation of Networked Devices - Methods of reducing power consumption of networked devices are described. When a main processor and associated hardware in a computing device is powered down, a processing element, with lower power consumption than the main processor, performs networking functions on behalf of the main processor. The processing element monitors events and wakes the main processor when defined criteria are satisfied. In an embodiment, these network functions may be to maintain existing network connections and/or establish new network connections and the defined criteria may relate to messages received by the device which are analyzed by the processing element running the application layer code and these criteria may be configurable by a user of the device.05-28-2009
20110096709POWER MANAGEMENT FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - In some embodiments, a method to manage power in a wireless communication device, comprises in a wireless networking adaptor, changing an operational status of a wireless networking adaptor to a sleep mode and transmitting a sleep message from the wireless networking adaptor to a host driver in an electronic device coupled to the networking adaptor, in the electronic device, determining whether a sleep duration specified in the sleep message exceeds a threshold, in response to a determination that the sleep duration specified in the sleep message exceeds a threshold implementing a selective suspend operation on the electronic device, and monitoring for a wake event, and in response to a determination that the sleep duration specified in the sleep message does not exceed a threshold, flushing one or more bulk IN buffers, and monitoring for a wake event.04-28-2011
20120155356METHOD FOR ENHANCING SACCH PERFORMANCE - A method for enhancing Slow Associated Control CHannel (SACCH) performance, which includes steps of: if a user that uses a half-rate Traffic CHannel (TCH) is contained in a coupled user group, a base station instructing the user on an Adaptive Multi-user channels on One Slot VAMOS sub-channel to use a half-rate sub-channel 06-21-2012
20120106422Uplink Power Control for Dual and Multi Carrier Radio System - In a method and a device a time-varying back-off value is used whereby differences in cell load can be taken into account for a restricted time-period during which the information is believed to be valid. Also, other time-varying variables of interest for the initial DPCCH power setting of the secondary earner can be taken into account when setting the back-off value.05-03-2012
20120106416SYNCHRONIZATION RECOVERY AFTER LOSS OF SIGNALS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, a technique may include determining, by a mobile station, if either a traffic indication or data has been received at the mobile station from a base station during a listening window of a current sleep cycle; and increasing the size of a next sleep cycle, up to a maximum sleep cycle size, if neither the traffic indication nor the data are received during the listening window of the current sleep cycle.05-03-2012
20110044220METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SLEEP MODE OPERATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - Disclosed herein relates to a method and apparatus of sleep mode operation in a multi-carrier system. In a communication system of transmitting and receiving data using a multi-carrier including a primary carrier for transmitting and receiving control information and data and a secondary carrier using a radio frequency (RF) different from the primary carrier, a method of establishing a sleep mode operation through active primary and secondary carriers according to an embodiment of the present invention may include transmitting a sleep cycle ID (SCID), a listening window, and traffic indication inactive information indicating that an indication (TRF-IND) as to whether traffic is generated is not transferred to a terminal through the primary carrier, sending downlink data to the terminal through the active primary or secondary carrier during the listening window, and sending a listening window early termination indication indicating to early terminate the listening window of the primary or secondary carrier that has received the downlink data through the primary carrier to the terminal if the data sending is completed.02-24-2011
20110044222METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR DOWNLINK MULTI-CARRIER POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a radio base station and in a user equipment for controlling the downlink transmit power of the F-DPCH in a multi-carrier HSPA system, by using the concept of TPC commands (used in single-carrier systems), adapted to support different kinds of multi-carrier scenarios. The UE defines at least one TPC command for adjustment of the transmit power of the N downlink carriers' (02-24-2011
20110044221SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COORDINATION OF WIRELESS MAINTENANCE CHANNEL POWER CONTROL - In a wireless communication system, wireless channels are maintained for communication between users and the base station. Often, a wireless user may be switched on, but not actively sending or receiving data. Accordingly, wireless users may be “active,” and currently allocated a wireless traffic channel for sending or receiving, or “idle,” and not currently sending or receiving. A wireless user may be maintained in an idle state through a periodic sequence of synchronization messages. A method for controlling a power level of a wireless message includes determining the presence of data to be transmitted, and adjusting the power level of the synchronization message depending on the presence of data. The synchronization messages corresponding to the idle state employ a lower power level than the active state transmissions which employ a higher power level. The system therefore controls the power accordingly such that synchronization messages are sent at a lower power level when no data is present, thereby reducing power consumption and interference.02-24-2011
20120155354WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RESPONSE CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus and a response control method wherein in a case of applying Persistent Allocation (PA) to MU-MIMO, the increase in the resources to be used in the feedback can be precluded. In a terminal, a response control unit causes, based on the type of downstream allocation control information, on an error detection result obtained by an error detecting unit and on a response rule table, a response signal to be transmitted by use of an upstream response resource designated in the downstream allocation control information. In the response rule table used in reception of a notification of MU-MIMO reallocation, respective different types of response signals are associated with a first case where there are no errors in the received downstream data of the designated resource designated in the downstream allocation control information received before that notification, a second case where the notification of MU-MIMO reallocation is successfully received and further there are no errors in the received downstream data of the designated resource, and a third case where the notification of MU-MIMO reallocation is not successfully received and further there are any errors in the received downstream data of the designated resource.06-21-2012
20120155355METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present specification relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, discloses a method and system for discontinuous reception for data transmission/reception in a wireless communication system. The present specification discloses a scheme in which a terminal checks a parameter for controlling the discontinuous reception (DRX) of a second component carrier, said parameter being different from the parameter for controlling the discontinuous reception (DRX) of a first component carrier used by a base station, and receives data through the discontinuous reception of the first component carrier and of the second component carrier.06-21-2012
20120155351APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DELIVERY OF DISCARDED PACKET IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - An operation method of a terminal in a wireless access system is provided. The method includes, while keeping an idle state without confirming the existence or non-existence of downlink data, determining to transit into a wakeup state, performing signaling for the transition into the wakeup state, acquiring information on discarded downlink data transmission through the signaling, and receiving the downlink data using the information on the downlink data transmission.06-21-2012
20120155353INTELLIGENT DATA NETWORK WITH POWER MANAGEMENT CAPABILITIES - In one embodiment, a method for implementing two-way communication between at least first and second devices comprises steps of: (a1) during finite time periods following transmission of respective first messages from the first device to the second device, using the first device to listen for second messages transmitted from the second device to first device; and (a2) after each of the finite time periods following the transmission of the respective first messages from the first device to the second device, ceasing to use the first device to listen for second messages transmitted from the second device to the first device until after the first device transmits another first message to the second device.06-21-2012
20120155352WIRELESS LOCAL AREA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method of classifying and thereby providing various types of communication devices in a wireless local area communication network. More particularly, provided is a method that may provide an end device for efficient data communication. A parent device of an end device not supporting a sleep mode may transfer data without waiting for a polling operation of the end device.06-21-2012
20120155350PROBE MESSAGING FOR DIRECT LINK CONNECTIONS - There lies a challenge to develop a technique of effectively establishing a direct communication link between client devices in a communication network. In some implementations, an associated STA is a client device which is associated with a particular access point (AP). A non-associated STA is a client device which is not associated with the AP. A tunneled probe request may be transmitted by an associated STA through the AP to be broadcast to other associated STAs. In some implementations, an active scan may be combined with a tunneled probe request in order to establish a communication link between an associated STA and a non-associated STA.06-21-2012
20120155348ENERGY-EFFICIENT CONTENT RETRIEVAL IN CONTENT-CENTRIC NETWORKS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system including a mobile device and a content-retrieving agent for facilitating energy-efficient content retrieval. During operation, the mobile device receives a request for a piece of content from a user. In response to the request, the mobile device forwards the request to the content-retrieving agent which is configured to obtain the requested content from a remote device on behalf of the mobile device. The system allows the mobile device's receiver to be placed in an energy-saving sleep mode when the content-retrieving agent is obtaining the requested content for the mobile device and is not transmitting the content to the mobile device. The system allows the mobile device's receiver to wake up when the content-retrieving agent is transmitting the content to the mobile device. The mobile device receives the content from the content-retrieving agent.06-21-2012
20120155349RFID APPLICATIONS - An RFID device is disclosed. The RFID device can include a transceiver; and a processor coupled to the transceiver. The processor can operate a Physical (PHY) layer with the transceiver, a Media Access Control (MAC) layer over the PHY layer, and an RFID application layer over the MAC layer. The MAC layer and the PHY layer can operate according to a non-RFID wireless protocol.06-21-2012
20120155347POWER MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS PROTOCOL CIRCUITRY BASED ON CURRENT STATE - Controlling power consumption in a wireless device. The wireless device may include first wireless protocol circuitry. The first wireless protocol circuitry may be configured to receive and process first signals according to a first wireless protocol. The wireless device may include a power controller coupled to the first wireless protocol circuitry. The power controller may be configured to control power consumption of elements of the first wireless protocol circuitry based on a current state. More specifically, in response to the first wireless protocol circuitry being in a listening state, the power controller may be configured to lower power consumption of one or more first elements of the first wireless protocol circuitry. Additionally, in response to the first wireless protocol circuitry being in a receiving state, the power controller may be configured to return power consumption of the one or more first elements to a higher power level.06-21-2012
20120106420METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RECOVERING FROM DRX TIMING DE-SYNCHRONIZATION IN LTE_ACTIVE - A method for recovering from discontinuous reception (DRX) timing de-synchronization between the UE and the eNB in an LTE_ACTIVE state having the steps of: the eNB detecting DRX timing de-synchronization; transmitting an indicator to a User Equipment (UE) to resume continuous reception; and waiting for an indication from the UE of whether a Continuous Reception Response or Continuous Reception Notification was received.05-03-2012
20120106419COOPERATIVE TRANSCEIVING BETWEEN WIRELESS INTERFACE DEVICES OF A HOST DEVICE WITH SHARED MODULES - A circuit includes a first wireless interface circuit that transceives packetized data between a host module and a first external device in accordance with a first wireless communication protocol, wherein the first wireless protocol carries wireless telephony data for communication with a wireless telephony network. A second wireless interface circuit transceives packetized data between the host module and a second external device in accordance with a second wireless communication protocol. The second wireless interface circuit includes at least one module that is shared with first wireless interface circuit. The first wireless interface circuit and the second wireless interface circuit operate in accordance with a wireless interface schedule that includes a first time interval where the first wireless interface device and the second wireless interface device contemporaneously use the at least one module.05-03-2012
20120106418CLIENT' DEVICE POWER REDUCTION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS HAVING NETWORK-COMPUTED CLIENT' LOCATION - A method of reducing client power consumption in a wireless network including a network server which provides computed client' locations, at least one access point (AP), and a plurality of wireless stations (STAs) including a first wireless station (STA1). The AP periodically sends beacon frames that span a beacon period, wherein at least a first beacon frame is sent during the beacon period. The STA1 sends a location request frame to the AP requesting a STA1 location. During the beacon period the STA1 wakes up from a powersave (PS) mode or a sleep mode and sends a PSPoll frame to the AP. Responsive to the PSPoll frame, the AP replies with a priority response being a data frame including a location response packet including the STA1 location or a Null frame if the STA1 location is not available.05-03-2012
20120300685METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION OPERATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for supporting a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation in a Node B in a mobile communication system are provided. The method includes defining a second System Frame Number (SFN) where one cycle of a first SFN corresponds to one bit, transmitting information on the second SFN to a User Equipment (UE), determining a second SFN which is used to transmit a paging signal to the UE, determining a first SFN which is used to transmit the paging signal in the determined second SFN, and transmitting the paging signal to the UE at the determined first SFN.11-29-2012
20120300684PHYSICAL LAYER POWER SAVE FACILITY WITH RANDOM OFFSET - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for using a random offset to achieve power savings. For certain aspects, a Basic Service Set (BSS)-specific offset may be added to the (partial) association identifier (AID) prior to entering the partial AID into a 9-bit field of the physical layer (PHY) header (e.g., bits 11-29-2012
20120170499Supporting Idle Stations in Wireless Distribution Systems - One embodiment described herein, a method of supporting wireless stations in a wireless distribution system having a portal and one or more access points is described. The method comprises accepting by a first access point (AP) a set of filters from a station; receiving by the first AP signaling that the station enters into an idle mode and signaling the same to a server in the wireless distribution system; forwarding by the first AP the set of filters to the server, the set of filters being applied to messages directed to the station received by the server in the wireless distribution system; receiving a buffered message for the station from the server in response to the buffered message matching at least one of the set of filters; and forwarding the buffered message to the station in response to receiving the buffered message from the server.07-05-2012
20120170498Using a Subframe Time Offset when Scheduling Downlink Data Transmissions - The invention relates to a method in a radio base station for scheduling data transmissions to a user equipment in a first cell. The radio base station is comprised in a telecommunications network comprising at least the first cell and a second cell wherein the radio base station serves at least the first cell. A transmission time of the first cell is divided into a first radio frame comprising a first number of subframes synchronised to a clock. A transmission time of the second cell is divided into a second radio frame comprising an equal number of subframes of equal time length as the first radio frame. The second radio frame is being synchronised to the same clock as the first radio frame. The radio base station receives a first data transmission to be transmitted the user equipment in the first cell, schedules the first data transmission to a minimum of subframes of a first radio frame of the first cell, and transmits the first radio frame offset in time in relation to a second radio frame of the second cell for minimizing simultaneously data transmissions within the cells.07-05-2012
20120170496KEEP-ALIVE PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for synchronizing the keep-alive packet transmission timings of the direct push applications are provided to improve an electric current consumption characteristic. The method includes detecting a network event, synchronizing transmission timings of keep-alive packets of direct push applications with reference to an occurrence time of the network event, and transmitting the keep-alive packets of the direct push application at a synchronized transmission timing simultaneously.07-05-2012
20110090832MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station wherein the power consumption can be suppressed. In a frame 04-21-2011
20110090831POWER CONSERVATION FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE - A technique includes in response to a message identifying whether a second wireless device is one of a first set of wireless devices targeted for communication during a time interval, selectively reducing power in the second wireless device during the time interval.04-21-2011
20110090830INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS INCLUDING PLURALITY OF COMMUNICATION INTERFACES AND CONTROL METHOD FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - To enable an apparatus including a plurality of communication interfaces to return from a power-saving state when receiving an activation packet via any of the communication interfaces.04-21-2011
20110090829System and method for handsets and access points power saving - There is provided a system and a method for a GSM operated handset or access point to turn power on and off and change transmit/receive parameters via GSM device and network. A GSM device is always on while other wireless devices maybe kept power off or in inactive mode. GSM device will turn on/off other devices and instruct them to change transmit and receive parameters according to services availability and radio resource usage policies. Database sever/severs will be equipped for both GSM device and GSM network so that GSM device can aware the services availability and spectrum availability for other devices such as HSPA, 1xEVDo, WiFi, LTE, WiMax, ATSC, DVB-T, DVB-H, etc. A GSM device may turn multiple devices on and enables multiple networks to communicate with a GSM operated handset.04-21-2011
20100172276ACCESS POINT AGITATION - A technique for controlling the amount of power consumed by access points (APs) of a wireless network involves implementing power-saving APs (PSAPs). It would be desirable for the PSAPs to be in sleep mode during periods of low activity, and at full power during periods of high activity. To that end, a PSAP agitation (PSAPA) engine can be implemented to agitate PSAPs in response to increases in wireless activity, and put PSAPs to sleep in response to decreases in wireless activity.07-08-2010
20100172277BASE STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station is provided with an assignment unit 07-08-2010
20110103279SLEEP-MODE WIRELESS CELL RESELECTION APPARATUS, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - Embodiments herein may receive a ranging request message with a sleep-mode indication from a mobile node at a destination base station in a wireless packet-switched network. System paging information may be accessed to determine a base station identifier associated with an originating base station that last served the mobile node. The originating base station may be contacted to retrieve a service context associated with the mobile node and any downlink packets buffered for the mobile node by the originating base station. Other embodiments may be described and claimed.05-05-2011
20110103282METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING HAND-OVER MESSAGE TRANSMISSION POWER IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and a device for controlling the hand-over message transmission power of a mobile station in a mobile communication system. The present invention comprises the processes of: acquiring uplink data relating to a hand-over target base station; using the uplink data to determine the maximum transmission power of a hand-over ranging message; and transmitting a hand-over ranging message having a power level below the determined maximum transmission power to the hand-over target base station.05-05-2011
20110103281APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR NEGOTIATING SLEEP CYCLE SETTING BETWEEN BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for negotiating sleep cycle setting between a base station and a mobile station in a wireless communication system are provided. A method for operating a transmitter to negotiate sleep cycle setting of a mobile station in a wireless communication system includes transmitting a DSx request message including sleep cycle setting information to a receiver, and receiving a DSx response message, which includes at least one of acceptance/refusal information about DSx and acceptance/refusal information about sleep cycle setting change, from the receiver. Herein, the DSx is one of a Dynamic Service Addition (DSA), a Dynamic Service Change (DSC), and a Dynamic Service Deletion (DSD).05-05-2011
20110103280Power Saving in a Communication Device - A method in a communication device for processing a received data unit includes determining whether the communication device is an intended receiver based on the received data unit, determining whether the received data unit includes an exclusive use indication, where the exclusive use indication indicates that a plurality of data units are transmitted only to the at least one intended receiver during a time period, where each of the plurality of data units has at least a respective physical layer (PHY) preamble, and determining a time interval during which the communication device need not listen for incoming data units using (i) a result of determining whether the received data unit includes an exclusive use indication and (ii) a result of determining whether the communication device is an intended receiver.05-05-2011
20120314636Efficient Transmission for Low Data Rate WLAN - In a method for facilitating power saving in a wireless network, a PHY header is generated to include an indication of a duration of a PHY data unit. A preamble is also generated. The PHY data unit is generated to include the preamble and the PHY header, and the PHY data unit is transmitted.12-13-2012
20120314640APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER HEADROOM INFORMATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a power headroom (PH) by a user equipment (UE) in a multi-carrier system is provided. The method includes: receiving power determination information from a base station (BS); determining a plurality of maximum transmission power values for a plurality of serving cells by using the power determination information and a UE specific parameter; determining a plurality of PHs on the basis of the plurality of maximum power transmission values; and transmitting the plurality of maximum transmission power values and the plurality of PHs to the BS. Accordingly, since the maximum transmission power value and the power headroom information are provided to the BS, reliable carrier aggregation scheduling can be induced, thereby being able to improve uplink transmission capability.12-13-2012
20120250595Power aware scheduling and power control techniques for multiuser detection enabled wireless mobile ad-hoc networks - What is provided is a system for maintaining acceptable error rates in a MUD-enabled ad-hoc network. In this system the power spread associated with all of the nodes is maintained within the dynamic range of the system, for instance 30 dB. Also, the signal-to-noise ratio at an intended receiver is maintained above a predetermined minimum SNR, for instance above 5 dB. If the dynamic range rule is not met, then the power at the transmitting node is attenuated such that the dynamic range rule is met, checking to see that the minimum SNR rule is also met, or the transmission from this node is pulled. If there is no power control solution, then power aware scheduling is applied. Alternatively, only power aware scheduling is utilized.10-04-2012
20100091692Access Terminal, Control Method Thereof, Base Station and Control Method Thereof - An access terminal receives, from a base station 04-15-2010
20120120857DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF COORDINATING AMONG MULTIPLE CO-LOCATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNITS - Device, system, and method of coordinating among multiple collocated wireless communication units. For example, a wireless communication device may include a first wireless communication unit to communicate with an access point of a first wireless communication network; and a second wireless communication unit to communicate in a second wireless communication network, wherein the first wireless communication unit is to determine at least one contention-free period, during which the second wireless communication unit is expected not to communicate in the second wireless communication network, and wherein, during the contention-free period, the first wireless communication unit is to transmit to the access point at least one request to transmit one or more pending transmissions to the first wireless communication unit. Other embodiments are described and claimed.05-17-2012
20100290381METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR SAVING RADIO RESOURCES BY DETERMINING POWER OFFSET VALUES IN THE USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention relates to an arrangement and a method in a user equipment of saving radio resources in a communication network system comprising a communication network node (11-18-2010
20100290380Wireless Communication Device, Power Saving Method Thereof, and Packet Filtering Method Therefor - A wireless communication device, a power saving method thereof, and a packet filtering method therefor are disclosed. The wireless communication device includes a modem connected to a wireless network system for receiving and transmitting packet data, and a data processor for executing an application program to access network services via the wireless network system. When the data processor is entering to hibernate mode, network information corresponding to the application program is generated, such as a communication port number or an Internet Protocol (IP) address. The modem then filters the received packet data based on the network information. Only when communication port number or IP address contained in the received packet data matches the network information, the modem will wake up the data process to process the received packet data. Therefore, the hibernation time of the data processor is extended to effectively reduce the power consumed by the wireless communication device.11-18-2010
20100290379METHOD FOR WIRELESS MULTI-HOP NETWORK - Technology for a wireless multi-hop network is disclosed. a plurality of nodes in the wireless multi-hop network are synchronized to a period sequentially including a first interval and a second interval and are in an active state at the start time of the first interval. a node transmits a control frame at the start time of the first interval, the control frame indicating that data will be transmitted in the second interval, and then transitions to a sleep state which is maintained until a wake-up time in response to determining that the control frame has been successfully received by a next hop node. The wake-up time is a point in time when a node transitions to an active state to transmit the data and is present in the second interval.11-18-2010
20100290378 ASYMMETRIC AND ASYNCHRONOUS ENERGY CONSERVATION PROTOCOL FOR VEHICULAR NETWORKS - An asymmetric and asynchronous energy conservation protocol for vehicular networks is provided. In one aspect, an a-quorum may be defined for one or more members for the one or more members to establish asymmetric links to contact the cluster head. An s-quorum for the cluster head to establish symmetric link between the cluster heads and relays may be defined.11-18-2010
20110116429APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING POWER OF WIRELESS DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of controlling the power consumption of a wireless station is disclosed. The present invention includes waking-up a coordinator in a sleep state, entering an awake state and if a signal for turning on a peripheral station is received in the awake state, transmitting an awake message to the peripheral station via a beacon signal during a beacon timeslot. Accordingly, the power consumption of a coordinator in a WPAN network may be reduced, power control by a peripheral station may be facilitated, and inefficient operation and management of the network may be prevented.05-19-2011
20110116427METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING MODE TIMERS - Controlling a probability that user equipment is in a power saving mode to adapt the user equipment to characteristics of a shared channel and packet service includes determining a class of the user equipment by comparing at least one data traffic requirement value and a power condition value of the user equipment with predetermined threshold values, and adjusting mode timers according to the determined class of the user equipment depending on the data traffic requirement values and depending on the power condition value of the user equipment.05-19-2011
20120163262APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MONITORING BATTERY LIFESPAN OF MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for monitoring a battery lifespan of a machine type communication device, and more particularly, to an apparatus and method for preventing a disconnection in communication due to a battery being expended by verifying a battery lifespan of the machine type communication device in a network. The present invention may include detecting a residual capacity of a battery power supply, comparing the residual capacity of the battery power supply to a threshold required for a power supply, and warning against a shortage of the residual capacity of the battery power supply when the residual capacity of the battery power supply is less than or equal to the threshold required for the power supply.06-28-2012
20100254291METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL QUALITY IDENTIFIER FOR SLEEP MODE MOBILE STATION - A method of transmitting and receiving a channel quality indicator (CQI) for a sleep-mode mobile station is disclosed. When data to be transmitted to the mobile station is present, the mobile station which is in a sleep mode is directed to transition to a normal mode and simultaneously a temporary CQI channel is allocated thereto. Thus the mobile station which has transitioned to the normal mode from the sleep mode efficiently transmits the CQI, and data applying a proper modulation and coding scheme can be transmitted.10-07-2010
20120314638METHOD AND APPARATUS OF OPERATING IN IDLE MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of monitoring a paging message in a wireless communication system, which is performed by a mobile station operating in an idle mode including a paging listening interval and a paging unavailable interval, includes receiving a segment of the paging message comprising a plurality of segments during the paging listening interval, the received segment of the paging message including an extension flag indicating whether a remaining segment of the paging message exists; monitoring at least one subsequent subframe or frame to receive the remaining segment of the paging message while the mobile station remains awake if the extension flag indicates that the remaining segment of the paging message exists; and entering the paging unavailable interval if the mobile station is not paged after receiving all segments of the paging message.12-13-2012
20080267105ACTIVE MODE DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION SYNCHRONIZATION AND RESYNCHRONIZATION OPERATION - A method and apparatus for active mode discontinuous reception (DRX) synchronization and resynchronization operation are disclosed. A first entity sends a DRX indicator to a second entity. The first and second entities synchronize and resynchronize DRX operation based on the DRX indicator.10-30-2008
20100246465User Equipment Component Carrier Allocation - A method for configuring at least one component carrier (CC) for a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). The method includes receiving a CC configuration using a signaling protocol, wherein the CC is assigned using a semi-static configuration. Also included is a user equipment (UE) comprising a processor configured to receive a CC configuration for at least one CC for a PDSCH using a signaling protocol, wherein the CC is assigned using a semi-static configuration. Also included is an access node comprising a processor configured to transmit a CC configuration for at least one CC for a PDSCH using a signaling protocol, wherein the CC is assigned using a semi-static configuration.09-30-2010
20100246463UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In a communication system wherein a User Equipment (UE) transmits at least two data channels in at least two respective component carriers, a method and apparatus for reducing a transmission power allocated to each of the least two data channels relative to each of a respective nominal transmission power, when a total nominal transmission power for the at least two data channels exceeds a predetermined value are provided. The method includes reducing a transmission power of the first data channel by a first amount; and reducing a transmission power of the second data channel by a second amount, wherein the first amount and the second amount have different values.09-30-2010
20100246461POWER SAVING METHOD FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT - A power saving method for a wireless access point comprises the steps of detecting whether all wireless communication devices connected to the wireless access point are legacy apparatuses; and if affirmative, retaining one antenna for operation and disabling all other antennas.09-30-2010
20120127903POWER EFFICIENT TUNNELED DIRECT LINK SETUP APPARATUS, SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Apparatus, systems, and methods disclosed herein operate to provide wireless communication between personal mobile communication (PMC) devices. An emulated wireless access point (AP) at a first PMC device (PMC05-24-2012
20120127902SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAC LAYER CLOCK DRIFT COMPENSATION - A system and method allows a slave device to avoid the potential energy dissipation that might otherwise result from remaining in receive mode for long enough to account for worst-case clock drift. A master device is configured to transmit a plurality of beacons during a time interval determined according to possible clock drift between the master and slave device. When the slave device wakes, it receives a beacon of the plurality. Accordingly, the slave device can save power by minimizing the time it is required to spend in receive mode.05-24-2012
20120127901SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING EXTENDED UPLINK TEMPORARY BLOCK FLOW AND DYNAMIC TIMESLOT REDUCTION - A system and method for data transmission protocols in mobile communication systems and, more specifically, for controlling mobile stations (MSs) configured to implement extended uplink temporary block flows (EXT_TBF) is presented. An indication that EXT_UTBF_NODATA is not enabled is received at a mobile station. The mobile station enters a power saving mode and receives a first resource allocation via an uplink state flag (USF) in accordance with a resource assignment. While in the power saving mode and when the mobile station has no radio link control (RLC) media access control (MAC) blocks ready to transmit, the mobile station operates in an EXT_UTBF_NODATA mode by not transmitting a dummy block to a network.05-24-2012
20120127905Scheduling Data Transmissions Between a Mobile Terminal and a Base Station in a Wireless Communications Network - A method of scheduling wireless data transmissions between a mobile terminal and a base station using multiple system carrier signals is disclosed. The method comprises receiving (05-24-2012
20100208639APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMIT POWER SAVINGS - An apparatus and method for transmit power savings comprising determining a rate of a previous frame; determining if a current frame is an ALWAYS-ON frame, wherein the current frame temporally succeeds the previous frame; and either ignoring every other reverse link power control (RLPC) bits received on a forward power control subchannel (F-PCSCH) or applying every RLPC bits received on the F-PCSCH. In one aspect, the apparatus and method for transmit power savings comprising using a rate determination algorithm (RDA) to determine a rate of a previous frame; detecting a pilot gating pattern at the end of the previous frame; comparing the rate of the previous frame to a threshold; determining if a current frame is an ALWAYS-ON frame; and declaring the current frame to be a 0 bps frame and puncturing the F-PCSCH to a predetermined frequency.08-19-2010
20100208640METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR BROADCASTING ALERT AND SYNCHRONIZATION - Methods and apparatus for waking a mobile station (MS) from a power saving mode to receive a media access control (MAC) management message (e.g., DCD/UCD, MOB_NBR-ADV, and SII-ADV) the MS has not yet received. The MS may wake from the power saving mode after detecting a mismatch between a set of media access control (MAC) management message parameters last received by the MS and the information found in an enhanced broadcast control pointer information element (BCP-IE) transmitted in a downlink map (DL-MAP). In this manner, the MS may be prevented from waking up unnecessarily, thereby providing high power efficiency.08-19-2010
20100208638WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A wireless communication apparatus for transmitting a multi-carrier modulated signal is provided with at least two amplification paths A08-19-2010
20100208636Scheduled Power-Saving Method in IEEE 802.16e System - A method for improving power saving performance of a mobile station in an IEEE 802.16e system is provided. The method includes a first process for determining whether a synchronization condition is satisfied, the synchronization condition being that a service connection newly requested to switch to a sleep mode is low QoS insensitive to delay and there are one or fewer service connection that is in a sleep mode and whose connection type is high QoS sensitive to delay among other service connections; a second process of transmitting to a base station a sleep request message for equalizing a start time of a sleep mode of the service connection to a start time of a next sleep interval of a service connection already in the sleep mode, matching a minimum sleep interval of the service connection to the next sleep interval of the service connection already in the sleep mode, and matching a maximum sleep interval of the service connection to a maximum sleep interval of the service connection already in the sleep mode, for sleep-mode synchronization among a plurality of service connections in a mobile station when the synchronization condition is satisfied; and a third process for switching the service connection to a sleep mode indicated by the sleep request message upon receipt of a sleep response message from a base station in response to the sleep request message.08-19-2010
20100067420LPRF DEVICE WAKE UP USING WIRELESS TAG - A wireless transceiver includes: (a) a low power radio frequency (LPRF) communications component capable of powering down to conserve energy and capable of powering up in response to an electronic signal, the LPRF communications component including a transmitter and a first receiver; and (b) a second receiver that is configured to screen a radio frequency broadcast and provide, on the basis of specific data identified therein, the electronic signal to the LPRF communications component in order to power up the LPRF communications component. The second receiver is adapted to draw less current than the LPRF communications component while awaiting receipt of and listening for a radio frequency broadcast.03-18-2010
20110182223TECHNIQUES FOR SOLVING OVERHEARING PROBLEMS OF BODY AREA NETWORK MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL PROTOCOLS - A method directed to overhearing problems of Body Area Network (BAN) medium access control protocols. The method comprises generating a preamble frame (S07-28-2011
20110182222DUTY CYCLING TECHNIQUES IN MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) PROTOCOLS FOR BODY AREA NETWORKS - A medium access control (MAC) duty cycling is carried out in a body area network (BAN). The duty cycling includes sending a wake-up (WUP) message from a sender node to one or more target receiver nodes when a wireless medium of the BAN is free (S07-28-2011
20110182221HYBRID COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND PROGRAM - When two networks are simultaneously connected on a side of a communication terminal by operating circuits corresponding to each of the two networks, the communication terminal requires about two times more power from a PC than a normal single terminal, resulting in a significant limitation in the number of interfaces to be used on the PC. Accordingly, in order to solve these problems, there is provided a mechanism for temporarily deactivating a major power consuming part of the circuit corresponding to the network currently connected to the communication terminal while measuring the wireless communication quality between the communication terminal and the other network, determining whether an inter-system handover is possible, and performing a handover from the current network to the other network when it is determined to be possible.07-28-2011
20120314639RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication device includes: a beacon cycle determination unit configured to determine a beacon cycle for transmitting a beacon based on a sum of a number of time slots that is included in a beacon transmitted by another radio communication device and that the other radio communication device requests for transmitting data and a number of time slots to be requested by the radio communication device for transmitting data; and a packet transmit and receive control unit configured to control the radio communication device, according to the beacon cycle determined by the beacon cycle determination unit, to transmit a packet at a time slot and to receive a packet from another radio communication device at a time slot different from the time slot for transmission.12-13-2012
20120314637APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISCONTINUOUS DATA RECEPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed in a method of discontinuous data reception in a mobile communication system. The method includes: receiving downlink data and decoding the received downlink data by the UE; when the decoding is not successful, starting a timer for receiving retransmitted data; when the downlink data has been received by a configured downlink assignment, operating a downlink carrier, through which the downlink data has been received, in an active time; and when the downlink data has been received by a dynamic transmission resource and the downlink carrier, through which the downlink data has been received, is different from a downlink carrier, through which a scheduling command for the downlink data has been received, operating the downlink carrier, through which the scheduling command for the downlink data has been received, and the downlink carrier, through which the downlink data has been received, in an active time.12-13-2012
20120314635METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF TERMINAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTI-CARRIER STRUCTURE - A method for reducing power consumption of a terminal that communicates with a base station in a mobile communication system using a multi-carrier structure composed of a primary component carrier and at least one secondary component carrier comprises: receiving a discontinuous reception (DRX) parameter group for multi carriers from the base station; and setting the multi carriers to the same parameter value, by using the received parameter group. The method for reducing power consumption of the terminal further comprises: performing a downlink control channel receive operation on each carrier according to a DRX cycle. As the base station in the mobile communication system using the multi-carrier structure simplifies the DRX process for reducing power consumption of a terminal by reducing signaling load for the multi-carrier control of the terminal, it becomes possible to reduce power consumption of the terminal.12-13-2012
20120213140Node Selection in a Communication Network - The present invention relates to a method in a user equipment (08-23-2012
20120213139Methods and Arrangements for Scheduling Based on Power Consumption - The present invention relates to a network node and a method in method in a network node of a wireless communications system that allow for power efficient scheduling of transmission of application data over a radio interface. According to the method, information is received (08-23-2012
20120134310SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF COMBINED BLUETOOTH AND WLAN SIGNALING - Disclosed herein are systems and methods of combined Bluetooth and WLAN signaling. Such systems and methods may use a Bluetooth connection to signal WLAN capabilities and to exchange WLAN security keys. Once the file transfer has started, the actual data may be transmitted over the WLAN connection rather than over the Bluetooth connection. The WLAN connection may have a much higher throughput than the Bluetooth connection, and WLAN capability has increasingly become present inside Bluetooth enabled devices. The Bluetooth connection may be used as a control channel, while the WLAN connection may be used for data transfer.05-31-2012
20120134309ACCESS POINT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A communication apparatus confirms a connection state with a terminal apparatus following the communication apparatus transitioning from a power saving mode to an active mode.05-31-2012
20100260087LPRF DEVICE WAKE UP USING WIRELESS TAG - A wireless transceiver includes: (a) a low power radio frequency (LPRF) communications component capable of powering down to conserve energy and capable of powering up in response to an electronic signal, the LPRF communications component including a transmitter and a first receiver; and (b) a second receiver that is configured to screen a radio frequency broadcast and provide, on the basis of specific data identified therein, the electronic signal to the LPRF communications component in order to power up the LPRF communications component. The second receiver is adapted to draw less current than the LPRF communications component while awaiting receipt of and listening for a radio frequency broadcast.10-14-2010
20120163263BASE STATION, TERMINAL, AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A base station and a terminal for supporting a low power mode are provided. The base station transmits a first type of beacon signal for a terminal operating in a normal mode, a second type of beacon signal for a terminal operating in a low power mode, and a charging signal for a terminal in a low power mode. The terminal harvests energy from a charging signal and receives the second type of beacon signal using the harvested energy. The terminal confirms a communication request through the second type of beacon signal, enters into an active period, and communicates with the base station.06-28-2012
20120163260APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method minimize power consumption in a portable terminal which enters a low-power mode during connection with an access point (AP). The apparatus includes a memory for storing a Wi-Fi profile including position information of APs, a wireless LAN module for performing connection with the AP, an AP connection unit for performing connection with the AP using the wireless LAN module only when an AP exists around the portable terminal, a position determining unit for determining APs which exist around the portable terminal, and a controller. The controller is configured to determine a position of the portable terminal, determine a position of an AP which exists around the portable terminal, and operate the wireless LAN module at only a position where the AP exists.06-28-2012
20120163259APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR SAVING POWER IN PAGING OPERATIONS - A mobile communication device is provided with a wireless module and a controller module. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a service network. The controller module receives, on a paging channel, a first predetermined number of symbols in a frame of a time slot via the wireless module, and determines whether to enter a standby mode according to the first predetermined number of symbols. Also, the controller module stops the receiving of subsequent symbols in the frame by deactivating the wireless module in response to entering the standby mode.06-28-2012
20090059829SLEEP-STATE FOR MOBILE TERMINAL AND SERVICE INITIATION FOR MOBILE TERMINALS IN SLEEP-STATE - The invention relates to the initiation of a service to a mobile terminal capable of communicating via at least a first and second access network. Further, the invention relates to a reduction of power consumption of mobile terminals supporting connectivity to at least two access networks. The invention also relates to mobile communication systems and in particular to mobile communications through heterogeneous access networks. In order to prove improved method for initiating services to mobile terminals and/or to reduce power consumption of mobile terminals, the invention introduces of a sleep state that can be entered by the terminal for an access system if same is not used. Upon requesting a service from/to the mobile terminal, the mobile terminal starts service initiation through a second access system and transits back to active state for the first access system for service provision.03-05-2009
20090059828Intermittent operation communication device and communication system using beacon and sleep mode - An intermittent operation communication device periodically repeats beacon transmission, data reception or data reception wait, and sleep to transmit data to any of reception side communication devices. The intermittent operation communication device includes a data transmitter for performing transmission when receiving a beacon from any of the reception side communication devices and having data traffic generated meant for a reception side communication device, a transmission announcer for intermittently transmitting a transmission announcement beacon while waiting for reception when having the data traffic generated, and an adjuster for monitoring a transmission announcement beacon from any other of the intermittent operation communication devices to adjust the transmission of the data traffic.03-05-2009
20090059826POWER SAVING TECHNIQUES BASED ON COVERAGE CONDITIONS - Techniques for managing power consumption are disclosed. For instance, an apparatus may include a first network interface module, a second network interface module, and a power management module. The first network interface module may communicate with wireless networks of a first network type, and the second network interface module may communicate with wireless networks of a second network type. Examples of first and second network types are EVDO and CDMA2000, respectively. The power management module may suspend one or more operations of the first network interface module when a number of first network type outages exceeds a predetermined outage threshold within a predetermined time interval.03-05-2009
20120250598METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOW-POWER BROWSING - An approach is provided for providing a low-power browsing experience on a mobile device. A proxy platform receives a request for a webpage. The proxy platform also receives information about the mobile device. The proxy platform processes and/or facilitates a processing of the information about the mobile device and sends the webpage to the mobile device in a format that is based on the information about the mobile device. The mobile device may then operate in a low-power mode when browsing the requested website.10-04-2012
20120250597METHOD OF ENHANCING U-APSD FOR LOW POWER WI-FI - A device for communicating in a wireless network, such as, for example, a non-AP STA, is adapted to send a trigger frame to an AP for group-addressed frames. In addition, an AP may be adapted to be triggered for group-addressed frames to deliver the group-addressed frame to a non-AP STA. The group-addressed frames could include data frames or management frames or both. Such a device or non-AP STA can advantageously stay in a power save mode until it is ready to wake up to send a trigger frame to the AP, and does not need to wake up at regular intervals, such as at every DTIM time interval, to listen for beacons from the AP and to receive any group-addressed frames destined for it and buffered at the AP. In this way, the battery life of the device may be extended.10-04-2012
20090010188EVENT-DRIVEN, POWER OPTIMIZED, LINK ADAPTATION ALGORITHM - An event-driven, power-saving method of controlling link adaptation for wireless transmission in battery powered stations through selectively controlled PHY parameters uses a PHY parameter controller for selectively changing the PHY parameters. The number of retransmissions required per time unit (herein ReTXrate), and missing ACK numbers (e.g., more than two) are used as first and second link quality metrics in the method, instead of the PER as in prior art. Also, the measured ReTXrate after each packet transmission is used for establishing lower and higher thresholds for the ReTXrate. Based on the lower and higher ReTXrate thresholds and based on said missing ACKs, link adaptation by way of changing the PHY parameters through the PHY parameter controller is triggered. The link adaptation method is especially suitable for VoIP traffic but applies to non VoIP traffic too (e.g., data,) including FTP and web browsing situations, and conserves battery power in mobile stations.01-08-2009
20120170497METHOD FOR REPORTING SRS IN DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THEREOF - This invention relates to a method for reporting SRS in discontinuous reception and a wireless communication system thereof. The wireless communication system includes a user equipment (UE), a serving cell and a base station. The UE is for transmitting a periodic Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) and an aperiodic SRS, wherein the UE monitors a PDCCH in an active time. The serving cell has a serving range, wherein the UE is in the serving range of the serving cell. The base station is for performing connection to the UE and serving the serving cell. The UE transmits the aperiodic SRS no matter whether UE is in active time or not when the UE has been triggered to report the aperiodic SRS by a SRS request from the base station.07-05-2012
20110188422METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for requesting scheduling of resources to be used for uplink communication of data in a communications system. If the repeated transmission by a user equipment of scheduling requests on an uplink control channel is determined to be unsuccessful, a random access transmission on a random access channel is initiated as a fallback procedure.08-04-2011
20110199952POWER MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR STATION IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND STATION THAT SUPPORTS SAME - A power management method of a station in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system and the station supporting the method are provided. The method includes: transmitting to an access point (AP) a power save configuration (PSC) request frame for reporting that the STA intends to transition to a power save (PS) mode; receiving from the AP a PSC response frame in response to the PSC request frame; and after receiving the PSC response frame, entering the PS mode.08-18-2011
20120250599Discontinuous Reception with User Equipment Based Mobility - A new RRC Connected (mobility) state in which a UE utilizes a temporary identifier to monitor a downlink control channel in accordance with a discontinuous reception cycle; and maintains the new connected state, the discontinuous reception cycle and the temporary identifier while the UE re-selects to a second/serving access node which lies within a same designated reselection area as a first/source access node. The DRX cycle is maintained but re-aligned with a system frame number of the second access node; the temporary identifier is a CRNTI and the designated re-selection area is defined by all contiguous cells in which respective access nodes broadcast the CRNTI in system information; the UE re-selects to the second access node; and the UE enters the new connected mobility state automatically upon expiry of a time alignment timer or upon explicit network signaling while in a different connected state.10-04-2012
20120250600THROTTLING ACCESS POINTS - A technique for controlling the amount of power consumed by access points (APs) of a wireless network involves implementing throttleable APs (TAPs). It would be desirable for the TAPs to be in a relatively low power mode during periods of low activity, and switch to a high power mode in response to increased wireless activity. To that end, a throttling engine can be implemented to throttle TAPs up in power in response to increases in wireless activity, and throttle TAPs down in power in response to decreases in wireless activity.10-04-2012
20100182940User Terminal Power Shortage Indication - The present invention relates to methods, a user equipment and a communication network node for efficiently utilizing radio resources in a communication system comprising said communication network node (07-22-2010
20120213138Wireless Access Point Methods And Apparatus Using Dynamically-Activated Service Intervals - Techniques in a mobile communication device for communicating with a wireless access point (AP) are described. The mobile device receives from the AP data which indicate a plurality of activated service intervals in the superframe that are made available to mobile devices for communication access. The mobile device attempts to access, during the indicated activated service intervals, a radio medium via the AP. The mobile device refrains from attempting to access the radio medium via the AP during each power conservation interval provided in between the indicated activated service intervals.08-23-2012
20120213136SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING SENSOR DEVICES IN MOBILE DEVICES - Systems and methods for controlling one or more sensor devices are disclosed. In one embodiment, a system of a mobile device for controlling one or more sensor devices comprises an application processor (AP), a low power personal area network (PAN) module configured to wirelessly communicate with an external device for establishing a connection with the external device, at least one sensor device, and a controller coupled to the AP, the low power PAN module and the at least one sensor device. The controller is configured to monitor a connection request signal communicated from the external device via the low power PAN module while the AP is in a sleep mode, and generate sensor data by processing each signal from the at least one sensor device during the sleep mode, where the controller is supplied with quiescent current from a battery of the mobile device during the sleep mode.08-23-2012
20120213137METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SAVING POWER OF USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for improved power saving in a User Equipment (UE) supporting enhanced Inter-Cell Interference Coordination/Time-domain ICIC (eICIC/Time-domain ICIC) are provided. The power saving method includes receiving control information including a reference pattern for a power saving mode from a base station, determining whether the terminal is configured to operate in the power saving mode, and determining, when the terminal is configured to operate in the power saving mode, whether to decode a downlink control channel according to the reference pattern.08-23-2012
20120213135REDUCTION OF LEAKAGE CURRENT IN MOBILE DEVICE WITH EMBEDDED BATTERY - Systems, circuits, and devices for reducing leakage current in a mobile device with an embedded battery are disclosed. In one embodiment, a system for reducing leakage current in a mobile device with an embedded battery comprises a power management integrated circuit (PMIC), a switch device electrically coupled to the embedded battery and the PMIC, and a low power personal area network (PAN) module coupled to the embedded battery, the PMIC, and the switch device. The low power PAN module is configured to maintain the switch device in an open state while an application processor (AP) of the mobile device is off and to close the switch device in response to a receipt of an AP ON request signal to wake up the AP, where the open state of the switch device blocks leakage current flowing from the battery to the PMIC.08-23-2012
20120257558REDUCING ENERGY CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Techniques are provided for reducing power consumption in wireless communication devices. During an idle listening period, the clock rate of the receiver in the device is reduced. Data packets received by the receiver are then sampled at the reduced clock rate. A determination is made as to whether the data packet is intended for the device. The clock rate is restored to the full clock rate when the data packet is intended for the device. On the other hand, the receiver continues to operate at the reduced clock rate when the data packet is not intended for the device.10-11-2012
20120257557MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO TERMINAL - A mobile communication method, which configures a DRX cycle having an On duration in which a downlink signal transmitted from a serving base station is to be monitored and an Off duration other than the On duration in an RRC connected state where an RRC connection is established between a radio terminal and a radio base station, the mobile communication method comprising: a step A of transmitting, from the radio base station to the radio terminal, a paging signal for notifying the radio terminal of an incoming call to the radio terminal at a predetermined timing in the Off duration when the DRX cycle is configured; and a step B of monitoring, at the radio terminal, the paging signal at a predetermined timing in the Off duration when the DRX cycle is configured.10-11-2012
20120257556METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION - A method in which a base station transmits a signal to a plurality of terminals in a machine to machine (M2M) communication system, the method including: allocating an M2M device group ID (MGID) that identifies a terminal group to at least one of the plurality of terminals; and sustaining the MGID when the terminal that belongs to the terminal group is in an idle state.10-11-2012
20090109885Method and Apparatus for Reducing Energy Consumption in Nodes by Adjusting Carrier Sensing Thresholds - Energy consumption in a network is reduced by a first node transmitting a message at a first power level and determining if the message is received by a neighboring node of the network. The message is retransmitted at a higher power level if the message is not received by a neighboring node. A second node, in a neighborhood of the first node, selects one of two or more receiver sensitivity levels and senses the received signal strength of the message. The second node activates an energy-consuming functional element to decode the first message only if the received signal is above the selected receiver sensitivity level. The receiver sensitivity levels are selected in accordance with a selection process, such as a random process, that may be adapted.04-30-2009
20120076061Collaborative coexistence of co-located mobile WiMAX, wireless LAN, and/or Bluetooth radios - Collaborative coexistence of co-located mobile WiMAX, wireless LAN, and/or Bluetooth radios. Within a communication device that includes multi-protocol communication capability, the various radio modules included within such a communication device operate cooperatively such that collisions are avoided between those various radios. When a first of the radio modules operates as governed by a relatively rigid frame structure, a second of the radio modules capitalizes upon that predetermined nature (of the relatively rigid frame structure) to support communication during times in which that first radio module has a lower level of activity (e.g., turned off completely, within a power savings mode, in a sleep mode, etc.). The radio module operation is performed within a time-orthogonal manner, such that multiple radio modules are not attempting to transmit or receive simultaneously. Moreover, CTS2SELF operation can be employed alone or in conjunction with power savings operation of co-located radios within a communication device.03-29-2012
20120076060Channel Quality Indicator Transmission Timing with Discontinuous Reception - A user equipment (UE) is disclosed. The UE includes a processor configured to begin channel quality indicator (CQI) transmissions using an assigned periodic CQI reporting resource before the start of the on-duration of a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation mode.03-29-2012
20120076059APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR HANDLING MEASUREMENT LOGGING CONFIGURATION - A mobile communication device with a wireless module and a controller module is provided. The wireless module performs wireless transmissions and receptions to and from a service network. The controller module, configured to be in a connected mode, receives a measurement logging configuration message from the service network via the wireless module, and starts a periodic logging timer in response to the measurement logging configuration message. Also, the controller module keeps the periodic logging timer running when leaving the connected mode.03-29-2012
20120314634CLIENT BRIDGE BETWEEN WIRED AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method and client bridge for bridging clients between a wired and wireless communication network includes a radio transceiver with a register and a controller for indicating to the wireless network that all wired client devices of the wired network are in Power Save Polling (PSP) mode, selecting the next wired client to be indicated as being in Continuously Awake Mode (CAM) mode, storing a Media Access Control (MAC) address of that selected client in the register, indicating to the wireless network that the selected client is in CAM mode, receiving any packets from the wireless network, which are acknowledged using the register, indicating to the wireless network that the selected client is back in PSP mode, and repeating these operations until all wired client communications are serviced.12-13-2012
20120176946Power Management On Portable Devices - A computing apparatus receives data that corresponds to a wireless network connection established with an access point. The computing apparatus determines whether the access point corresponds to a predetermined access point type, and also determines that a device is to transition to a reduced power state. When the access point corresponds to the predetermined access point type and the determines that the device is to transition to the reduced power state, the computing apparatus transitions the device from a first power state to a reduced power state, and maintains the wireless network connection by using at least a subset of wireless functionality operatively coupled to the device.07-12-2012
20120176948METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENHANCING TRANSMISSION IN A MULTI-USER REUSING ONE SINGLE TIMESLOT OPERATION - A method and system for enhancing transmission in a multi-user reusing one single time slot operation. The method includes detecting a mutual interference in a traffic channel (TCH) by a network. The method also includes transmitting a discontinuous transmission (DTX) start signal by the network to a first electronic device, if the mutual interference is above a predefined value. The method further includes storing a plurality of audio and video samples by the first electronic device for a time period. Further, the method includes transmitting a DTX stop signal by the network to the first electronic device at end of the time period. Moreover, the method includes transmitting the plurality of audio and video samples by the first electronic device to a receiver using the TCH. The system includes a plurality of electronic devices, a network, and a traffic channel (TCH).07-12-2012
20120176947METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING FEEDBACK FOR MULTI-CELL HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS OPERATIONS - A method and apparatus for sending feedback for multi-cell high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) operations are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may generate and send hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) messages and/or channel quality indication (CQI) or precoding control indication/channel quality indication (PCI/CQI) messages for a plurality of cells via a plurality of high speed dedicated physical control channels (HS-DPCCHs) with a spreading factor of 128. Each HARQ-ACK message may be mapped to two cells and each CQI or PCI/CQI message may be mapped to one cell. The cells may be remapped to an HARQ-ACK message and a CQI or PCI/CQI message within an HS-DPCCH on a condition that any cell is activated or deactivated on that HS-DPCCH.07-12-2012
20120176949STANDBY TIME IMPROVEMENTS FOR STATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method includes receiving, at a station, a first delivery traffic indication message (DTIM) assigned to a first delivery interval. The first DTIM is configured to indicate whether group-addressed traffic is scheduled for delivery during a beacon interval. The first delivery interval is larger than a second delivery interval associated with a second DTIM. The method further includes receiving the group-addressed traffic during the beacon interval.07-12-2012
20120176950Method and System for Discontinuous Reception (DRX) Configuration - A method for discontinuous reception (DRX) configuration is disclosed, and the method includes: configuring DRXs for a plurality of component carriers, and selecting one or more component carriers as anchor component carriers; controlling the DRXs of other non-anchor component carriers by the anchor component carrier. A system for discontinuous reception (DRX) configuration is also disclosed, and the system includes: a selection and configuration unit, which is used to configure DRXs for a plurality of component carriers and select one or more component carriers as anchor component carriers; a control unit, which is used to control the DRXs of other non-anchor component carriers by the anchor component carrier. By the method and the system, the DRX solution based on the primary carrier is clarified, and the DRX solution based on primary carriers in the stage of conception is improved and concretely implemented.07-12-2012
20100271997 Apparatus for Dynamically Adjusting a Power Amplifier of a Mobile Terminal - An apparatus for dynamically adjusting a power amplifier of a mobile terminal is provided by the present invention, the apparatus includes: a controlling unit, adapted to receive a dynamically varying control signal from a base band chip and control a voltage adjusting unit according to the control signal; the voltage adjusting unit, adapted to dynamically adjust a power supply voltage and a bias voltage of a radio frequency, RF, power amplifying unit under the control of the controlling unit in the case of the mobile terminal being in a transmitting state; and the RF power amplifying unit, adapted to work under the power supply voltage and the bias voltage and to amplify the power of modulated OFDM signal With the present invention, the following problems and disadvantages of the linear power amplifier are overcome: due to the fixed bias and power supply voltage, the efficiency is low and the power consumption is high in the case of a medium or small power output and the linearity does not satisfy the requirement due to a low power supply voltage in the case of large power output.10-28-2010
20100271996METHOD OF AND DEVICE FOR REDUCED POWER CONSUMPTION IN SYNCHRONIZED SYSTEMS - A power reduction method for a first communication device that can communicate with a second communication device in a synchronized fashion. The first communication device has an electronic module and the method includes generating a communication device shut down signal by the electronic module in order to shut down the communication device apart from the electronic module at a first moment in time, generating a communication device wake-up signal by the electronic module in order to switch on and start booting of the communication device at a second moment in time after the first moment in time, and generating a communication device synchronization signal by the electronic module in order to allow the communication device to restart communicating with the second communication device in the synchronized fashion at a third moment in time after the second moment in time.10-28-2010
20100271994Energy Reservation In Power Limited Networks - Technologies are described herein for reserving energy at network nodes within a wireless network and establishing energy threshold levels within the network nodes to suspend or maintain certain operational states as supported by time varying energy levels. Energy within the network node can be reserved for processing a critical message in response to receiving a reservation request. An energy level threshold for a network node within a wireless network can be adjusted in response to receiving a reservation request. Message transmission can be enabled in response to the monitored energy level being above the energy level threshold. Message transmission may be suspended in response to the monitored energy level being below the energy level threshold.10-28-2010
20100302982METHOD FOR RECEIVING PACKETS AND APPARATUS FOR USING THE SAME - An apparatus utilizes different channels for forwarding notification packets to at least one station and an access point. The station and the access point start or stop forwarding packets to the apparatus according to the notification packets. The station and the access point also temporarily store the packets to be forwarded to the apparatus and forward the packets to the apparatus after receiving a start notification packet from the apparatus.12-02-2010
20100302983SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING DECODING FOR CARRIER POWER CONTROL - A method for processing a control channel at a user agent (UA) to identify power control commands within a wireless communication system, the method comprising the steps of, at a user agent, monitoring for power control messages on a single carrier, decoding a message received on the single carrier to generate decoded information and using the decoded information to identify a power control command for each of at least first and second carriers.12-02-2010
20100302981METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROAMING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - An apparatus for roaming in a wireless network updates received signal strength indication (RSSI) values in accordance with all types of frames forwarded from the access point with which the apparatus associates. In addition, the apparatus actively forwards null frames to the access point with which the apparatus associates and updates RSSI values in accordance with acknowledgement frames forwarded from the access point.12-02-2010
20100302980System and method for preserving battery life for a mobile station - A mobile station capable of accessing a wireless communication network having a plurality of base stations is provided. The mobile station is configured to determine if a battery level of the mobile station is below a selected one of a plurality of power level thresholds. The mobile station is also configured to, upon a determination that the battery level is below the selected power level threshold, send a battery report to a first base station of the wireless communication network. The mobile station is further configured to enter a battery power preservation mode. The battery power preservation mode may include an enhanced idle mode, an enhanced sleep mode, or a persistent allocation mode.12-02-2010
20100008274POWER SAVE ENHANCEMENTS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to enable power save modes of operation between wireless devices for direct data transfer in an infrastructure basic service set. The embodiments are an enhancement to the peer U-APSD power save mechanism. The embodiments provide additional operation for peer U-APSD mechanism with two stations operating in power save mode.01-14-2010
20100008273SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TIME SYNCHRONIZED BEACON ENABLED WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK COMMUNICATION - Systems and methods for network synchronization are included. For example, a method for network synchronization may include wirelessly communicating a beacon over a wireless personal area network, in which the beacon may include a beacon payload having a timestamp of a master clock for synchronization of a local clock of a device on the wireless personal area network. The method may also include receiving the beacon in the device, obtaining the timestamp from the beacon payload, and setting the local clock based on the timestamp of the master clock. Another beacon may also be communicated. The other beacon may include another beacon payload having a follow up message for synchronization of the local clock of the device.01-14-2010
20100008279METHOD FOR MANAGING THE POWER IN THE WIRELESS NETWORK - In wireless network communication, the present invention provides a method of checking whether information on a request for a mode change is received for a prescribed channel time in a manner that a device configuring a network enters a power save mode in the course of not performing data transmission/reception and that a modem enters an awake state from a sleep state for the prescribed channel time. And, the prescribed channel time is determined to correspond to a time for transmitting a beacon. According to one preferred embodiment of the present invention, a modem of a device in a power save mode enters an awake state for a channel time period for broadcasting a beacon and then checks whether information on a power management mode change is received. If the information does not exist, a sleep state is reentered. If the power management mode change information is received, a power is managed by performing data transmission/reception in a manner of switching to a normal mode.01-14-2010
20100008276POWER SAVE MODE FOR ACCESS POINTS - An access point includes a detection module and a control module. The detection module determines whether a client station communicates with the access point during a predetermined period of time. The access point initially operates in a normal mode during the predetermined period of time. The control module transitions the access point from the normal mode to a power save mode based on whether the client station communicates with the access point during the predetermined period of time.01-14-2010
20100008275NODE SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM FOR LOW-POWER IN SENSOR NETWORK AND METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a node synchronization system for low-power in a sensor network and a method thereof. The node synchronization system includes: a network transmitting means for transmitting information on a synchronization time difference to the sensing data collecting means and transmitting sensing data to a network; the sensing data collecting means for receiving synchronization time information from the network transmitting means, being synchronized with the network transmitting means, collecting the sensing data from a sensing means, and transmitting the sensing data to the network transmitting means; and the sensing means for receiving synchronization time information from the sensing data collecting means, being synchronized with the sensing data collecting means, sensing a sensing peripheral environment information, and transmitting the sensing data to the sensing data collecting means.01-14-2010
20100008272COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL FOR LOW-POWER NETWORK APPLICATIONS AND A NETWORK OF SENSORS USING THE SAME - A network sensor system is provided that is capable of extremely low-power operation. The network sensor system implements a communication protocol that allows the sensors to operate at most times in a sleep mode, where only a low-power time is active. In this way, each sensor's receiver, transmitter, and support circuitry are operated only when strictly necessary. The network has a defined network time frame, and each device maintains and adjusts its own clock and relationship with the network time. In this way, each sensor is aware about when it may be sent a message, and opens a short listen window only when such a message is expected. If no message is received, or if the message is addressed to another sensor, the sensor goes back to sleep. The sensor's transmitter is only activated in the case where the message 1) is received during the listen period, 2) is addressed to the sensor, and 3) requires a transmission action. Otherwise, the transmitter remains deactivated.01-14-2010
20100265864Method and apparatus for power management in communication system - A method and apparatus for power management in the communication system, wherein the method for transmitting data from an access point to communication units comprising: assigning, by the access point, a first and a second association identifier in a message, to each of the communication units, to indicate the presence of respective buffered multicast data and unicast data respectively; setting, by the access point, the first association identifier to indicate the corresponding communication unit to receive the buffered multicast data, the second association identifier to indicate the corresponding communication unit to receive the buffered unicast data; and transmitting, by the access point, the message to awake the communication unit corresponding to the set first and/or second association identifier so as to transmit the buffered data thereto.10-21-2010
20100265863SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTI-RESOLUTION PACKET TRANSMISSION FOR ULTRA-LOW POWER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system and method for multi-resolution packet (MRP) transmission for ultra-low power wireless networks is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method of transmitting a MRP for ultra-low power wireless networks and wherein each ultra-low power wireless network includes a transmitting unit and one or more communication units that communicate via wireless links, includes transmitting destination identifier data during a preamble period by the transmitting unit, not transmitting data during a midamble period that substantially follows the preamble period for processing the received destination identifier data to determine a destination identifier by the one or more communication units, and transmitting payload data during a payload period substantially following the midamble period for processing payload data received during the payload period based on the determined destination identifier during the midamble period.10-21-2010
20100265862METHOD OF CONTROLLING POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method of controlling power of a downlink channel in a wireless communication system, the method including: transmitting at least one data to a user equipment; receiving feedback information for the data from the user equipment; and controlling downlink transmission power using the feedback information. It is possible to control the power without time delay and additional use of radio resources in a VoIP service which is responsible for satisfying a fixed transmission rate in real time. Moreover, it is possible to control the power without waste of control channels to perform PDCCH link adaptation.10-21-2010
20100265861Apparatus and Method for Improving WLAN Spectrum Efficiency and Reducing Interference by Flow Control - An apparatus and method for improving WLAN spectrum efficiency and reducing interference by flow control comprising determining if at least one data packet is entering a receive buffer; determining if the utilization of the receive buffer is greater than an overflow threshold; determining if a wireless device is in power save mode, wherein the wireless device comprises the receive buffer, a WLAN transceiver and a send buffer for storing packets from an interface module to the WLAN transceiver; determining if the send buffer is empty; setting a power management bit to “1” in either a top-most packet in the send buffer or a NULL packet; and using the WLAN transceiver for transmitting either the top-most packet or the NULL packet to an access point.10-21-2010
20120188928METHOD FOR MAINTAINING CONNECTION BETWEEN TERMINAL AND NETWORK SERVER, TERMINAL AND NETWORK SERVER - A method for maintaining the connection between a terminal and a network server is described. The terminal has a first processing unit with a first state and a second state, wherein the power consumption of the second state is less than the power consumption of the first state. When the first processing unit is in the second state, the terminal or the network server sends heartbeat data packets periodically in order to maintain the connection between said terminal and said network server. During the period that the terminal or the network server sends a periodic heartbeat data packet, a main processor of the terminal will not be woken up Thus, the terminal in a sleep state can maintain connection with the network server, and not be woken up due to the heartbeat data packets sent by the network server, which reduces the power consumption of the terminal.07-26-2012
20120188927ACCESS POINT MULTI-LEVEL TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL BASED ON THE EXCHANGE OF CHARACTERISTICS - A first plurality of characteristics are received from a first client device relating to transmissions received by the first client device from both an access point and a second client device. A second plurality of characteristics are received from the second client device relating to transmissions received by the second client device from both the access point and the first client device. The first plurality of characteristics and the second plurality of characteristics are both assessed. Based on the assessment, a least one of a plurality of customized power levels is selected for transmissions by the access point to the first client device and the second client device.07-26-2012
20120188924METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER IN WIRELESS AD-HOC NETWORK - A node in a wireless network system determines transmission power by performing transmission power control only on a plurality of data subcarriers, other than a plurality of pilot subcarriers, of a PDU slot or ACK slot to be transmitted, and then transmits the data subcarriers of the PDU slot or ACK slot at the determined transmission power and transmits the pilot subcarriers of the PDU slot or ACK slot at a fixed power level. Accordingly, neighboring nodes determine whether or not a channel of the PDU slot or ACK slot is sensed by using the pilot subcarriers of the PDU slot or ACK slot.07-26-2012
20120188926METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDING BACK ACK/NACK INFORMATION - A method for feeding Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information by a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes: the UE configured to receive Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) information from a base station (BS). The UE also receives downlink data from the BS based on the PDCCH information. The UE generates an ACK/NACK feedback information corresponding to the downlink data. Thereafter, the UE determines a feedback status of the UE from among a plurality of feedback statuses according to a number of consecutive ACKs starting from a first data sub-frame in a binding window of the ACK/NACK feedback information. Further, the UE feeds back information on the determined feedback status to the BS.07-26-2012
20120188925APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving data while providing power saving efficiency of a terminal, for example, a station (hereinafter, referred to as ‘STAS) in a communication system providing services to multi users in a multi-input multi-output (hereinafter, referred to as ‘MIMO’) scheme. The apparatus for transmitting data includes: a receiving unit configured to receive an uplink frame from a plurality of terminals by a multi user-multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) scheme; a generating unit configured to generate a packet including support information on a multi user-power saving scheme with the terminals; a buffering unit configured to buffer data corresponding to the terminals; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit a downlink frame including the generated packet and the buffered data to the terminals by the multi user-MIMO scheme.07-26-2012
20120188923TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a transmission apparatus, a reception apparatus, and a communication method thereof that may decrease power consumption of a terminal by reducing an amount of time used by the terminal to overhear a frame or a packet to be transmitted to another terminal, or an amount of time used to receive a frame or a packet to be transmitted to the terminal.07-26-2012
20120188922Enhanced Power Saving Mode for a Mobile Station - It is described a method for operating a mobile station within a telecommunication network. The method includes (a) providing a first power saving procedure for the mobile station wherein the first power saving procedure includes an alternating sequence of first sleep windows and first listening windows, (b) providing a second power saving procedure for the mobile station wherein the second power saving procedure includes an alternating sequence of second sleep windows and second listening windows, (c) adjusting on the time axis the first sleep windows and the second sleep windows with respect to each other in such a manner, that a time overlap between the first sleep windows and the second sleep windows is increased, and (d) operating the mobile station in an adjusted mode, which is defined by the increased time overlap. It is further described a mobile station, and a base station, which are adapted for executing the described method.07-26-2012
20120263087MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which a plurality of component carriers are used, transmitting and receiving control information of HARQ effectively is realized. In a mobile communication system in which a base station apparatus (10-18-2012
20120263086REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A network interface of an access point device is configured to transmit to one or more first client stations in a first basic service set (BSS) a first value of a first parameter that indicates a time duration during which the access point device will not dissociate a client station due to not receiving at least one frame from the client station, and transmit to one or more second client stations in a second BSS a second value of the first parameter. The first value of the first parameter is at least an order of magnitude larger than the second value of the first parameter.10-18-2012
20120263085REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An indication that a network interface of a wireless communication device is in a low power state is received. Prior to receiving an indication that the network interface of the wireless communication device is no longer in the low power state, a data unit is received from the wireless communication device, wherein the data unit includes a request to transmit to the wireless communication device data for the wireless communication device that has been buffered while the wireless communication device is in the low power state. Responsive to the request, an indication of whether there is buffered data for the wireless communication device is transmitted. Additionally, when it is determined that there is buffered data for the wireless communication device, buffered data is transmitted to the wireless communication device.10-18-2012
20120263088IMPLICIT DRX CYCLE LENGTH ADJUSTMENT CONTROL IN LTE_ACTIVE MODE - A method for controlling discontinuous reception in a wireless transmit/receive unit includes defining a plurality of DRX levels, wherein each DRX level includes a respective DRX cycle length and transitioning between DRX levels based on a set of criteria. The transitioning may be triggered by implicit rules.10-18-2012
20120263084REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - After transitioning a network interface of a first wireless communication device from a low power state to an active state, transmitting a request for a second wireless communication device to transmit data for the first wireless communication device that is buffered at the second wireless communication device. An indication of whether there is data for the first wireless communication device buffered at second wireless communication device is received. When there is data for the first wireless communication device buffered at second wireless communication device, data for the first wireless communication device that was buffered at the second wireless communication device is received from the second wireless communication device.10-18-2012
20120257559BATTERY CONSUMPTION CONTROL METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling battery consumption of the User Equipment (UE) equipped with a feature such as Carrier Aggregation is provided. The battery consumption control method of a terminal operating in Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) mode includes determining, when Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) Acknowledgement (ACK) is received, whether a suspension restriction condition is fulfilled, and stopping, when the suspension restriction condition is fulfilled, suspension to flush an HARQ buffer and not monitor a retransmission grant. The battery consumption control method may improve Discontinuous Reception (DRX) efficiency and reduce an unnecessary waste of battery power.10-11-2012
20120082081DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF SELECTIVELY ACTIVATING A WIRELESS NETWORK CONNECTION - Device, system, and method of selectively activating a wireless network connection. In some demonstrative embodiments, a mobile device may include a wireless network communication unit capable of communicating with an access-point over a wireless network connection; a personal-area-network communication unit capable of communicating with one or more other mobile devices over one or more wireless personal-area-network connections, respectively; and a communication controller to mediate communications between the mobile devices and the access point when the wireless network connection is active, and to communicate with the access-point via at least one of the personal-area-network connections when the wireless network connection is not active. Other embodiments are described and claimed.04-05-2012
20120082079DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION (DTX) SIGNALING IN UPLINK DATA CHANNEL - A method for discontinuous transmission (DTX) signaling in a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) of a wireless communication system includes puncturing at least a portion of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) at a location that would collide with acknowledgement (ACK)/negative (ACK/NACK) feedback if ACK/NACK feedback is transmitted. The method also includes transmitting DTX symbols in the punctured portion of the PUSCH by a user equipment (UE). The method further includes detecting DTX symbols on the PUSCH by an evolved Node B (eNodeB), indicating the UE is operating according to a DTX signaling mode.04-05-2012
20120082077APPARATUS AND METHODS OF TIME DOMAIN MULTIPLEXING SOLUTIONS FOR IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE - Embodiments of systems and methods for time domain multiplexing solutions for in-device coexistence are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed.04-05-2012
20090016251Management method and system of low power consuming devices - Management method and system of low power consuming devices are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method includes monitoring a heartbeat signal of a device communicated through a network, and communicating with the device upon processing the heartbeat signal of the device. In another embodiment, a system includes one or more devices to individually generate a heartbeat signal and a control point to communicate with each of the devices based on the heartbeat signal processed through the control point.01-15-2009
20090016252EXTENDED MICROSLEEP FOR COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate operating an access terminal in an LTE based wireless communication environment utilizing extended microsleep. While in non-DRX mode, an access terminal can operate in on state for a first period of time and in extended microsleep state for a second period of time. Further, the first and second periods of time can form a repeating pattern where these periods of time alternate. Thus, the access terminal can turn on its receiver for the first period of time (e.g., decode downlink information while in on state) and turn off its receiver for the second period of time (e.g., inhibit decoding of downlink information while in extended microsleep state). Further, the first period of time in the repeating pattern can be one TTI (e.g., 1 ms) and the second period of time in the repeating pattern can be a plurality of TTIs (e.g., 5 ms).01-15-2009
20120320811METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A method and apparatus for transitioning states or modes on a user equipment, the method having the steps of receiving, at a network element, a transition indication; checking a radio resource profile for the user equipment; and making a transitioning decision at the network element based on the received transition indication and the radio resource profile.12-20-2012
20120320810Technique of Controlling Discontinuous Transceiving Operations - A technique for controlling transceiving operations of a transceiver device in a wireless communication network is described. A method implementation of this technique comprises the following steps performed by the transceiver device: determining a temporal mismatch between DTX characteristics and DRX characteristics of the transceiver device; and adjusting at least one of the DTX characteristics and the DRX characteristics such that DTX pauses become essentially aligned with DRX pauses. During the overlapping inactivity periods of the DTX pauses and the DRX pauses power management measures may be initiated by the transceiver device.12-20-2012
20120320809DATA TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND A METHOD FOR ACTIVATING A DATA TRANSMISSION - A data transmission device has a data transmitter and a wake-up receiver. The data transmitter is activable to change from an idle state into an operating state and to execute a data transmission with a communication partner in the operating state. The wake-up receiver is implemented to be ready to receive an initiation signal during the idle state of the data transmitter and to activate the data transmitter in response to the initiation signal. The wake-up receiver is further implemented to extract data transmission information from the initiation signal to determine a time for activating the data transmitter depending on the data transmission information or to activate the data transmitter such that the data transmitter executes the data transmission depending on the data transmission information.12-20-2012
20120230237Power Management for Wireless Networks - Embodiments provide techniques for device power management in wireless networks. For instance, an apparatus may include a power management module, and a transceiver module. The power management module determines a beacon interval and a wakeup interval. The transceiver module to send a transmission to one or more remote devices that includes the beacon interval and the wakeup interval. The beacon interval indicates a time interval between consecutive beacon transmissions of the apparatus, and the wakeup interval indicates a time interval between when the apparatus receives two consecutive beacons from a peer device.09-13-2012
20120230239TERMINAL DEVICE FOR RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING A PLURALITY OF COMPONENT CARRIERS AND METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a terminal device for receiving a signal in a wireless communication system for supporting a plurality of component carriers and a method thereof. In the terminal device for receiving the signal in the system for supporting the component carriers, a receiver receives a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) including control information of a first type component carrier from a base station or a relay. A processor performs a decoding operation or controls an operation in a slip mode on the basis of control information included in a PDCCH in a second type component carrier after a time corresponding to a particular time offset value passes from a transmission time point of the PDCCH.09-13-2012
20120230238Resource Setting Control for Transmission Using Contention Based Resources - There is proposed a mechanism for controlling a transmission of a connection quality information, like CQI, from a UE to a base transceiver station via an uplink connection. Resources of an uplink control channel for the trans-mission of the connection quality information are set for a plurality of UEs. A collision between transmissions of the connection quality information by at least two user equipments of the plurality of UEs on a same resource element is detected or predicted on the basis of input information, and a collision prevention processing is executed when such collision is detected or predicted.09-13-2012
20120230236Saving Power In A Wireless Communication Device - A terminal comprises a plurality of hardware I/O units, including a wireless transceiver having a powered-up state in which at least one of a transmit path and a receive path is enabled at the expense of higher power consumption and a powered-down state in which the at least one path is disabled in favour of lower power consumption; a processing apparatus; and a storage medium coupled to the processing apparatus and storing at least a first and a second application, an operating system, a communication protocol layer and a driver layer arranged to be executed on the processing apparatus. The operating system is arranged to arbitrate access by the plurality of applications to the hardware I/O units via the driver layer, including access to the wireless transceiver via the communication protocol layer and driver layer. The second application comprises a wireless traffic scheduler configured to coordinate traffic associated with the second application to be communicated via the wireless transceiver during a same continuous phase of the powered-up state as traffic associated with the first application.09-13-2012
20110122804SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EXTENDING BATTERY LIFE - According to one embodiment of the invention, a method comprises identifying that a wireless receiving device is operating in a battery saving mode where a Delivery Traffic Indicator Map (DTIM) Interval supported by the wireless device exceeds a Listening Interval supported by the wireless receiving device. Thereafter, the method further comprises converting a non-unicast message into one or more unicast messages for transmission to the wireless receiving device.05-26-2011
20100254293APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SLEEP CYCLE SYNCHRONIZATION OF SLEEP MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for controlling sleep cycle synchronization of a sleep mode in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of operating a Mobile Station (MS) in a sleep mode state includes, if a traffic indication message and unicast data are not received during a listening window, transmitting one of a request message and a header to a Base Station (BS) to request a location of a next-scheduled listening window, and if a response for the one of the request message and the header is received, performing synchronization for a next sleep cycle.10-07-2010
20110038292SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONSERVING POWER FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE WHILE MAINTAINING A CONNECTION TO A NETWORK - The disclosure relates to a system and a method for reducing power consumption of a communication device. The method has a power save mode controlling a deactivated communication subsystem of the device, where: for a first period, re-activating the subsystem, executing an action relating to a data link layer connection condition for the network, and then de-activating the subsystem; and for a second period, re-activating the subsystem, generating and transmitting a frame to a host in the network, and then de-activating the subsystem. The first period is repeated on a first frequency timed to allow the device to process a beacon signal that is received at an interval of at most every third beacon signal in a succession of beacon signals from the network; and the second period relates to a frequency of transmission of an Address Resolution Protocol request for an Internet Protocol address for the device.02-17-2011
20110038293Timing Adjustment in Multi-Hop Communication System - A timing adjustment method for use in a multi-hop communication system is provided. The system includes a source apparatus, a destination apparatus and one or more intermediate apparatuses, said source apparatus being operable to transmit information along a series of links forming a communication path extending from the source apparatus to the destination apparatus via the or each intermediate apparatus, and the or each intermediate apparatus being operable to receive information from a previous apparatus along the path and to transmit the received information to a subsequent apparatus along the path, the system being configured to transmit information in a plurality of consecutive labelled intervals. The method includes transmitting information in a first labelled interval from a first said apparatus along a plurality of consecutive links of said path via one or more said intermediate apparatuses to a second said apparatus, said information including a reference to a particular one of said labelled intervals and the transmission of that information incurring a delay such that the transmitted information, or information derived therefrom, is received by said second apparatus in a second labelled interval a number of such intervals after the first labelled interval. The method also includes adjusting said reference to form an adjusted reference referring to a further labelled interval the or another number of such intervals before or after the particular labelled interval.02-17-2011
20110038291APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR POWER SAVE MODE IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method and apparatus of a power save mode in a wireless local area network is disclosed. A station transmits a power save mode (PSM) request frame including a wakeup schedule for the PSM to the peer station via an access point (AP) or via a Tunneled Direct link Setup (TDLS) direct link. The station receives a PSM response frame in response to to the PSM request frame from the peer station via the TDLS direct link.02-17-2011
20080298292Wireless Broadband Mobile Station and Method for Measuring Preamble and Determining Effective Sleep Period - A wireless broadband Internet (WiBro) terminal and a method of determining a sleep mode of a WiBro terminal, which can measure a strength of a preamble signal and determine an effective sleep interval are provided. A WiBro terminal, which can measure a strength of a preamble signal in the listening mode during an L frame after operating in a sleep mode during an N1 frame, and operate in a sleep mode during either an N1 or 2*N1 frames, or perform a normal operation when MOB_TRF_IND is positive, resulting from the comparing the strength with a threshold value, is provided.12-04-2008
20080298291SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - Aiming at realizing high breakdown voltage and low ON resistance of a semiconductor device having the super-junction structure, the semiconductor device of the present invention has a semiconductor substrate having an element forming region having a gate electrode formed therein, and a periphery region formed around the element forming region, and having an field oxide film formed therein; and a parallel p-n layer having n-type drift regions and p-type column regions alternately arranged therein, formed along the main surface of the semiconductor substrate, as being distributed over the element forming region and a part of the periphery region, wherein the periphery region has no column region formed beneath the end portion on the element forming region side of the field oxide film and has p-type column regions as at least one column region formed under the field oxide film.12-04-2008
20080298290Systems and Methods for Indicating Buffered Data at an Access Point with Efficient Beacon Handling - Stations in standby mode periodically wake up to check for buffered data at the access points. Traditionally, the information is available by checking the periodic beacon frame for a traffic indication map (TIM). Unfortunately, the length of beacons has steadily increased with the progression of the various wireless standards requiring stations to wake up for longer periods to merely check for buffered data. Several approaches are disclosed which address this shortcoming, including the broadcast of TIM frames, the partial reception of beacon frames and the use of an embedded TIM frame within a beacon frame.12-04-2008
20080298289Power management for wireless devices - In some embodiments, a method to manage power in a wireless communication device, comprises in a wireless networking adaptor, changing an operational status of a wireless networking adaptor to a sleep mode and transmitting a sleep message from the wireless networking adaptor to a host driver in an electronic device coupled to the networking adaptor, in the electronic device, determining whether a sleep duration specified in the sleep message exceeds a threshold, in response to a determination that the sleep duration specified in the sleep message exceeds a threshold implementing a selective suspend operation on the electronic device, and monitoring for a wake event, and in response to a determination that the sleep duration specified in the sleep message does not exceed a threshold, flushing one or more bulk IN buffers, and monitoring for a wake event.12-04-2008
20080298288POWER SAVE MODE FOR WIRELESS STATION WITH STATION-TO-STATION LINK ASSOCIATION - While maintaining a direct station-to-station link (STSL) with a second wireless client device in a centralized network, a first wireless client device may enter a doze mode, in which it cannot transmit or receive, and wake up periodically only to check for queued-up traffic from its associated access point. If the second wireless device in the STSL has data to send to the dozing first wireless device, it may do so by sending a notice to the first wireless device through the associated access point, which may queue up the notice until the first wireless device wakes up. When the first wireless device receives the notice, it may resume STSL communications with the second wireless device.12-04-2008
20080298287PRIORITY SCHEME FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A priority scheme method (12-04-2008
20120327832DYNAMIC TRANSMISSION PROTECTION IN THE PRESENCE OF MULTIPLE MODULATION SCHEMES - A technique is disclosed for re-enabling transmission protection at enhanced stations while in the presence of high, enhanced modulation traffic conditions once protection has been disabled. Transmission protection allows enhanced modulation stations to co-exist with legacy modulation stations on a shared-communications channel. The problem being solved is when transmission protection is set to inactive and the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (i.e., enhanced modulation) traffic load is high, legacy traffic is likely to collide repeatedly with Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing transmissions, with the result that the access point does not notice that a legacy station has become active again. Consequently, the access point does not activate transmission protection. The present invention addresses the problem by defining access point mechanisms that are capable of re-enabling transmission protection, once protection has been disabled, in the presence of high, enhanced modulation traffic conditions.12-27-2012
20120327833METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION OF CONNECTED TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling an active time period during a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) operation in a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system. The method includes starting, in the UE, a first timer to monitor control data via a shared control channel, the control data being associated with user data to be transmitted; and starting, in the UE, a second timer, when the control data indicating a new transmission of associated user data is received via the shared control channel while the first timer is running, or restarting, in the UE, the second timer, when the control data indicating a new transmission of associated user data is received via the shared control channel while the second timer is running.12-27-2012
20120327831SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - Wireless sensor networks includes nodes configured to operate according to an 802.11-compliant communication protocol in an ad hoc mode in a multi hop network. The nodes include a power management unit configured to control operating states of a sensor control unit, a computing and storage unit and a communication unit of the node so that sensor measurements and inter-node communications occur at designated, coordinated times.12-27-2012
20110032857Wireless terminal device, Method of controlling wireless terminal device, and control program of wireless terminal device to station, station control method, and station control program - An application to be booted is selected and operation of the application is controlled according to status of a link between an access point and a station. A station (STA) which can be connected to an access point (AP) includes a link information obtaining procedure which obtains link information including an identifier of the AP to which the STA is connected while the STA is connected to the AP and an application control procedure which selects an application to be booted according to the link information by referring to an action profile in which an identifier of the link information and an application to be booted are related and registered.02-10-2011
20110038295Method and Arrangement for Transmit Power Control of Multiple Downlink Carriers - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement for controlling downlink power in a multi-carrier communication network system. The communication network system comprises communication network nodes (02-17-2011
20110038294Timing Adjustment in Multi-Hop Communication System - A timing adjustment method for use in a multi-hop communication system is provided. The system includes a source apparatus, a destination apparatus and one or more intermediate apparatuses, said source apparatus being operable to transmit information along a series of links forming a communication path extending from the source apparatus to the destination apparatus via the or each intermediate apparatus, and the or each intermediate apparatus being operable to receive information from a previous apparatus along the path and to transmit the received information to a subsequent apparatus along the path, the system being configured to transmit information in a plurality of consecutive labelled intervals. The method includes transmitting information in a first labelled interval from a first said apparatus along a plurality of consecutive links of said path via one or more said intermediate apparatuses to a second said apparatus, said information including a reference to a particular one of said labelled intervals and the transmission of that information incurring a delay such that the transmitted information, or information derived therefrom, is received by said second apparatus in a second labelled interval a number of such intervals after the first labelled interval. The method also includes adjusting said reference to form an adjusted reference referring to a further labelled interval the or another number of such intervals before or after the particular labelled interval.02-17-2011
20120269106IDLE STATE MANAGEMENT - Apparatus and systems, as well as methods and articles, may operate to enter an idle state of a wireless device for a selected amount of time responsive to a combined clear channel assessment indication.10-25-2012
20120320813METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting acknowledgement/negative ACK (ACK/NACK) in a wireless communication system which supports carrier aggregation, and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method comprises the following steps: detecting one or more control channels from a plurality of component carrier; receiving one or more data indicated by the downlink control information loaded onto said one or more control channels; and transmitting ACK/NACK information relating to said one or more data via a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), wherein each of the pieces of downlink control information includes count information which is set in connection with the entire control channel actually allocated to a terminal.12-20-2012
20120320808STORAGE MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A game apparatus repeatedly switches between a doze state in which a wireless communication function is restricted, and an awake state. The game apparatus stores unicast data and broadcast data acquired in the awake state, in a normal queue, and transmits the pieces of data to air in acquisition order. On the other hand, in the doze state, the game apparatus stores acquired broadcast data in a preferential transmission queue, and stores acquired unicast data in the normal queue. Thereafter, when the game apparatus becomes the awake state again, the game apparatus transmits the broadcast data stored in the preferential transmission queue in preference to the unicast data stored in the normal queue.12-20-2012
20120320812Method for Associating Time Slots with Links Between Network Nodes of a Wireless Interconnected Network - A method for associating time slots with links between network nodes of a wireless interconnected network, the data in the network being transmittable from a source node to a destination node on a time slot basis by association via hops or corresponding hop levels, wherein a main path having one network node per hop level and the corresponding links between the network nodes of adjacent hop levels is set from the source node to the destination node, and alternative network nodes having corresponding alternative links, which can be used in place of the main path for data transmission, are also set.12-20-2012
20110235560WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The wireless communication system includes a first wireless terminal (09-29-2011
20120140691METHOD AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR PARAMETER RECONFIGURATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for reconfiguring parameters of a discontinuous reception operation of a medium access control layer for a mobile device of a wireless communication system includes when a radio resource control dedicated signaling for disabling a short cycle mode of the discontinuous reception operation is received during activation of the short cycle mode, switching from the short cycle mode to a long cycle mode of the discontinuous reception operation.06-07-2012
20120140690Synchronized Interference Mitigation Scheme for Heterogeneous Wireless Networks - In a method of synchronizing time domain multiplexing interference mitigation schemes of at least a first, second, and third wireless communication link within a first, second, and third network, respectively, a first set of parameters defining a first set of time intervals is determined. The first set of time intervals is utilized to schedule transmissions of the first wireless communication link to reduce interference with transmissions of the second wireless communication link. A second set of parameters defining a second set of time intervals is determined. The second set of time intervals is utilized to schedule transmissions of the first wireless communication link to reduce interference with transmissions of the third wireless communication link. The second set of parameters is determined based at least in part on at least one of the first set of parameters.06-07-2012
20120140688SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NOTIFYING BACK OFFICE PRIOR TO END OF TELEMATICS UNIT STANDBY PERIOD - The described method and system provide for notification to network applications by a telematics unit in standby mode of when the telematics unit is switching away from standby mode and will be come unavailable for communication with the network applications. The network application may include mobile applications for mobile devices (such as smartphones) and web applications accessible through web pages. The telematics unit may communicate with the back office(s) of the network applications. If the vehicle is a plug-type vehicle, the telematics unit or network application may further extend the standby period of the telematics unit or vehicle when the vehicle is plugged in.06-07-2012
20100232329METHOD OF OPERATING A SLEEP MODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A sleep mode operating method in a wireless communication system is disclosed. In a sleep mode operating method in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention, a user equipment receives a sleep response (MOB_SLP-RSP) message including a sleep cycle and a listening window from a base station. For the listening window, the user equipment receives a last PDU indication indicating whether a PDU (protocol data unit) transmitted from the base station is a last PDU. The user equipment terminates the listening window according to the last PDU indication.09-16-2010
20120087291METHOD OF SUPPORTING OPERATION OF SLEEP MODE IN A WIDEBAND RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of indicating downlink traffic to a mobile subscriber station that is in a sleep mode includes transmitting a sleep request message to a base station (BS); entering the sleep mode in response to a sleep response message received from the BS, wherein the sleep response message includes a first SLPID; receiving a traffic indication message including a FMT field indicating formats for the traffic indication message from the BS during a listening interval of the sleep mode, wherein the FMT field indicates one of an SLPID bitmap based format and an SLPID based format, and the traffic indication message further includes a second SLPID when the SLPID based format is used; and terminating the sleep mode to receive the downlink traffic when the second SLPID in the traffic indication message is same as the first SLPID included in the sleep response message.04-12-2012
20120087290Communicating over a Wireless Network - A first device communicates with a wireless network that includes nodes that are active for predefined activation times and that are at least partially dormant when not active. The communication method includes identifying a start of communication via a message that exceeds a maximum activation time of nodes on the wireless network by a factor N, where N is equal to at least a maximum number of frequencies on the wireless network, and exchanging information with a second device comprising a node on the wireless network that is within a transmission range of the first device, where the information is exchanged following the message and includes frequency hopping data for the second device.04-12-2012
20120087289COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system transmits a paging signal from a base station to a mobile terminal, via a designated carrier among multiple carriers. The communication system includes the base station that transmits the paging signal via the designated carrier, and further transmits via a carrier that is among the carriers and not the designated carrier, information that indicates the designated carrier; and the mobile terminal that based on the information received via a carrier to which the mobile terminal is connected, connects to the designated carrier and receives the paging signal transmitted via the designated carrier.04-12-2012
20120087288Channel-Occupancy Efficient, Low Power Wireless Networking - An apparatus and method are provided for efficiently sharing a single wireless channel and for providing improved power saving. Automatic beacon “sliding” establishes a round-robin contention-free channel schedule among multiple IBSSs. Entering an idle state immediately following communication after a beacon saves power. Further power savings occur when presumptions of pending traffic may be made.04-12-2012
20120087287METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER SAVING MODE IN GROUP COMMUNICATION - A method of controlling power saving modes of a plurality of terminals joining in a group communication by a base station is provided. The base station establishes a group call connection with the plurality of terminals, and establishes a same power saving mode pattern for the plurality of terminals.04-12-2012
20110280169METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a radio communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a signal transmission method in which a terminal transmits a signal in a radio communication system, said method comprising the steps of determining the transmission power for both a first channel and a second channel independently from one another; reducing at least the transmission power of the first channel or the transmission power of the second channel in consideration of a channel priority when the sum of the transmission power of the first channel and the transmission power of the second channel exceeds a maximum transmission power, and transmitting signals at the same time to a base station through the first channel and the second channel.11-17-2011
20110280168METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for reducing power consumption in a wireless communication system includes: generating a descramble initial value by using at least some bits of identification information of an STA, which is known to an AP or base station and the STA; generating a first descramble sequence by using the generated descramble initial value and comparing at least some bits of the generated first descramble sequence with at least some bits of a service field of a currently-received signal; as the comparison result, when it is determined that the destination of the currently-received signal is not set to the STA, stopping the signal reception; and as the comparison result, when it is determined that the destination of the currently-received signal is set to the STA, generating a second descramble sequence by using the descramble initial value and descrambling the currently-received signal.11-17-2011
20120327829Method and System for Allocating Bandwidth for Data Transmissions Between High-Speed Wireless Devices - According to one disclosed embodiment, a method for allocating bandwidth for data transmission time between high-speed wireless devices includes providing beacon intervals to accommodate allocation of data transmissions, each beacon interval including a data transmission time (DTT) interval, dividing all DTT intervals into timeslots of substantially uniform duration, and allocating an integer multiple of the timeslots to each of a plurality of service periods for timed data transmission. Such a method may further include allocating each service period of an isochronous traffic stream to begin the same number of timeslots from the beginning of its beacon interval, dividing the allocation of an asynchronous traffic stream over its allocation period by allocating an equal number of timeslots to a service period in each beacon interval within the allocation period, and de-allocating one or more service periods by marking as unallocated timeslots previously allocated to those service periods.12-27-2012
20120327830WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes: wireless transmission devices; and a wireless reception device. Each of the wireless transmission devices is configured to transmit data by transforming a time domain signal into frequency domain signals to obtain first frequency signals, clipping a part of the first frequency signals to generate second frequency signals, and allocating the second frequency signals onto subcarriers. The wireless reception device is configured to demodulate, from signals received, time domain data transmitted. Communication is performed using a clipping rate set for each of the wireless transmission devices, the clipping rate being the number of the second frequency signals divided by the number of the first frequency signals.12-27-2012
20100226298System and Method of Power Management for a Device with Multiple Network Interfaces - An embodiment method for managing power of user device having a plurality of interfaces includes mapping centralized reachability states to physical power states of the interface and controlling the physical power states based on the mapping. Controlling includes transmitting a signal to the user device.09-09-2010
20090028084METHOD FOR REDUCING USER EQUIPMENT POWER CONSUMPTION UNDER A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for reducing UE power consumption under a communication network is disclosed. The key principle of the method is an algorithm to force a RRC connection between a communication network and a UE to be released when mail client completes the synchronization process and the UE has no activity. The method includes steps of: (a) checking if a user inactive event occurs in the UE; (b) sending a signaling connection release message on a dedicated control channel from the UE.01-29-2009
20100202335METHOD FOR MANAGING THE TRANSFER OF INFORMATION PACKETS ACROSS A WIRELESS AND ROUTING NODES IMPLEMENTING IT - A wireless network includes permanently powered routing nodes and intermittently operating routing nodes. A polling procedure is used for transferring routing and data information packets from a permanently powered routing node to an intermittently operating routing node. In particular, when the permanently powered routing node has to transmit an information packet to the intermittently operating routing node, it stores the information packet in a memory; it waits until the intermittently operating routing node is able to receive information packets; and then it transmits the information packet to the intermittently operating routing node, and when the intermittently operating routing node has to transmit an information packet to the permanently powered routing node, it transmits immediately the information packet to the permanently powered routing node.08-12-2010
20100202334SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION USING A VARIABLE CONSTRAINT LENGTH CONVOLUTIONAL ENCODER - Systems and methods are provided for selecting transmission parameters used in the transmission of a communication signal in a wireless communications device. In one embodiment, a computer-implemented method for determining a convolutional code constraint length and/or a modulation type is provided. The method includes obtaining a channel condition for a channel associated with transmission of the communication signal. Based at least in part on the channel condition, the method includes selecting a convolutional code constraint length and/or a modulation type for transmitting the communications signal. In some embodiments, the method also includes selecting a data rate for transmitting the communications signal.08-12-2010
20100202333METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING DURING SLEEP MODE IN WIMAX NETWORKS - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure allow data for a second connection to be exchanged while the second connection is in a low power state that overlaps with a listening interval of a first connection.08-12-2010
20100202332MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD USED FOR THEM - A base station (08-12-2010
20090268653Wireless Communication System, Wireless Communication Apparatus, Wireless Communication Method, and Program - A wireless communication apparatus according to the invention includes a first wireless communication apparatus (STA1) which transmits search data to a second wireless communication apparatus (STA2) connected through an access point in a wireless communication network and determines whether a direct link setup to the second wireless communication apparatus (STA2) is possible based on search response data returned from the second wireless communication apparatus (STA2), and the second wireless communication apparatus (STA2) which receives the search data and transmits the search response data to the first wireless communication apparatus (STA1) when the second wireless communication apparatus (STA2) is compliant with the direct link setup.10-29-2009
20130010666MOBILE DEVICE WITH INDEPENDENT BATTERY AND RADIOFREQUENCY COMMUNICATION INTERFACE - The invention is aimed at optimising the life of the power supply of mobile equipment with a radiofrequency communication interface by switching off the power to it when it reaches a given state. A mobile device (01-10-2013
20130010662Filtering Group-Addressed Frames in Wi-Fi Devices - A method according to one embodiment includes the operations of buffering group-addressed frames; generating a first signal field comprising a first rate code selected from a plurality of invalid rate codes; receiving a trigger frame from a wireless station; and transmitting the first signal field in combination with the buffered group-addressed frames in response to the trigger frame.01-10-2013
20130016644WIRELESS INTELLIGENT SWITCH ENGINE - A wireless intelligent switch engine (WISE) is described. The wireless intelligent switch engine provides for automatic switching between different physical wireless interfaces in mobile devices while roaming to maintain a wireless network connection. WISE functions as a bridge between a mobile device and multiple wireless network interfaces to provide automatic and seamless switching among networks while roaming. The mobile device sees WISE as a LAN interface and communicates with WISE using the TCP/IP protocol stack, thus providing a PPP-less configuration that uses the TCP/IP protocol stack regardless of the wireless interface.01-17-2013
20130016643METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING MULTI-CARRIER FREQUENCY POWER AMPLIFIER RESOURCES - A control method and device for multi-carrier frequency power amplifier resources includes service data which is first distributed to a primary carrier frequency board; if it is determined that channel resource blocks of the primary carrier frequency board are all distributed with the service data, the rest service data is distributed to a secondary carrier frequency board according to a sequence of time slots, and if the primary carrier frequency board is not completely distributed with the service data, skip this step; after the service data is scheduled, an energy-saving operation may be started for the primary carrier frequency board in the time slot in which a carrier frequency can be turned off and for the secondary carrier frequency board, so as to eliminate static power consumption of the power amplifier.01-17-2013
20130016642COEXISTENCE OF A NORMAL-RATE PHYSICAL LAYER AND A LOW-RATE PHYSICAL LAYER IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A system including a midamble detection module and a processing module. The midamble detection module is configured to detect a midamble of a packet transmitted via a channel, where the packet includes (i) a preamble, (ii) the midamble, and (iii) a plurality of data fields, where the preamble includes (i) a first short training field, (ii) a first long training field, and (iii) a signal field, where the midamble includes (i) a second short training field and (ii) a second long training field, and where the midamble follows the preamble and is between two or more of the data fields. The processing module is configured to determine that the channel is busy in response to detecting the midamble in the packet.01-17-2013
20130016639METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CARRIER MANAGEMENT IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A method and device for carrier management in a carrier aggregation system, includes signaling which carries an additional carrier measurement indication sent to a User Equipment (UE); a measurement report received from the UE; when the downlink traffic of the UE increases, if the recorded carriers in the current downlink carrier set of the UE can not meet the requirement of the downlink traffic data rate, according to the additional carrier measurement report, at least one additional carrier is configured and activated, and the UE is notified to perform the corresponding configuration operation. In addition, according to the measurement result and the change in the downlink traffic of the UE, the base station can also perform the deactivation, activation replacement and removal of the additional carrier for the user, and notify the UE to perform the corresponding configuration operations.01-17-2013
20130016641MESH NETWORK CONTROL USING COMMON DESIGNATION WAKE-UP - Each of a plurality of network nodes in an ad hoc mesh network utilizes a data communication device that includes a two-way communications component, comprising a first receiver and transmitter, and a second receiver. The second receiver activates the communications component from a dormant state when it receives a broadcast including a wake-up identifier of the communication device. A method of activating and deactivating a mesh network includes, first, transmitting a broadcast that includes a wake-up identifier such that each second receiver of each communication device identified by the wake-up identifier, upon receipt, activates the communications component of the communication device, which then engages in mesh networking communications, and, second, transmitting a second broadcast including a second identifier such that the communications component of each communication device identified by the second identifier, upon receipt, will cease its mesh networking communications and will return to the dormant state.01-17-2013
20130016637VEHICLE BATTERY POWER SAVE TIMERAANM Yi; Ki HakAACI WindsorAACO CAAAGP Yi; Ki Hak Windsor CAAANM Shamoun; Christopher N.AACI Commerce TownshipAAST MIAACO USAAGP Shamoun; Christopher N. Commerce Township MI US - The described method and system provide for processing telematics service-related calls on a telematics-equipped vehicle when the vehicle ignition is off. By utilizing one or more call timers, the described invention is able to prevent excessive drain to the vehicle battery while still providing broad access to telematics services when the vehicle ignition is off. Certain types of calls may be excepted from the call timers, and different types of calls may use different call timers. A call center may also intervene and modify the process by changing the values of the timers.01-17-2013
20130016640ENHANCEMENT OF SLOTTED MODE OPERATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONAANM Fang; YonggangAACI San DiegoAAST CAAACO USAAGP Fang; Yonggang San Diego CA USAANM Yu; YuanFangAACI ShenzhenAACO CNAAGP Yu; YuanFang Shenzhen CNAANM Lu; TingAACI BeijingAACO CNAAGP Lu; Ting Beijing CNAANM Zhao; XiaowuAACI ShenzhenAACO CNAAGP Zhao; Xiaowu Shenzhen CN - Methods, apparatus and systems for enhanced slotted mode operation for wireless communication are disclosed. A first control message indicative of a first sleep cycle duration is received. When the first control message includes a first message field, a second control message that includes a second field indicative of a second sleep cycle duration that is greater than the first sleep cycle duration is transmitted.01-17-2013
20130016638METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICEAANM LEE; KyounghoAACI Hwaseong-siAACO KRAAGP LEE; Kyoungho Hwaseong-si KRAANM CHUNG; JaepilAACI SeoulAACO KRAAGP CHUNG; Jaepil Seoul KRAANM KANG; ChinkyuAACI Hwaseong-siAACO KRAAGP KANG; Chinkyu Hwaseong-si KRAANM YOON; JaeseungAACI Yongin-siAACO KRAAGP YOON; Jaeseung Yongin-si KRAANM LEE; SangbongAACI Suwon-siAACO KRAAGP LEE; Sangbong Suwon-si KR - A method for controlling a discontinuous reception (DRX) in a mobile communication device is provided. According to the method, when a specific application is selected, the device activates a DRX setting timer having a long DRX period for a direct long DRX mode, and enters into the DRX mode. When the setting timer expires in the DRX mode, the device activates the setting timer again and receives control information from a base station in an on-duration zone. The device enters into the DRX mode in response to no reception of valid control information in the on-duration zone, or enters into a continuous mode for executing the specific application in response to reception of valid control information.01-17-2013
20110134818LOW-POWER METHOD FOR MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL IN SEMI-LINEAR SENSOR NETWORK - A low-power method for media access control on a semi-linear sensor network with multiple sensor nodes, includes: sensing a channel after waking up from a sleep mode by an arbitrary transmission sensor node that has obtained data; and generating a long preamble including a number of element preambles and sending to a destination sensor node after said channel sensing. This method further includes: sending said data to said destination sensor node after completion of transmission of said long preamble; and identifying duty cycle information of said destination sensor node after completion of transmission of said data and adjusting the number of said element preambles according to said duty cycle information.06-09-2011
20110158143MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal including a user input unit configured to input information into the mobile terminal; a display unit configured to display data; a Wi-Fi module configured to provide an Access Point (AP) function such that an external terminal can access a wireless network through the Wi-Fi module providing the AP function; and a controller configured to control a state of the Wi-Fi module to be switched between 1) a power saving mode in which the Wi-Fi module is alternated between a sleep state and an awake state and 2) a power saving off mode in which the Wi-Fi module is continuously maintained in the awake state until a Wi-Fi connection request signal is received from the external device or a predetermined amount of time passes from a specific timing point.06-30-2011
20130021959ACCESS POINT MULTI-LEVEL TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL BASED ON THE EXCHANGE OF CHARACTERISTICS - A first plurality of characteristics are received from a first client device relating to transmissions received by the first client device from both an access point and a second client device. A second plurality of characteristics are received from the second client device relating to transmissions received by the second client device from both the access point and the first client device. The first plurality of characteristics and the second plurality of characteristics are both assessed. Based on the assessment, a least one of a plurality of customized power levels is selected for transmissions by the access point to the first client device and the second client device.01-24-2013
20130021956SYNCHRONIZED COMUNICATION FOR MESH CONNECTED TRANSCEIVER - A wireless mesh network, method, and processor-readable storage medium for operating a network that has a control node that communicates with a plurality of communication nodes, at least one of which comprises a battery-powered communication node, are disclosed. The battery-powered communication node is associated with an electric meter and is configured to maintain time- and frequency synchronization with an electric meter or with the network, to transmit a message, and to listen for a response to the message during a polling period after the message is transmitted.01-24-2013
20130021958Method and System for Minimizing Power Consumption in a Communication System - Certain embodiments of the invention may be found in a method and system for minimizing power consumption in a communication system. Exemplary aspects of the invention may comprise configuring a supply voltage of an amplifier to enable communication of data using a first communication protocol during a first timeslot in a TDM frame, reconfiguring the supply voltage of the amplifier to enable communication of data using a different communication protocol, and adjusting the supply voltage of the amplifier in proportion to the envelope of a baseband signal conforming to one of the communication protocols. The first and second communication protocols may conform to various communication protocols, such as WCDMA, HSDPA, HSUDPA, GSM, GPRS, EDGE, WiMAX, OFDM, UWB, ZigBee, and Bluetooth. The baseband signal may be delayed by a number of samples before being input into the amplifier.01-24-2013
20130021960METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One suggested specific embodiment of the present invention relates to a communication method and device for improved performance. For example, a method for requesting information related to energy (or power) consumption of a terminal and receiving a report of related information from the terminal, and a mobile terminal may be provided. When the method and terminal are used, energy that the terminal consumes may be efficiently controlled.01-24-2013
20130021957METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR GROUP PAGING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods, apparatus and systems for group paging of wireless devices are described. A wireless device is associated with a member identifier (MID) that is a unique identifier for the wireless device. The wireless device is associated with a group identifier (GID) that is a unique identifier for a group of which the wireless device is a member. The wireless device is woken up from a sleep mode at a wake-up time based on the GID.01-24-2013
20130170417Distributed low-power monitoring system - A distributed wireless monitoring system with low-power remote sensors includes data encoding/compression at sensors to reduce power use from transmission and storage (where the compact data representation is decoded after upload), event activated operation/data logging, remote configuration of event triggering thresholds and correlation templates, distributed processing capabilities, and sensor clock synchronization from a network time service.07-04-2013
20120243455RESOURCE CONFIGURATION METHOD AND DEVICE - A resource configuration method and device are provided. The method includes: obtaining a capability of a user equipment, and obtaining multiple resource configuration manners according to the capability of the user equipment; obtaining a resource configuration manner in which data bearing capacity meets a service requirement from the multiple resource configuration manners; and when it is required to save power of the user equipment, selecting a resource configuration manner in which the least radio frequency chains are used from the resource configuration manners in which the data bearing capacity meets the service requirement, and in the resource configuration manner in which the least radio frequency chains are used, configuring, for the user equipment, a component carrier and the radio frequency chain used by each component carrier.09-27-2012
20120243453Apparatus and Method for Configuring a Transmission Capability of a Mobile Communication System onto Unused Radio Bands/Channels - An apparatus, method and computer program product determine channels of a television radio-band which are free of signal transmission and channels with active signal transmission, select a group of channels immediately adjacent in the frequency domain among the channels which are free of signal transmission, allocate a downlink bandwidth to channels of the selected channel group which are not immediately adjacent in the frequency domain to a channel with active signal transmission, and allocate an uplink bandwidth to all channels of the selected channel group.09-27-2012
20080253312Method for transitioning radio resource control state of user equipment to idle state, system therefor, and the same user equipment - In a WCDMA mobile communication system, when the amount of packet traffic transmitted to or received from a UE decreases during a predetermined time in a CELL_DCH state in which a WCDMA packet data connection has been established, the UE transitions to a CELL_FACH state by a radio network controller (RNC). Thereafter, it is determined if there is no transmitted or received packet traffic during a certain time in the CELL_FACH state (which is an RRC state in which an RRC connection has been connected, and the dedicated physical channel has been released). When it is determined that there is no transmitted or received packet traffic during the certain time, the UE requests a network to release the RRC connection by utilizing a Signaling Connection Release Indication (SCRI) message. The invention enables a UE to check a packet transmission or reception flow, and to directly transmit the SCRI message to the network.10-16-2008
20080232290METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HOLISTIC ENERGY MANAGEMENT IN ETHERNET NETWORKS - Aspects of a method and system for holistic energy management in Ethernet networks are provided. In this regard, based on activity in one or more nodes in a network, power consumption in the network may be controlled via computational capabilities of node(s) in the network and/or via a data communication rate between nodes in the network. Activity in a network node may be determined based on deep packet inspection of traffic transmitted/received by the node, inspection of data exchanged between subsystems in the node, a state of an operating system running in the node, data processed or waiting to be processed in the node, information exchanged between an energy management entity in the node and an energy management entity in one or more other nodes, computing tasks delegated to the node, and/or instructions transmitted along with a computing task delegated to the node.09-25-2008
20080232289APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD, FOR PAGING AN ACCESS TERMINAL IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING SEQUENTIALLY ASSIGNED QUICK PAGE IDENTIFIERS - An apparatus, and an associated method, for facilitating paging of an access terminal. A hash function is performed at a network entity to form a hash value. The hash value is utilized to identify a paging packet that is to be populated with paging information. Once formed, the paging packet is sent as part of a superframe of packets. The access terminal also performs the hash function to determine to where to hash to search for the paging information.09-25-2008
20080232286System and Method for Hibernation Mode for Beaconing Devices09-25-2008
20080225768Systems and Methods for Indicating Buffered Data at an Access Point Using a Traffic Indication Map Broadcast - Stations in standby mode periodically wake up to check for buffered data at the access points. Traditionally, the information is available by checking the periodic beacon frame for a traffic indication map (TIM). Unfortunately, the length of beacons has steadily increased with the progression of the various wireless standards requiring stations to wake up for longer periods to merely check for buffered data. Several approaches are disclosed which address this shortcoming, including the broadcast of TIM frames, the partial reception of beacon frames and the use of an embedded TIM frame within a beacon frame.09-18-2008
20130170420WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROCESSING CIRCUIT - Provided is a wireless communication device capable of setting an appropriate transmission power flexibly in accordance with the surrounding environment when returning to a normal power mode from a low power mode. In the wireless communication device (07-04-2013
20130170415MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO TERMINAL - A mobile communication method, which configures a DRX cycle having an On duration in which a downlink signal transmitted from a serving base station is to be monitored and an Off duration other than the On duration in an RRC connected state where an RRC connection is established between a radio terminal and a radio base station, the mobile communication method comprising: a step A of transmitting, from the radio terminal to the radio base station, a timing adjustment request uplink signal through an uplink control channel, even when a radio resource of an uplink data channel has not been assigned in a case where the DRX cycle is configured; and a step B of transmitting, from the radio base station to the radio terminal, transmission timing correction information of an uplink signal, in response to the timing adjustment request uplink signal.07-04-2013
20130170416METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER AWARE RECEIVE DIVERSITY CONTROL - While a user equipment (UE) is in a connected mode, the UE may receive only a limited quantity of data. During this phase, a receive diversity configuration may not be enabled, in an effort to conserve power on the UE side. However, in marginal signal conditions and a poor radio environment, downlink performance at the UE side may be enhanced by enabling receive diversity, irrespective of the limited data received by the UE. However, while receive diversity may improve the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) at the UE end in marginal signal conditions, the UE may also incur a penalty on power consumption. Therefore, certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for dynamically controlling the receive diversity of a wireless device to improve the downlink procedure performance, while minimizing power consumption due to the usage of a second receive chain when in connected mode.07-04-2013
20130170419Reducing WLAN Power Consumption on a Mobile Device Utilizing a Cellular Radio Interface - A system and method of reducing the WLAN power consumption and limiting battery drain of a mobile communications device is provided. The mechanism continuously monitors for changes in the WLAN and cellular signal strength and modifies the WLAN profile scanning activity accordingly. By monitoring for changes, transitions can be detected which indicate the location of the mobile device (i.e., indoor or outdoor). An increase in cellular signal strength and a decrease in WLAN signal strength indicates the user is transitioning outdoors where WLAN coverage may be limited. To reduce battery power consumption, background scanning is suspended or its frequency significantly lowered. Moving indoors is indicated by a decrease in cellular signal strength and an increase in WLAN signal strength. Background/Connectivity scanning frequency is increased to provide shorter time-to-connect to WLAN Networks for the user within the WLAN coverage area.07-04-2013
20130170413METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR POWER SAVING CONTROLS IN MOBILE BROADCAST RECEIVER - In a broadcast receiver for receiving a digital broadcast signal that carries time division multiplexed content programs or channels configured for power saving modes, the tuner, the ADC, the sub-modules within demodulator core, and the decoder are partitioned into multiple power domains forming a signal data processing pipeline with stages that are corresponding to the power domains and according to the boundaries of the data processing steps. During burst timeslot, only the power domain that is processing the signal data is turned on. Once the processing is completed the power domain is turned off. The power domains are turned off during non-burst timeslot. The ADCs and the first power domain are turned on one timeslot prior the beginning of the next burst timeslot. Therefore, the receiver can simply disregard any residual data in the processing pipeline from the last burst cycle and data flushing is not necessary.07-04-2013
20130170414System and Method for Device-to-Device Communication Overlaid on a Cellular Network - An embodiment of a system that operates a user equipment as a serving user equipment in a personal cell. The user equipment is configured to receive a communication resource from a base station to operate as a serving user equipment in a personal cell, the communication resource including a personal cell ID, and transmit in a cellular downlink the personal cell ID and control channel information included in the communication resource to a second user equipment. The communication resource can comprise a downlink of a cellular network for data transmission by the user equipment to the second user equipment. The user equipment retains a cellular communication link to a base station.07-04-2013
20130176921VHT TXOP POWER SAVE - A wireless, specifically VHT, system that includes APs and STAs can power save during the TXOP. The AP in the system announces whether STAs in the system do SU or MU TXOP power save in a Beacon/Probe Response, and the STAs in the system transmit to the AP whether the STA is capable and willing to save power during a SU, MU, or SU+MU TXOP. For the AP, the process further involves buffering data frames for STAs that have entered doze mode until the end of TXOP. The AP further transmits to STAs a duration of TXOP in the Duration field of a RTS frame. The STA can inform the AP to enter TXOP PM mode in a bit in the HT Control field.07-11-2013
20130176923Methods for Requesting and Responding to Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) Counting - Disclosed is a method for requesting and feeding back a multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS) state, the method being used for allowing a network side to inform a related user equipment (UE) to feed back MBMS state information and allowing the informed UE to feed back the MBMS state information. The request method comprises: when necessary to acquire the receiving state of an MBMS, a base station transmits, through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) scrambled by a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) belonging specially to an MBMS service, or through a system message, a multicast control channel (MCCH) change notification to the UE; and the base station transmits an MBMS state report request to the UE through the changed MCCH. The present invention also discloses a device for implementing the method.07-11-2013
20110274021DETECTING A WLAN SIGNAL USING A BLUETOOTH RECEIVER DURING BLUETOOTH SCAN ACTIVITY - A BT receiver RF front end receives RF energy in a sequence of BT scan windows. Throughout a scan window, the front end is tuned to one hop frequency. Before and after the window the front end is in a disabled state. A WLAN energy detector processes an output of the front end during the window and determines whether more than a predetermined amount of RF energy was received onto the front end during the window. A BT baseband processor attempts to demodulate the output of the front end. If the WLAN energy detector determines that the predetermined amount of RF energy was received and if a BT signal could not be demodulated, then a WLAN wake-up signal is asserted, thereby causing a WLAN transceiver to be powered up to receive WLAN signals. BT scan intervals are varied in duration to facilitate a BT scan window overlapping a WLAN beacon.11-10-2011
20110274020WIRELESS MESH NETWORK CONTROLLER SYNCHRONIZATION - A set sleep period is coordinated among a plurality of mesh network nodes to conserve power. A controller is synchronized with an existing wireless mesh network by sending a network synchronization signal from the controller indicating that sleep timing information is lost, and receiving a reply from one or more wireless mesh network nodes within the existing wireless mesh network comprising sleep timing information for the wireless mesh network.11-10-2011
20110274024METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING MULTIPLE A/N INFORMATION - A method and a user equipment (UE) for transmitting multiple A/N information are provided. The method includes: determining reserved resources; determining A/N information that needs to be transmitted; and determining that the number of transmission resources is N (N is an integer greater than or equal to 2) and corresponding modulation symbols according to the number of the reserved resources and the A/N information that needs to be transmitted; and transmitting multiple A/N information by transmitting the modulation symbols by using the transmission resources. By transmitting multiple A/N information, a downlink frequency band where an error occurs can be correctly located. The A/N information includes acknowledgement (ACK) information, negative acknowledgement (NACK) information or Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) state information.11-10-2011
20110274023ERROR PROPAGATION PROTECTION IN NON-BINARY MULTIPLE ACK/NACKS - A scheme of error decoupling for carrier aggregation techniques to support a communication system is provided. The communication system operates with up to 2 codewords for up to 5 carriers, each codeword of each carrier having one acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) or discontinuous transmission (DTX) to enable Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) to operate in each carrier. The scheme involves the steps of: performing separation of bits related to ACK, NACK, DTX for each carrier using up to 2 codewords; determining a maximum number of bits related to ACK, NACK, DTX when decoupling is not performed after a maximum number of carriers are used; and grouping the carriers such that separation between ACK, NACK, DTX of each carrier is optimized as long as the maximum number of bits is not exceeded.11-10-2011
20110274022MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME ADJUSTMENT FOR UPLINK CHANNEL POWER CONTROL IN ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method of adjusting the modulation and coding scheme for uplink channel power control in advanced telecommunication networks includes receiving an indication of a power adjustment mode for an uplink multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) transmission. The power of the uplink MIMO transmission is adjusted according to the received power adjustment mode.11-10-2011
20130142099WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A transmission power controller turns on a power supply to a transmitter at a given time taking a power rise time into account before a start time of transmission processing in the transmitter, and turns off the power supply to the transmitter when the transmission processing is finished. A reception power controller turns on a power supply to a receiver at a given time taking a power rise time into account before a time at which an ACK is assumed to be arrival from a wireless communication device on a receiver side responsive to data transmitted from the transmitter, and turns off the power supply to the receiver when the reception processing of the ACK in the receiver is finished.06-06-2013
20130142098APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION REGARDING POWER COORDINATION IN MULTI-COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting information regarding power coordination by a mobile station (MS) in a multi-component carrier system are provided. The method includes: generating information regarding power coordination (PC) indicating an amount or a range by which uplink maximum transmission power of the MS is to be adjusted; and transmitting the information regarding PC to a base station (BS). Accordingly, a scheduling error in the BS due to ambiguity of power coordination can be reduced and scheduling can be performed adaptively to maximum transmission power of a provided mobile station (MS) or a component carrier.06-06-2013
20130142097DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SCHEDULING COMMUNICATIONS WITH A GROUP OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNITS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of scheduling communications with a group of wireless communication devices. For example, a wireless communication unit may transmit at least one scheduling frame including an indication of a downlink period allocated for simultaneous transmission from the wireless communication unit to at least one group of a plurality of wireless communication devices, wherein the wireless communication unit is to simultaneously transmit a plurality of different wireless communication transmissions to the plurality of wireless communication devices of the group during the downlink period. Other embodiments are described and claimed.06-06-2013
20130142096METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - The present disclosure relates to a method of radio resource management for a communication network including an Access Controller and a plurality of Access Points. The Access Controller manages the plurality of Access Points, each of which provides a radio for accessing the network. The Access Controller joins into a high-density group a present radio and, with respect to the present radio, radios which have signal strengths higher than a power-adjustment threshold, when it determines that the transmission power of the present radio is less than or equal to a minimum transmission power threshold, and that a predetermined condition to down-adjust the transmission power of the present radio is satisfied. A channel from amongst a plurality of available channels is assigned to each of the radios in the high-density group including the present radio.06-06-2013
20130142095System and Method for Traffic Signaling and Control in a Wireless Network - A system and method are provided for traffic signaling in wireless or sensor networks. The system and method use information or bits in a Signal Field (SIG) of Physical Layer (PHY) preamble in a packet to provide traffic control information. An embodiment method implemented by a network component comprises indicating a traffic direction and a traffic type for traffic control in a SIG in a frame and transmitting the frame including the SIG. Another method comprises receiving in a frame a SIG for traffic control that indicates a transmission type and decoding the SIG field to determine whether to process remaining information in the frame if the frame comprises data payload or a Media Access Control (MAC) header.06-06-2013
20130142094SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FRAME FILTERING AND FOR ENABLING FRAME FILTERING - The disclosure provides systems, methods, and apparatus for early receive chain shutoff using a typified CRC and/or content change indicator signals. In one aspect, a method for low power frame filtering is provided. The method comprises generating a typified checksum based on a transaction identifier and at least a portion of a packet. The method further comprises transmitting, to at least one receiver, the packet comprising the typified checksum.06-06-2013
20080219200WCDMA device and method for discontinuous reception for power saving in idle mode and flexible monitoring of neighboring cells - A WCDMA enabled user equipment device configured to have functions collectively or selectively idle to conserve power. A discontinuous receiver is used to detect and read network messages and report the messages to the computer within the WCDMA enabled user equipment device. The computer then activates functions previously powered down to receive incoming messages for the user of the device. The discontinuous receiver is also used when the device is active to read network messages, freeing a modem of the device to operate on user messaging; and therefore, enhancing user related performance.09-11-2008
20080219197Low Power Data Streaming - To save power, a controller formats data packets for transmission to a remote device and then enters a low power mode. A direct memory access unit reads the formatted data packets and presents them to a communication interface for transmission to the remote device. A hardware logic unit matches acknowledgement and no-acknowledgement responses from the remote device for directing further packet transmission. When the hardware logic unit cannot match a response from the remote device it signals the controller to wake up for further processing.09-11-2008
20080219196INFRASTRUCTURE OFFLOAD WAKE ON WIRELESS LAN (WOWL) - Aspects of an infrastructure offload wake on wireless LAN (WOWL) are described. An aspect of the system may include a networked device, or station, which may communicate one or more filters to an infrastructure networking device. The infrastructure networking device may utilize the filters to perform pattern matching operations on frames or packets received from the network for delivery to at least the station while the station is in an inactive, or low-power, state. When pattern matching operations performed at the infrastructure networking device indicate receipt of a frame or packet on behalf of the inactive station, which matches at least one of the filters, the infrastructure networking device may store an indication value. The indication value may denote receipt of at least one frame or packet that matched at least one of the filters, which were communicated to the infrastructure networking device by the station.09-11-2008
20120250596ENHANCING PS-POLL FOR LOW-POWER WiFi - After waking from a sleep mode, a wireless communication device may poll a network controller for any broadcast and/or multicast messages. The device and the network controller may agree to this arrangement ahead of time, so that the network controller will know to buffer such messages until the device requests them. A format for enabling this capability is described.10-04-2012
20130170418Wireless Communication Device Capable of Scanning for Available Base Stations Using Reduced Bandwidth - A wireless communication device is disclosed that includes multiple antennas capable of being used for carrier aggregation, and that uses its additional antennas to scan for available base stations without interfering with connectivity to a current base station and/or while maximizing useable bandwidth. The wireless communication device may scan using multiple of the antennas to maximize scanning results and reduce scan time, and may scan for available base stations using some of its antennas while maintaining its connection to the current base station with its other antennas. The device can also analyze control channel portions of received signals to utilize periods of signal inactivity to scan for available base stations, such as DRX or SPS modes of operation. In addition, the device can measure various parameters to optimize its scanning capabilities.07-04-2013
20130114488METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING POWER SAVING OF ACCESS POINT AND ACCESS POINT ON WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for implementing power saving of an access point on a wireless communication network includes: when detecting that no mobile terminal is associated, switching, by the access point, from a normal working mode to a power saving working mode; and periodically broadcasting, by the access point, a simplified beacon frame in the power saving working mode, where the simplified frame includes only a service set identity. An embodiment of the present invention further provides an access point on a wireless communication network. The access point broadcasts the simplified beacon frame in the power saving working mode. Therefore, the length of the beacon frame is shortened, thereby shortening the sending time to achieve the objective of reducing power consumption.05-09-2013
20130114484Paging in Heterogeneous Networks with Discontinuous Reception - A method for operating a UE in a wireless communications network is provided. The method comprises attempting, by a UE configured to operate in a DRX mode and with time domain measurement resource restrictions, to read a paging message in a paging occasion in a restricted subframe during DRX active time.05-09-2013
20130114483Paging in Heterogeneous Networks Using Restricted Subframe Patterns - A method for operating a UE in a wireless communications network is provided. The method comprises using, by the UE, a frequency parameter of paging frames and a restricted subframe pattern to determine one or more paging frames and occasions to monitor.05-09-2013
20130094417WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A wireless communication apparatus includes a transmitter circuit whose transmission power is set variably, a wireless communication section having a receiver circuit, and a processing section that executes a control of the wireless communication section. The processing section sets the transmission power of the transmitter circuit to a first transmission power when it executes normal data communication and sets the transmission power of the transmitter circuit to a second transmission power smaller than the first transmission power when it executes a pairing process.04-18-2013
20130094421POWER SAVING VIA VARIABLE LISTEN INTERVALS IN A WLAN - A wireless client device is associated with an access point in an association having a value for a listen interval parameter. The wireless client device determines, according to predefined considerations, a different value for the listen interval parameter, and declares the different value for the listen interval parameter in a wireless transmission to the access point. The listen interval parameter specifies a number of beacon intervals that can pass from a time the wireless client device listens for a beacon frame from the access point before the wireless client device listens for a next beacon frame from the access point.04-18-2013
20130094419WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - The transmission of a reference signal, such as a CSI-RS, is enabled while maintaining a power saving effect when performing inter-cell cooperative transmission/reception or the like in a plurality of cells. In order to realize inter-cell cooperative transmission/reception, a CSI-RS which is used for estimating the state of a spatial propagation path of a communication line is generated by a CSI-RS generation unit, and the CSI-RS is disposed in a predetermined subframe by a disposition unit and transmitted. At this time, when a frame has ten subframes #04-18-2013
20130094420MOMETARY BURST PROTOCOL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method for communicating data using a “burst protocol” includes enabling power to transmitters and receivers when needed to balance power consumption with latency and unscheduled communication. A transmitter transmits a plurality of packets indicative of substantially the same payload. Power then may be disabled to the transmitter. A first predetermined time is determined to enable a receiver. A second predetermined time is determined to disable the receiver. Power then may be enabled to the receiver based on the first predetermined time. The payload is output in response to receiving one or more of the plurality of packets. Power to the receiver is disabled based on the second predetermined time.04-18-2013
20130094418METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MONITORING PAGING MESSAGE - A method and device for monitoring a paging message in Machine To Machine (M2M) communication are provided. A M2M device receives a segment of the paging message that includes an extension flag and a M2M extension flag. The extension flag indicates that the M2M device checks the M2M extension flag and the M2M extension flag indicates whether a remaining segment of the paging message exists.04-18-2013
20130094415Method and System for Server-Side Handling of a Low-Power Client in a Wide Area Network - A CMTS may receive a request that a network device be permitted to enter a power-saving mode of operation. In response, the CMTS may enter a power-saving mode of operation wherein MAC management messages, transmission opportunities for the sleeping network device, and/or contention periods on one or more channels occur at independently determinable intervals. The CMTS may then transmit a message granting the network device permission to enter the power-saving mode of operation. The CMTS may start a sleep timer upon transmitting the MAC management message and may deregister the network device if no communication is received from the network device prior to expiration of the sleep timer. The CMTs may buffer traffic destined for the network device in a buffer of the CMTS while the network device is in the power-saving mode of operation, and may wake the network device upon the amount of buffered traffic reaching a threshold.04-18-2013
20130094414APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OPERATIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for controlling transmission and reception control in a wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes at least one voltage regulator, a power source consumer, at least one capacitor, and a controller. The at least one voltage regulator provides a power source that is a regulated voltage. The power source consumer processes a Radio Frequency (RF) signal using the power source that is the regulated voltage. The at least one capacitor is connected to an output port of the at least one voltage regulator and a power source input port of the power source consumer. The controller turns off the at least one voltage regulator during a deactivation period of the communication apparatus and turns on the at least one voltage regulator during an activation period of the communication apparatus.04-18-2013
20130094413ADAPTIVE AWAKE WINDOW - A system for facilitating communal apparatus interaction. In accordance with at least one embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus configured to communicate on a wireless channel may receive first information pertaining to wireless traffic expected from other networks also utilizing the wireless channel. The apparatus may then determine whether the received information satisfies a first criterion, and if it is determined that the first information satisfies the first criterion, the apparatus may shorten an awake window duration for communicating on the wireless channel. Alternatively, if it is determined that the information does not satisfy the first criterion, the apparatus may proceed to further determine whether second information pertaining to wireless traffic on the wireless channel that is expected from a network satisfies a second criterion. If it is determined that the second information satisfies the second criterion, the apparatus may proceed to lengthen the awake window duration.04-18-2013
20130114487METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING UPLINK PACKET DATA SERVICE - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving downlink control information in a mobile communication system supporting an uplink packet data service are provided. To transmit packet data in an HARQ mobile communication system, a second transceiver receives an RG as rate control information from a first transceiver. The second transceiver sets the allowed maximum data rate of an HARQ process to which the RG is applied to the allowed maximum data rate of an HARQ process previous to the HARQ process, if the RG indicates hold. The second transceiver transmits packet data within the set allowed maximum data rate to the first transceiver.05-09-2013
20130094416Method and System for Client-Side Message Handling in a Low-Power Wide Area Network - A network device (e.g., a cable modem) may support a normal mode of operation and a sleep mode of operation. While in the normal mode, a PHY of the network device may process a received signal to recover MPEG-TS packets, and convey the MPEG-TS packets to other components of the network device for further processing. While in the sleep mode, the PHY may process received MPEG-TS packets having a particular packet identifier and drop received MPEG-TS packets not having the particular packet identifier. The PHY may control transitions between the normal mode and the sleep mode in response to received signals having particular physical layer characteristics. The PHY may demodulate a received signal to recover an MPEG-TS packet; descramble portions of the MPEG-TS packet; inspect portions of the MPEG-TS packet; and control a mode of operation of the network device based on the contents of the MPEG transport stream.04-18-2013
20130114486VIRTUALIZED WIRELESS NETWORK WITH PILOT BEACONS - A virtualized DAS network includes one or more digital access units (DAUs) and one or more digital remote units (DRUs) coupled to the one or more DAUs. The virtualized DS network also includes a routing table associated with the one or more DAUs. A signal provided by the one or more DRUs includes one or more carriers and one or more pilot beacons.05-09-2013
20130114485REDUCING WIRELESS POWER CONSUMPTION AND SIGNALING OVERHEAD FOR INTERNET APPLICATION BACKGROUND MESSAGES - Technology is discussed for reducing the frequency of signaling overhead and power consumption on wireless mobile devices employed to support internet applications in a Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN). Demands for battery power and signaling overhead frequently arise to support background messages of little significance and/or urgency when internet applications are unattended on wireless mobile device attempting to conserve power. An identification module can be triggered to identify such background messages, based on a variety of factors. The identification module can also determine whether to buffer and/or drop such messages with information local to the wireless mobile devices and/or in such background messages. Such buffering and dropping measures can reduce the frequency with which wireless mobile devices consume large amounts of power and/or require signaling overhead to send and receive these background messages.05-09-2013
20130114490METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WAKING UP NODE B CELL - The disclosure provides a method and a system for waking up a Node B (NB) cell. When a User Equipment (UE) in an idle state arrives in an area of a Home NB cell in which the UE ever resided, but does not search out signals of the Home cell, or when the UE in an idle state finds that signals of a cell in which the UE currently resides get worse, and does not find other better cells, the UE reports Proximity Indication (PI) information to a network side through a specific Tracking Area Update (TAU) process; when determining that there is need to wake up the NB cell according to footprint information which is reported by the UE and obtained in the specific TAU process, the network side wakes up the NB cell. By means of the specific TAU process of the disclosure, it is ensured that the UE in an idle state wakes up the sleeping Home NB cell (or macro cell) in time, so that the UE can get service from the Home NB cell (or macro cell) in time and thus a network coverage problem caused by cell sleeping for saving energy is avoided.05-09-2013
20130114489WIRELESS MESH NETWORK CONTROLLER SYNCHRONIZATION - A set sleep period is coordinated among a plurality of mesh network nodes to conserve power. A controller is synchronized with an existing wireless mesh network by sending a network synchronization signal from the controller indicating that sleep timing information is lost, and receiving a reply from one or more wireless mesh network nodes within the existing wireless mesh network comprising sleep timing information for the wireless mesh network.05-09-2013
20130100871SELECTIVE DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION METHOD AND RELATED SYSTEM AND DEVICE - Selective DRX method on multiple CCs for a UE (04-25-2013
20110268005MOBILE WIRELESS TERMINAL AND BASE STATION SEARCH METHOD - According to one embodiment, a mobile wireless terminal, which makes a wireless communication with a base station accommodated in a network, includes a receiver, a communication module, and a controller. The receiver is configured to receive and frequency-convert a wireless signal transmitted from the base station, and to detect a beacon signal transmitted from the base station based on a reception signal obtained by the frequency conversion. The communication module is configured to receive a wireless signal transmitted from the base station, to acquire identification information of the base station by decoding a reception signal obtained from the wireless signal, and to communicate with the base station. The controller is configured to activate the communication module in accordance with a reception result of the beacon signal by the receiver, and to control the communication module to acquire identification information from the base station.11-03-2011
20110268001METHOD OF PROVIDING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FEEDBACK FOR AGGREGATED CARRIERS - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for providing acknowledgment feedback for aggregated downlink component carriers. One embodiment of the method includes determining acknowledgment bits for downlink component carriers that are aggregated to a particular user equipment. Each acknowledgment bit indicates whether a corresponding downlink component carrier was successfully received. This embodiment also includes transmitting symbol constellations representative of the acknowledgment bits in resources of one or more uplink control channels of the uplink component carrier.11-03-2011
20130121228METHOD FOR MANAGING ENERGY CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK AND CORRESPONDING WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM - A method for managing energy consumption in a wireless network, in particular a mobile radio network, wherein the wireless network includes radio access points that provide uplink and downlink connections to the wireless network for mobile stations, and wherein the uplink and the downlink connection of at least one mobile station being connected to the wireless network are physically served by different radio access points is characterized in that, at least temporarily, one or more of the radio access points function as unidirectional radio access points that provide either uplink connections or downlink connections—radio resource access—for the at least one mobile station. Furthermore, a corresponding wireless network system is disclosed.05-16-2013
20130121227ACCESS POINT SCHEDULED PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for scheduling multiple peer-to-peer communications in a wireless network using an access point (AP). The existing power management framework for AP-based communications is utilized to achieve AP-based scheduling of peer-to-peer communications.05-16-2013
20130121226GROUP COMMUNICATIONS OVER EVOLVED MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICES - The disclosure is directed to group communications over evolved multimedia broadcast/multicast services (E-MBMS). An embodiment identifies a schedule for an indicator on a broadcast/multicast medium of a first multicast media on a multicast flow, wherein the indicator is configured to identify a location of data on the broadcast/multicast medium and to identify a presence of the data on the multicast flow, binds application layer paging, an application layer wake up mechanism, or a power saving mechanism to the schedule for the indicator on the multicast flow, wakes from a sleep mode to monitor the indicator to determine availability of the first multicast media based on the indicator, tunes to the first multicast media if the first multicast media is available, and returns to the sleep mode, if the first multicast media is not available.05-16-2013
20130121225METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING SIGNALS USED FOR EXTENDED ACCESS CLASS BARRING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus for extended access barring (EAB) in a wireless communication system. In detail, the present description proposes EAB indication information, which is included in the paging message. The EAB indication information is included in the paging message only when as least one access class (AC) is barred by EAB operation of the network. Alternatively, the EAB indication information can be included in the paging message when EAB information in a system information block (SIB) has been changed or updated. Further, the present description proposes a timer associated with the EAB indication information. The timer is used to ensure the validity of the EAB indication information to the UE while the timer is running by a user equipment (UE). While the timer is running, a specific value or information indicated by the EAB indication information in a paging message is assumed to be valid/correct by the UE.05-16-2013
20130121223WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication apparatus operates in tributary to a control station that performs a time division multiplex communication. The wireless communication apparatus includes a switch unit that switches on/off a power supplied from a battery; a power supply control unit that controls the switch unit; a RAM to which a power is constantly supplied from the battery; a control unit that receives the power supplied through the switch unit. The control unit writes information for determining an operating state in the RAM when being shifted to a standby state. The power supply control unit turns off the switch unit upon receiving a signal of a power supply off. When the control unit is re-supplied with the power through the switch unit, the control unit determines an operation based on the information for determining the operating state stored in the RAM.05-16-2013
20130121224WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus operates as a tributary. station in a wireless communication system including a control station and the tributary station that perform a time division multiplex communication. The wireless communication apparatus includes a wireless unit that performs a wireless communication with the control station; an event processing unit that notifies of an event occurrence based on an occurrence of an event; and a control unit that controls a communication in synchronization with the control station by detecting a control signal from the control station. When received a notification of the event occurrence, the control unit starts a search operation to acquire the control signal transmitted by the control station. When received the control signal, the control unit transmits a message according to the event occurrence using a slot that has a predetermined position relationship with the slot in which the control signal is received.05-16-2013
20130128795METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ENERGY SAVING CONTROL IN HOME BASE STATION ENVIRONMENT - A method and a device for energy saving control in the home base station environment are provided to solve the problem of energy saving control in the home base station environment. In the present invention, a source base station sends an energy saving control request to a target home base station, wherein the energy saving control request comprises the information of the target base station, the information of the source base station, and the type of the energy saving control request. After receiving the energy saving control request, the target home base station performs an energy saving control processing operation, and sends a result of the energy saving control processing to the source base station through an energy saving control response. If the energy saving control processing fails, the energy saving control response further comprises a reason for the failure and/or a wait time. In the present invention, by exchanging energy saving control related messages between the source base station and the target home base station, energy saving control can be implemented on a home base station in time, and the home base station can sleep or be awakened, and thereby effective energy saving of a network in the home base station environment is achieved.05-23-2013
20130128794PROCESSING OF A MOBILE TERMINATED DATA OVER SIGNALING MESSAGE - Systems and methods for processing a data over signaling (DoS) message at an access terminal are disclosed. A message is received at an access terminal. The message is decoded to determine if it is a DoS message. Upon detecting the DoS message a sleep delay timer is set to prevent the access terminal from entering a sleep state for a predetermined time.05-23-2013
20130128790INTER BASE STATION HANDOVER METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DRX CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - The present invention provides a DRX control method and system in which power consumption of a mobile station can be reduced and an increase in the load of a network can be suppressed. A source base station forwards Dormancy Context, which is information for controlling the activity level of a mobile station that performs inter base station handover, to a target base station and, immediately after the mobile station completes handover, the target base station performs DRX control of the mobile station using the Dormancy Context.05-23-2013
20130128792NETWORK-ASSISTED CELL ACCESS - Providing for access point assisted signal acquisition for heterogeneous access point wireless networks is described herein. By way of example, a closed subscriber group (CSG) base station, such as a home NodeB (HNB) can be configured to provide temporary, limited access to a UE that is not authorized to access the HNB. Upon receiving and rejecting an access probe, the HNB can negotiate with a surrounding macro network to provide service for the UE. Further, the HNB can forward signal acquisition data, to assist in proper decoding of pilot or synchronization signals of the macro network. In particular aspects, the HNB can reduce power or blank transmissions on reserved access resources to reduce interference for the UE. By these and other disclosed mechanisms, the HNB can assist a non-CSG subscriber to obtain network service, and mitigate interference effects due to proximity to the UE.05-23-2013
20130128786WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK WITH ENERGY EFFICIENT PROTOCOLS - The wireless sensor network with energy efficient protocols includes a network of external sensors in communication with a data sink. The network utilizes an algorithm integrating a modified S-MAC (an algorithm for medium access control) protocol for decreasing energy usage in operating the node and associated sensors. A routing protocol is further integrated into the algorithm, the routing protocol being based upon cluster head rotation.05-23-2013
20130128785ENERGY EFFICIENT OPERATION FOR DENSE DEPLOYMENT OF WIRELESS ACCESS NODES - Systems and methods are disclosed for providing energy efficient operation for wireless access nodes in a dense deployment of wireless access nodes in a cellular communication network. In one particular embodiment, wireless access nodes form a super dense network. In one embodiment, a wireless access node in a dense deployment of wireless access nodes in a cellular communication network includes a transmitter and a receiver that are operated according to a discontinuous transmit and a discontinuous receive mode of operation. The wireless access node controls one or more duty cycles for the discontinuous transmit and discontinuous receive mode of operation based on an alertness state of the wireless access node. In one embodiment, the one or more duty cycles increase as the alertness state of the wireless access node increases. In this manner, the wireless access node is operated in an energy efficient manner.05-23-2013
20130128789INTER BASE STATION HANDOVER METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DRX CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - The present invention provides a DRX control method and system in which power consumption of a mobile station can be reduced and an increase in the load of a network can be suppressed. A source base station forwards Dormancy Context, which is information for controlling the activity level of a mobile station that performs inter base station handover, to a target base station and, immediately after the mobile station completes handover, the target base station performs DRX control of the mobile station using the Dormancy Context.05-23-2013
20130136047SLEEPING EPC FOR ENERGY SAVING IN LTE - In order to save energy in EPS network, some of the MMEs and/or S-GWs are allowed to sleep (power down), when network's traffic load is decreased. When the traffic load becomes heavier, the network can power up some of the formerly sleeping MMEs and/or S-GWs.05-30-2013
20130128793SIGNALING OVER CELLULAR NETWORKS TO REDUCE THE WI-FI ENERGY CONSUMPTION OF MOBILE DEVICES - Techniques for increasing the battery life on a mobile device by decreasing the energy consumption of the mobile device's wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) interface are described. In one embodiment, the mobile device's Wi-Fi interface is automatically disabled when the device is not engaged. When the device receives a wake up call from a server via its Cellular interface, the Wi-Fi interface is enabled if the device answers the wake up call and the Wi-Fi interface is available. Using its Wi-Fi interface, the mobile device then connects to an IP-based network via a Wi-Fi access point.05-23-2013
20130128791INTER BASE STATION HANDOVER METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DRX CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - The present invention provides a DRX control method and system in which power consumption of a mobile station can be reduced and an increase in the load of a network can be suppressed. A source base station forwards Dormancy Context, which is information for controlling the activity level of a mobile station that performs inter base station handover, to a target base station and, immediately after the mobile station completes handover, the target base station performs DRX control of the mobile station using the Dormancy Context.05-23-2013
20130128788ENERGY EFFICIENT OPERATION FOR WIRELESS ACCESS NODES IN A LOW-LOAD SERVICE AREA WITHIN A DENSE DEPLOYMENT OF WIRELESS ACCESS NODES - Systems and methods are disclosed for efficient operation of wireless access nodes in a dense deployment of wireless access nodes in a cellular communication network. In general, the dense deployment of wireless access nodes includes multiple wireless access nodes in a service area. The service area is preferably, but not necessarily, a low-load service area. As used herein, a low-load service area is an area within an overall service area of the dense deployment of wireless access nodes in which all wireless access nodes are not needed to provide a desired data capacity. Overlapping radio coverage areas of the wireless access nodes in, or serving, the service area are leveraged to enable efficient operation of the wireless access nodes in the service area.05-23-2013
20100278088METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USING POWER MANAGEMENT BITS IN ACKNOWLEDGMENT (ACK) FRAMES RECEIVED FROM WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - Aspects of a method and system for using power management bits in acknowledgment (ACK) frames received from wireless access points (AP). A STA may exit the power save (PS) mode and transmit a trigger frame to the AP. The trigger frame may comprise an identifier that identifies the STA. The trigger frame may comprise a request that the recipient AP determine whether there is buffered data pending delivery to the STA identified in the trigger frame. In response to the received trigger frame, the AP may transmit to the STA an ACK frame which comprises power management information, the value of which may indicate to the STA that the AP has no data to transmit to the STA. Upon receipt of the ACK frame, the STA may return to the PS mode based on the indication value in the power management information.11-04-2010
20110216684MULTI-CARRIERS MANAGING DEVICE AND METHOD AND SLEEP MODE OPERATING METHOD OF TERMINAL - A multi-carriers management device of a communication system supporting multi-carriers requests a terminal attempting to enter a sleep window to change a primary carrier, and transmits a control message to the terminal through the changed primary carrier during the sleep window.09-08-2011
20130176928MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is directed to efficiently transmitting feedback control information in a physical uplink control channel in a communication system having a system band formed with a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks. The present invention has a demodulation section that demodulates downlink shared channel signals for each of a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks, a detection section that detects the state of a retransmission acknowledgement signal of each of the plurality of fundamental frequency blocks based on the demodulated downlink shared channel signals, and an uplink control channel processing section that maps the retransmission acknowledgement signals of the plurality of fundamental frequency blocks to an uplink control channel of a specific fundamental frequency block that is selected from the plurality of fundamental frequency blocks, and the uplink control channel processing section selects a plurality of allocated resources from the uplink control channel, and defines the states of the retransmission acknowledgement signals of the plurality of fundamental frequency blocks by bit information by phase shift modulation and channel selection information.07-11-2013
20130176929METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information. The method for transmitting uplink control information comprises: a step of selecting one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs from among a plurality of uplink control channel resources, and a step of transmitting complex values corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs using the selected uplink control channel resource.07-11-2013
20130176927Simultaneously Multi-Networked Handheld Multimedia Gateways - A user may simultaneously access sources of multimedia information via multiple wireless networks using a handheld multimedia gateway. A user interface may support the selection of information services that are each provided separate, but possibly overlapping, viewing spaces. Circuitry in the multimedia gateway manages the operation of the multiple wireless communication paths, and enables the display of visual information through two or more display devices. The user may customize the display, the size, and the location within a display of regions in which the information is presented.07-11-2013
20130176926POWER SAVING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of accessing a channel in a wireless local area network is provided. A destination station receives a request to send (RTS) frame to allocate a network allocation vector from a source station over a first bandwidth and transmits a clear to send (CTS) frame over a second bandwidth to the source station in response to the RTS frame. The second bandwidth is dynamically determined when a first parameter has a predetermined value.07-11-2013
20130176925SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO TRANSMIT CONFIGURATION CHANGE MESSAGES BETWEEN AN ACCESS POINT AND A STATION - A particular method includes transmitting a frame from a station to an access point. The frame includes a beacon sequence number related to a configuration of the access point. The method also includes, in response to transmitting the frame, receiving an update frame from the access point. The update frame indicates at least one change in the configuration of the access point.07-11-2013
20130176922SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOW-OVERHEAD WIRELESS BEACONS HAVING NEXT FULL BEACON INDICATIONS - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating a compressed beacon are described herein. In some aspects, a method of communicating in a wireless network. includes generating a compressed beacon. The compressed beacon includes a next full beacon time indication (NFBTI). The method further includes transmitting, at an access point, the compressed beacon.07-11-2013
20110211513Method for Setting the Operation of a Routing Node of an Asynchronous Wireless Communication Network, Network Node and Communication Network Implementing the Method - To reduce energy consumption in a duty-cycled asynchronous wireless communication network values of operation parameters, i.e. duration of the awake interval and duration of the sleep interval, of routing nodes of the network are determined and set. The network is partitioned into clusters so that each cluster comprises one cluster-head node. The energy consumption of a cluster is a function of the probability of busy channel when nodes of the cluster attempt transmission, the probability of communication collision during transmission, the duration of the awake interval and the duration of the sleep interval of its cluster-head node. Reduction of the energy consumption is carried out under predetermined values of the probability of busy channel and of the probability of communication collision and under predetermined constraint for the probability of successful transfer of data packets within the cluster and for the average delay of transfer of data packets within the cluster.09-01-2011
20110211512FRAME GENERATION DEVICE, RECEPTION DEVICE, DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION SYSTEM, FRAME GENERATION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - A distribution data presence/absence information generation section generates distribution data presence/absence information indicating whether or not data is included in a frame. A synchronization information generation section generates synchronization information including the distribution data presence/absence information.09-01-2011
20110222456DIVERSITY INDICATING METHOD IN GERAN/MUROS SYSTEMS - A diversity indication method in GERAN/MUROS system, includes the steps: after a user receives a diversity indication, it receives data from two sub-channels, and then carries out diversity combination; if the user does not receive diversity indications, users receive data from subchannel allocated to them. Using the method of this invention, we can carry out diversity indications in GERAN/MUROS system. In this way, users do not need to determine whether current frame is using diversity transmission in all sub-channels by carrying out autocorrelated operations over training sequences 26 bit long in each frame, and the users may demodulate information from another paired subchannel only when they receive diversity indications in subchannel allocated regularly to greatly reduce the user's complexity.09-15-2011
20110222455METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING HIGH DATA RATE UPLINK OPERATIONS - A method and apparatus for enhancing uplink operations in a CDMA system is provided. The method may include receiving a rate control value and a transmit power value from a node B, wherein the rate control value is determined through uplink scheduling by the node B, and wherein the transmit power value is selected by the node B to maintain a signal to interference plus noise (SINR) metric within a threshold for a pilot channel, transmitting control channel information at a first power level determined from the transmit power value, and using a first average power tracking unit to generate the first selected transmit power and transmitting data channel information at a second power level determined from both the rate control value and the transmit power value.09-15-2011
20110222454POWER EFFICIENT COMMUNICATIONS - A method, system, and device provide power-efficient communications within the context of available power. Transmission and receipt data rates are scalable in accordance with output power available from a power source. Data is transmitted at a data rate determined, at least in part, by the available output power.09-15-2011
20110222452METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for transiting from one power control scheme to another power control scheme when power control schemes are used in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of a terminal for changing a power control scheme in a wireless communication system includes controlling power according to a first power control scheme based on first power control parameters received from a base station, receiving second power control parameters to use in a second power control scheme, from the base station, sending a power control transition message informing the base station of a transition of the power control scheme, to the base station, and controlling the power according to the second power control scheme using the second power control parameters.09-15-2011
20110222450TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - In a telecommunications network including a mobile terminal configured to operate in at least one active state and an idle mode, a network element for, and method of, managing the mobile terminal's duration of operation in the least one active state, which determine a parameter relating to the mobile terminal or a user of the mobile terminal; allocate an state transition timer with a particular duration in dependence upon the parameter; and transition the mobile terminal to a lesser active state or idle mode upon expiry of the state transition timer. The active states are preferably the RRC states of CELL_DCH, CELL_FACH, URA_PCH and CELL_PCH and the parameter is preferably a Quality of Service indication such as subscriber classification.09-15-2011
20110222449COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL FOR LOW-POWER NETWORK APPLICATIONS AND A NETWORK OF SENSORS USING THE SAME - A network sensor system is provided that is capable of extremely low-power operation. The network sensor system implements a communication protocol that allows the sensors to operate at most times in a sleep mode, where only a low-power time is active. In this way, each sensor's receiver, transmitter, and support circuitry are operated only when strictly necessary. The network has a defined network time frame, and each device maintains and adjusts its own clock and relationship with the network time. In this way, each sensor is aware about when it may be sent a message, and opens a short listen window only when such a message is expected. If no message is received, or if the message is addressed to another sensor, the sensor goes back to sleep. The sensor's transmitter is only activated in the case where the message 1) is received during the listen period, 2) is addressed to the sensor, and 3) requires a transmission action. Otherwise, the transmitter remains deactivated.09-15-2011
20080198784Dynamical sequentially-controlled low-power multiplexer device - Multiplexers are basic components widely used in VLSI designs. Switching activities of a multiplexer are one of the most important factors of power consumption. A multiplexer may have some sub-multiplexers. An extra dynamic controller is applied in the present invention to reconfigure control signals for decreasing switching activities of the composed sub-multiplexers. Thus, the power consumption of the multiplexer is reduced to achieve higher power efficiency.08-21-2008
20110243046METHODS FOR COORDINATING TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OPERATIONS OF RADIO MODULES IN A COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES UTILIZING THE SAME - A communication apparatus is provided. A first radio module communicates with a first communications device in compliance with a first protocol to provide a first wireless communications service. A second radio module communicates with a second communications device in compliance with a second protocol to provide a second wireless communications service. The first radio module further estimates time remaining for the second radio module before a next operation of the first radio module and transmits information regarding the estimated remaining time to the second radio module. The second radio module further schedules operations of the second radio module according to the information regarding the estimated remaining time received from the first radio module.10-06-2011
20130148556System And Method For Access Point Power Save - A power-save mode for a wireless access point is provided. The wireless access point can determine if other wireless stations are associated with the wireless access point. If there are no associations, then the wireless access point may enter a power-save mode. Associations may be determined by recent associations with the wireless access point or by media access control address activity. In the power-save mode, power may be reduced to at least one area of the wireless access point. In the power-save mode, the wireless access point may stop sending beacon signals. If the wireless access point receives a trigger signal, the wireless access point may leave the power-save mode.06-13-2013
20130148557METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED DISCOVERY IN PEER-TO-PEER NETWORKS BY SYNCHRONIZED DISCOVERY WAKE UP - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for enhanced discovery in peer-to-peer (P2P) wireless network by synchronized discovery wake up. A wireless node can first obtain information about one or more time instants. Then, the wireless node can wake up to discover one or more other wireless nodes for communication, wherein the wake up occurs at the one or more time instants synchronized with the one or more other wireless nodes. The one or more time instants can be updated according to location information of the wireless node.06-13-2013
20130148558LOW POWER NODE DORMANT STATE - The state of an access link and backhaul link of a low power node may be determined and controlled after a low power node is initialized. The overhead signaling on the access link of a relay is controlled based on detecting a user equipment (UE). The connection on the backhaul link of the relay is managed in response to the overhead signaling on the access link.06-13-2013
20130148560COMPONENT CARRIER UPLINK MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION POWER REPORTING SCHEME FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe method, apparatus, and system configurations for reporting uplink maximum transmission power for each component carrier of a carrier aggregation scheme. A method includes establishing, by a user equipment (UE), a communication link with an enhanced node B (eNB) station of an Internet Protocol (IP) based wireless communication network, and sending, by the UE to the eNB station, a message that includes information for a Power Headroom Report (PHR) and a value that indicates an uplink maximum transmission power P06-13-2013
20090190513Methods And Apparatus For Reducing Power Consumption In CDMA Communication Device - Methods and apparatus for reducing power consumption of a code division multiple access (CDMA) communication device are described. The CDMA communication device operates in a voice call during which voice or audio information is communicated in frames over forward and reverse links. During voice inactivity periods of the voice call, a transmitter of the CDMA communication device is controlled to enter and be maintained in low power states, for stopping transmission of lowest rate frames that would otherwise be sent during the voice inactivity period.07-30-2009
20100302979POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to improve power saving in wireless communication, more particularly in the Bluetooth Low Energy protocol. Conventional Bluetooth packets include a preamble used for radio synchronization, an access address used for physical link identification, a protocol data unit (PDU) to carry the data and a cyclic redundancy code (CRC) to ensure correctness of the data in the PDU. When the sending device determines that it does not have any payload data or acknowledgment to previous data to send and yet it wants to keep the communication link alive with the receiving device, the sending device takes the following steps. The sending device uses a predefined access address in the Bluetooth packet, which is different from normal Bluetooth communication. Then the sending device omits including the PDU and the CRC in the packet. At the receiving device, the presence of the predefined access address in the Bluetooth packet indicates to the receiving device to keep the communication link alive when there is no actual payload data traffic between the devices. The predefined access address serves as an indication to the receiving device to keep the connection between the devices active/alive, but to not expect any payload data from the sending device.12-02-2010
20120275368METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING CONTROL SIGNALING - A method for sending control signaling, including: a transmitter using different states of one field in the control signaling to indicate the payload size or RV; and sends the control signaling indicative of the payload size or RV in the field. It is appropriate that some states of one field indicate different payload sizes, and the remaining states of the field indicate different RVs. An apparatus for sending control signaling is disclosed. The apparatus may be integrated in a base station, and may include a control signaling generating unit and a control signaling sending unit.11-01-2012
20120275367Energy Control in a Mobile Communication Network - In a mobile communication network, data traffic of a certain quality of service class is forwarded in accordance with a traffic forwarding policy associated with this quality of service class, e.g. by establishing dedicated bearers (11-01-2012
20120275366SWITCHING ACTIVATION OF UE RECEVIERS - In some implementations, a method for managing a receiver for user equipment in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system includes activating the UE receiver during a control portion of a sub-frame including control information. After receiving the control portion, the UE receiver is deactivated during a data-traffic portion of the sub-frame.11-01-2012
20120275365RECEIVING MESSAGES IN CONNECTION WITH LTE WAKEUP - In some implementations, a method for managing a receiver for user equipment in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system includes receiving, when in a DRX state or sub-state, a message within a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) resource region of a first sub-frame. The message is associated with a PDSCH transmission in a second sub-frame different from the first sub-frame. When not in the DRX state or sub-state, a message is received within a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) resource region of a first sub-frame. The message associated with a PDSCH transmission in the first sub-frame.11-01-2012
20120275364MANAGING GROUP MESSAGES FOR LTE WAKEUP - In some implementations, a method for managing a receiver for user equipment in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system includes receiving, within a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) resource region of a first sub-frame, a message addressed to an Identifier (ID) associated with a group of UEs. The message contains wake-up indicators for more than one of the UEs within the group of UEs. Based on the message, at least a portion of a second sub-frame is received. The second sub-frame occurs at a different time than the first sub-frame.11-01-2012
20120275363Method and system for realizing carrier control - The present disclosure provides a method and system for realizing a carrier control. The method includes: a BBU obtains and collects on-off state information of corresponding logic carriers of all configured cells and logic physical relationships of carrier frequencies according to on-off states of physical carriers reported by RRUs and reports them to a Base Station Controller (BSC); the BSC re-determines the on-off states of the logic carriers and returns them to the BBU; and the BBU converts the obtained on-off states of the logic carriers into on-off states of the physical carriers and transmits them to corresponding RRUs, and the RRUs perform carrier controls according to the obtained on-off states of the physical carriers. By the method of the present disclosure, the BSC ensures itself to be consistent with the on-off states of the carriers of the RRU by effectively controlling the on-off states of the RRU through the BBU, so that carriers are well controlled and the target of saving energy and reducing consumption is better achieved.11-01-2012
20120275362DEVICES FOR INTERFERENCE CONTROL SIGNALING - A wireless communication device configured for interference control signaling is described. The wireless communication device includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The wireless communication device mitigates interference between a User Equipment (UE) included in the wireless communication device and another communication device included in the wireless communication device based on interference control signaling.11-01-2012
20120275361ACCELERATED REJOINING IN LOW POWER WIRELESS NETWORKING FOR LOGISTICS AND TRANSPORTATION APPLICATIONS - Techniques are disclosed for enabling accelerated rejoining of network devices in a low-power wireless network after a connection to the low-power wireless network is lost. Embodiments generally include, for a network device that periodically conducts scans for beacons on the low-power wireless network, increasing the frequency, or scanning rate, at which the scans are performed. After a certain period of time, if the network device has not joined the low-power wireless network, the network device can implement a different scanning rate until it rejoins with the network. Additional techniques may be used to reduce power usage and preserve the structure of a portion of the low-power wireless network that has become disconnected with the rest of the network.11-01-2012
20120275360LOW POWER WIRELESS NETWORK FOR LOGISTICS AND TRANSPORTATION APPLICATIONS - Techniques are disclosed for reducing power of network devices in a low-power wireless network. Embodiments generally include, for a network device that periodically toggles between high-power and low-power modes, increasing the relative amount of time the network device operates in a low-power mode under certain conditions that may otherwise cause the network device to consume more power. Such conditions include when the network device fails to join the low-power wireless network and/or when the network device fails to communicate with the low-power wireless network with an accuracy above a certain threshold level.11-01-2012
20120275359TELECOMMUNICATION WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM - A telecommunication wireless site control system comprising a central control board configured to receive control signals disposed at a wireless site. The central control board may be communicatively coupled with current monitor and control boards, extension boards, and a local switch to control telecommunication equipment, power devices, and controllers.11-01-2012
20130176924MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a mobile terminal apparatus and radio communication method for enabling feedback control information to be efficiently transmitted on a physical uplink control channel, a mobile terminal apparatus of the invention receives downlink shared data channels parallel in a plurality of CCs, makes determinations on the downlink shared data channels about ACK/NACK/DTX, collectively codes determination results (states) of the plurality of CCs after reducing the number of states allowed to be notified individually, and performs signal processing on the coded data to be orthogonalized between users to transmit.07-11-2013
20100315983METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING POWER OF WLAN MODULE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for managing power of a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) module in a portable terminal are provided. In the method, the WLAN module is operated according to a Power Save Mechanism (PSM). Whether the portable terminal operates in a sleep state is determined. At least one of a beacon interval and a Delivery Traffic Indication Map (DTIM) interval of the PSM is changed depending on whether the portable terminal operates in the sleep state.12-16-2010
20100315982METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONNECTING PORTABLE TERMINAL TO WLAN - A method and an apparatus for connecting a portable terminal to a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) are provided. The method includes when a WLAN connection event occurs, performing a WLAN connection procedure by keeping a WLAN module in an awake state, and when the WLAN connection is complete, operating the WLAN module according to a Power Save Mechanism (PSM).12-16-2010
20100315981SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS EMPLOYING TONE AND/OR TONE PATTERNS TO INDICATE THE MESSAGE TYPE IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - A system and method for operating a wireless network provides for sending a wakeup tone, periodically waking up from a sleep mode to listen for the wakeup tone, upon receiving the wakeup tone, listening for at least one second tone, the at least one second tone being one of (i) a tone in a frequency different from the wakeup tone and (ii) a pattern of tones including at least one frequency different from the wakeup tone, and upon receiving the at least one second tone, performing an action based on the at least one second tone.12-16-2010
20130155932Power saving in a device compatible with cellular and WLAN networks - A mobile communication device is able to communicate with wireless local area network and with a cellular network. A communication system is able to route a communication session between the mobile communication device and another communication device either by way of the wireless local area network or the cellular network. The communication system is able to trigger the mobile communication device via the cellular network to search for and attempt to connect to the wireless local area network. The mobile communication device, in response to reception of signaling via the cellular network, is able to activate a wireless local area network interface of the mobile communication device and to establish a connection to the wireless local area network.06-20-2013
20130155924CODED-DOMAIN ECHO CONTROL - A system, apparatus, method, and computer-readable medium for coded-domain echo cancellation. The method includes receiving a signal including at least one packet, and replacing the at least one packet with a replacement packet. In one example, the replacement packet is a comfort noise packet (such as a SID_UPDATE packet) or a NO_DATA packet. In an example embodiment, the at least one packet included in the signal includes one or more comfort noise packets, and, prior to the replacing, the one or more comfort noise packet(s) are stored in a buffer. In another example, prior to the replacing, the at least one packet is compared to a reference packet to determine whether the at least one packet is an echo packet. The packet, in one example, is encoded based on an adaptive multi-rate (AMR) (e.g., AMR-NB or AMR-WB) codec.06-20-2013
20130155925Mobile Node Group Formation And Management - The subject disclosure is directed towards mobile network management by reducing energy consumption and increasing a lifetime of one or more nodes. By determining a beacon listening duration and a beacon listening period in response to an energy budget, each node may minimize or reduce latencies associated with node discovery and/or node group maintenance. The beacon listening duration and the beacon listening period is used to compute a beacon broadcasting duration and a beacon broadcasting period such that advertising beacon transmissions and advertising beacon receptions occur at substantially concurrent time slots between low power states. These advertising beacons are used to propagate and maintain group membership information amongst the one or more nodes.06-20-2013
20130155926VOICE ACTIVITY DETECTION IN COMMUNICATION DEVICES FOR POWER SAVING - A mechanism can be implemented in a communication unit of a network device to utilize periods of silence encountered in voice communication to conserve power at the network device. In some embodiments, it can be determined that one or more packets of a received RF signal comprise audio data. The communication unit of the network device can determine whether the audio data associated with the one or more packets comprises voice information. The network device can switch to a power save mode based, at least in part, on determining that the audio data associated with the one or more packets does not comprise voice information.06-20-2013
20130155927LOW POWER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES AND METHOD THEREOF - Provided are low-power wireless communication apparatuses and a method thereof. A hub may receive a beacon signal from a neighboring hub that is within a predetermined area from the hub, and control an operation of a node served by the hub based on information received from the neighboring hub.06-20-2013
20130155928POWER MANAGEMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A device in a base station of a mobile communication system for power management can include a storage device to store a group of parameter sets associated with a user equipment (UE) of the mobile communication system. The device can include a processor to calculate a corresponding objective function associated with each entity of the group of parameter sets. The processor can be configured to select an entity of the group of parameter sets based on the corresponding objective function, and the selected entity of the group of parameter sets facilitates the power management for the UE.06-20-2013
20130155929System and Method for Communicating Using Short-Header Frames - A method for communicating information from a power-constrained device includes configuring, by the power-constrained device, a short media access control (MAC) frame having fewer fields than a full-length MAC frame. The method also includes transmitting, by the power-constrained device, the short MAC frame.06-20-2013
20130155930SUB-1GHZ GROUP POWER SAVE - Methods and systems are disclosed for reduced power consumption in communication networks, including sensor networks implemented according to IEEE 802.11ah, by organizing stations into groups having long sleep periods. By organizing the stations of the network into groups, the access point can match each group's traffic identification map with its target beacon transmit time. One embodiment organizes the stations sequentially by AID numbers. Other embodiments organize the stations by similar power save requirements and/or nearby geographical location. Forms of an Extended Traffic Identification Map are matched with an awaken Target Beacon Transmit Time of the group.06-20-2013
20130155931TIME DOMAIN COEXISTENCE OF RF SIGNALS - Various methods and systems are provided for time domain coexistence of RF signals. In one example, among others, a method includes obtaining access to a WLAN channel during a free period of a coexisting cellular connection, providing a RDG to allow another device to transmit for a duration corresponding to at least a portion of a TXOP, and receiving a transmission during the duration. In another example, a method includes obtaining access to a WLAN channel during a transmission period of a coexisting cellular connection and providing a protection frame to defer transmissions from another device for a duration corresponding to at least a portion of a TXOP. In another example, a method includes determining a shift of a BT transaction based at least in part upon a schedule of cellular communications and shifting at least a portion of the BT transaction based upon the determined shift.06-20-2013
20120281608POWER MANAGEMENT OF PERIODIC TRANSMISSIONS FROM NETWORKING APPLICATIONS - Methods and apparatus relating to power management of periodic transmissions from networking applications are described. In one embodiment, a periodic transmission manager logic coupled between one or more network applications and one or more network interfaces may control the flow of periodic transmissions from the one or more network applications to the one or more network interfaces. Other embodiments are also disclosed.11-08-2012
20120281607Method and Arrangement for a Terminal of a Wireless Communication Network - A method of operating a terminal of a wireless communication network is disclosed, wherein the terminal operates according to a discontinuous reception mode. The wireless communication network comprises one or more wireless network nodes having at least first and second downlink transmission modes, the first downlink transmission mode comprising normal operation of a particular network node and the second downlink transmission mode comprising restricted downlink transmission of the particular network node and being applicable when the number of active terminals in the cell associated with the particular network node is less than or equal to a second mode threshold value. The method comprises detecting a cell identity for a cell associated with a wireless network node of the wireless communication system, determining a current downlink transmission mode of the wireless network node as the first or second downlink transmission mode, and adapting a time pattern based on the determined current downlink transmission mode, wherein the time pattern specifies when a receiver of the terminal is turned on. Corresponding computer program product and arrangement are also disclosed.11-08-2012
20120281606LOW-POWER RADIO-FREQUENCY RECEIVER - A low-power RF receiver has a decreased current consumption. The receiver may be used in control devices, such as battery-powered motorized window treatments and two-wire dimmer switches. The receiver uses an RF sub-sampling technique to check for RF signals and then puts the receiver to sleep for a sleep time that is longer than a packet length of a transmitted packet to conserve battery power. The receiver compares detected RF energy to a threshold that may be increased to decrease the sensitivity of the receiver and increase the battery lifetime. After detecting an RF signal, the receiver is put to sleep for a snooze time that is longer than the sleep time and just slightly shorter than the time between two consecutive transmitted packets.11-08-2012
20130182627APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - In a wireless communication system, a method of transmitting control information, which is transmitted to a base station by a user equipment, includes the steps of receiving at least one of PDCCH and PDSCH from the base station via at least one serving cell configured in the user equipment and transmitting a 2nd control information to the base station together with a 1st control information resulting from performing a bundling on at least one portion of the control information on a reception of the PDCCH or a reception of the PDSCH indicated by the PDCCH, wherein the bundling is performed on each of the at least one serving cell configured in the user equipment by a prescribed time unit and wherein the 2nd control information includes information related to the PDCCH last detected by the user equipment from the received at least one PDCCH.07-18-2013
20130182626METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING USER EQUIPMENT (UE) POWER CONSUMPTION IN THE RRC (RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL) CONNECTED MODE - A method and apparatus are disclosed for reducing UE power consumption in the RRC connected mode. The method includes the UE entering a dormant state in which the UE does not monitor PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) scheduling during On_Durations. The method also includes the UE leaving the dormant state upon reception of a paging message with a specific indication, such as downlink data arrival or transmission.07-18-2013
20130182625MECHANISM FOR CONNECTING A MOBILE DEVICE TO A NETWORK - A system and method are disclosed for offloading control of services in a mobile device to a non-cellular wireless network, such as Wi-Fi. The described system and method allow the overall connection management to be performed by an application processor, while services are handled in a modem using Wi-Fi connectivity. The Wi-Fi subsystem can be fully driven by the modem for time critical operations allowing the application processor to be off (or in low-power mode) when it is not involved in the delivery of services. Battery power is saved by being able to substantially power down the application processor.07-18-2013
20130182624TERMINAL BATTERY AWARE SCHEDULING - The present invention relates to a method and device (07-18-2013
20130182623METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING AN UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided to schedule the uplink grant in a manner that efficiently utilizes uplink resources. In the context of a method from the perspective of the user equipment, an indication regarding data to be transmitted is received and a scheduling request is caused to be provided via a control channel. The scheduling request is configured to indicate a size of the data to be transmitted. In response to a grant, data may be caused to be transmitted via allocated uplink resource blocks. In the context of a method from the perspective of a base station, a scheduling request including an indication of the requested size of the uplink grant is received via a control channel. The method may cause the grant to be provided to a user equipment and, in response, may receive data from the user equipment via allocated uplink resource blocks.07-18-2013
20130182622SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE POWER CONSERVATION BASED ON TRAFFIC PROFILES - A system and method for conserving power for wireless communications. Packet communication information to and from a wireless device is determined. A traffic profile is selected from a light traffic profile, a periodic traffic profile, and a heavy traffic profile in response to the determined packet communication information. Packets are communicated with a wireless access point utilizing a power mode determined in response to the selected traffic profile. The power mode is utilized by the wireless device independent of the wireless access point.07-18-2013
20110310782METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION-RECEPTION OPERATION FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packets for low-power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system for packet transmission. The present research provides a method and apparatus that can perform a low-power consuming operation when a terminal is in active state in a cellular system. The method for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packet data to reduce power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system, including a) establishing discontinuous reception/transmission (DRX/DTX) parameters including discontinuous DRX/DTX cycle information for terminals operating in a transmission suspension mode, which is a sub-state of an active state; and b) performing DRX/DTX based on the DRX/DTX parameters in the terminals operating in the transmission suspension mode.12-22-2011
20110310781METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK DATA IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting uplink data using multiple carriers by a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes determining a first maximum transmission power indicating a maximum transmission power for each carrier and a second maximum transmission power indicating a maximum transmission power for all carriers based on information for setting transmission power, received from an evolved Node B (eNB), determining a minimum value from among a required transmission power and the first maximum transmission power as an uplink transmission power, for each carrier, scaling the determined uplink transmission powers so that a sum of the uplink transmission powers is less than or equal to the second maximum transmission power, and transmitting the uplink data based on the scaled uplink transmission powers.12-22-2011
20130188540CONTROLLING A POWER LEVEL OF AN UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A technique includes, in mobile station that is part of a coordinated multi-point reception transmission/reception (CoMP) system, receiving a message from a base station identifying at least one parameter specific to the mobile station or specific to a reception set used by the mobile station; and regulating power in communications by the mobile station based at least in part on the parameter(s).07-25-2013
20130188541Target wake time (TWT) within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Target wake time (TWT) within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Within communication systems including different respective devices therein (e.g., wireless stations (STAs), smart meter stations (SMSTAs), etc.), coordination is made with respect to those devices awakening from less than full power state (e.g., from sleep, reduce functionality, power saving state, etc.). A TWT information element (IE) may be included within a frame or a signal corresponding to or based on that frame that is transmitted from one device to other device(s). One or more respective future targeted times (e.g., which may be based on a timing synchronization function (TSF) reference time) at which device(s) may awaken from less than full power state may be included within the TWT IE. Over time, different respective TWT IEs may be provided from various devices, such that respective targeted awake times may be modified dynamically for any given device.07-25-2013
20130188544Low-Power, Low-Latency, End-To-End Communication Messaging Over Multi-Hop, Heterogenous Communication Networks - A system is provided and includes a server, a wireless access point disposed in signal communication with the server, an end device and a wireless end point communicative with the wireless access point and configured to interface with the end device, the server and the end device being configured to send information packets back and forth via the wireless end point, each information packet including additional information instructing the wireless end point to take subsequent action following initial action by the wireless end point relative to the information packet.07-25-2013
20120287834REDUCING HANDOFF LATENCY IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK THROUGH AN ACTIVATION ALERT THAT AFFECTS A POWER STATE OF A RECEIVING MESH ACCESS POINT - If a handoff by a mobile station currently associated with a particular access point is probable, then the particular access point sends an activation alert to one or more other access points. An access point receiving the activation alert that is in a low-power state enters a higher-power state. An access point receiving the activation alert that is in a higher-power state, remains in that higher-power state.11-15-2012
20120287831REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN MULTI-THREADED PROCESSOR MOBILE DEVICES - In a multi-threaded processor mobile device, power consumption is reduced by matching a number of active processing resources with the data rate capability of a serving base station. The number of active resources may be adjusted to increase the amount of time the mobile device is in an all-waits period, where its processors are all idle at the same time. Increasing the all-waits time increases power savings. The mobile device may reduce the number of active resources to reduce power consumption or may increase the number of active resources temporarily in order to increase an all-waits period. The mobile device may also operate in a low power state by adjusting its active resources and operating at a reduced data rate, which is communicated to a base station.11-15-2012
20120020268LOW POWER DIGITAL MEDIA BROADCAST RECEIVER WITH TIME DIVISION - Systems and methods for providing a low power receiver device using fine grained time division are provided. In one embodiment, the receiver device comprises a tuner, a demodulator configured to demodulate at least one sampled signal, a payload processor configured to process at least one demodulated signal into an output format, and a time division control logic configured to generate a control signal to switch at least one component within the receiver device between modes to conserve power. The at least one component may be switched between an active mode, a standby mode, a power off mode, and a low power mode. In further embodiments, the at least one component may be switched between staggered modes.01-26-2012
20120020267LOW POWER DIGITAL MEDIA BROADCAST RECEIVER WITH TIME DIVISION - Systems and methods for providing a low power receiver device using fine grained time division are provided. In one embodiment, the receiver device comprises a tuner, a demodulator configured to demodulate at least one sampled signal, a payload processor configured to process at least one demodulated signal into an output format, and a time division control logic configured to generate a control signal to switch at least one component within the receiver device between modes to conserve power. The at least one component may be switched between an active mode, a standby mode, a power off mode, and a low power mode. In further embodiments, the at least one component may be switched between staggered modes.01-26-2012
20120020266POWER STATE AND MEDIUM ACCESS COORDINATION IN COEXISTING WIRELESS NETWORKS - Apparatus and method for improving throughput in a wireless device accessing coexisting networks. In one embodiment, a wireless device includes first and second wireless transceivers, a power state controller, and an access controller. The first wireless transceiver is configured to access a first wireless network. The second wireless transceiver is configured to access a second wireless network. The power state controller is configured to switch the first wireless transceiver between an active state and a sleep state. The power consumed by the first wireless transceiver while in the sleep state is reduced relative to the active state. The access controller is configured to alternately allocate a wireless medium to the first wireless transceiver and the second wireless transceiver. The power state controller and the medium access controller are configured to coordinate power state switching of the first wireless transceiver and wireless medium access by the second wireless transceiver.01-26-2012
20120020265COMPUTER SYSTEM WITH BLUE-TOOTH REMOTE POWER MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A computer system is provided and it is capable of communicating with a blue-tooth device. The computer system includes a blue-tooth chipset which stores a media access control (MAC) address of the computer system and the blue-tooth device; and a power management system electrically connected to the blue-tooth chipset. When the blue-tooth device is out of a detectable coverage and the computer system is in a power saving mode, the blue-tooth chipset outputs a first control signal to make the power management system change the power saving mode of the computer system, if the blue-tooth device is detected in the detectable coverage.01-26-2012
20120020264HARQ ACKNOWLEDGMENT CHANNEL CODING FOR 4-CARRIER HSDPA MIMO - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is at least a method, computer program, and apparatus for operating a receiver using at least four carriers to receive transport blocks from a transmitter, to compose a first codeword to acknowledge at least one of a reception and a lack of reception of individual transport blocks in a first part of the at least four carriers, to compose a second codeword to acknowledge at least one of a reception and a lack of reception of individual transport blocks in a second part of the at least four carriers, and to transmit the first codeword and the second codeword to the transmitter during one slot.01-26-2012
20120020263WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH REORDERING OF DATA SYMBOLS AND RELATED METHODS - A wireless communication system may include a wireless transmitter configured to transmit a message including data symbols arranged to include an attention packet and sequencing packets thereafter. The sequencing packets may include common value first portions with each data symbol having a same value, and marker second portions having a marker data symbol. The wireless communication system may include a wireless receiver configured to receive the message from the wireless transmitter based upon the attention packet and the sequencing packets by determining a time delay based upon the positions of the marker data symbol, and reordering data symbols of the message based upon the determined time delay.01-26-2012
20130194994MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A user equipment (UE) may manage coexistence between multiple radio access technologies (RATs) utilized by the UE to allow a first RAT to be active during times when communications of a second RAT of the UE are inactive. In some instances, the UE may indicate discontinuous reception (DRX) operation of the UE to allow for time-division multiplexed (TDM) operation between the first RAT and the second RAT. The UE may set a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) configuration to allow for a HARQ retransmission of a packet of the first RAT, originally received in a first DRX cycle, during a second DRX cycle.08-01-2013
20130194985Methods and Apparatus for In-Device Coexistence - Systems and techniques for improved in-device coexistence. A base station defines a DRX cycle for a user equipment including defining at least one scheduling timer, such that a downlink HARQ process can be initiated only when the scheduling timer is active and an uplink HARQ process can be initiated only while the at least one scheduling timer is active. Alternatively, a DRX cycle is defined so as to include a measurement gap during which HARQ retransmissions are skipped during the measurement gap.08-01-2013
20130194986Interference Avoidance in Low Power Nodes - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product for avoiding UL interference in a victim LPN such as femtocell using DRX by the LPN coordinated with the UL DTX of UEs to the LPN and to one or more HPNs such as NBs (or Home NB), e.g., in HSPA systems. The victim LPN may start DRX having ON and OFF periods. Then the LPN sends information about DRX to its UEs (LUEs) communicating with the LPN, and to one or more network elements such as aggressor HPNs' RNCs. The network element(s) are adapted to identify and configure aggressor UEs (HUEs) communicating with one or more HPNs of the network for coordinating ON and OFF periods of the DRX by the LPN with transmissions of the LUEs and the HUEs to avoid interference during the OFF periods of the DRX in the LPN.08-01-2013
20130194987Power Control for Inter-Band Multi-Carrier Capable Devices - There are provided measures for enabling power control for inter-band multi-carrier capable devices, such as e.g. inter-band carrier aggregation capable devices. Such measures may exemplarily include calculating at least one output power restriction value for a cumulative output power for a combination of at least two uplink carriers of a terminal device, said two uplink carriers operating on different bands, signaling the calculated at least one output power restriction value to the terminal device, and performing power control for the at least two uplink carriers using the acquired at least one output power restriction value at the terminal device.08-01-2013
20130194988METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACTIVATION AND DEACTIVATION OF A TRANSMISSION MODE - In a wireless communications network, a user equipment is capable of operating in a first mode in which uplink signals are transmitted using a single antenna and in at least a second mode in which uplink signals are transmitted using two or more antennas. It is determined at the user equipment whether to request activation of the first or second mode and a first message is sent to a network node requesting activation of the first or second mode together with Medium Access Control (MAC) Scheduling Information (SI). Alternatively, the user equipment sends, to the network node, an indication of a threshold for use in determining whether to activate the first or second mode together with user equipment capability information. A second message is received at the user equipment from the network node indicating whether the first or second mode should be activated.08-01-2013
20130194993PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a packet used in establishing or maintaining a connection with a server are provided. The method includes determining, when a current time is a packet transmission of at least one network service application of the mobile terminal, whether at least one other network service application having an adjustable packet transmission schedule with a packet transmission after the current time exists, adjusting, when the at least one other network service application exists, the adjustable packet transmission schedule to synchronize the packet transmission occasions of the at least one network service application with the at least one other network service application, and simultaneously transmitting a packet of the network service application having the packet transmission occasion at the current time and a packet of the at least one other network service application of which packet transmission schedule is adjusted.08-01-2013
20130194989Method and Apparatus for Dynamic and Adjustable Energy Savings in a Communication Network - In one aspect, the present invention comprises an apparatus and method for improving energy saving procedures in a wireless communication network, wherein one or more cells in the network are selectively inactivated for energy savings and reactivated as needed. More particularly, the present invention provides improved control for transitioning a cell to or from a power savings mode, including dynamic, adjustable power control and handover parameter control, based on the involved cells exchanging status and/or control information. The dynamic control results in gradual rather than abrupt changes to cell coverage area, as a cell is transitioned to or from the power savings mode.08-01-2013
20130194990OPTIMIZING UE WAKEUP TIMELINE IN CONNECTED MODE DRX BASED ON CQI REPORTING SCHEDULE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which channel quality indicator (CQI) requirements for reporting a CQI are received, whether the CQI is to be reported periodically is determined based on the CQI requirements, and a wake-up time based on the determination is scheduled. CQI reporting requirements, such as CQI scheduling information may be used to plan a UE discontinuous reception (DRX) wake-up time and adaptively shorten a duration the UE is awake when transmission of a CQI report is not required at a first subframe of a DRX on-duration. The shorter UE awake duration results in reduced power consumption.08-01-2013
20130194992Backoff snooze wake power consumption within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Backoff snooze wake power consumption within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. If a communication (e.g., transmission) attempt fails (e.g., by a wireless station (STA), smart meter station (SMSTA), etc.), then a backoff snooze countdown may be performed before a subsequent communication is attempted. Also, if communication activity is detected on the communication medium, then such a backoff snooze countdown may be performed before monitoring the communication medium or a subsequent communication attempt is made. Such a backoff snooze countdown may be based on a codeword value (e.g., such as provided within a beacon received from an access point (AP)), and different respective backoff snooze countdowns may be made based on different respective codeword values. Such backoff snooze countdowns are performed outside of a restricted access window (RAW) in which only devices of a particular class (e.g., low-power, Z, etc.) have access to the communication medium.08-01-2013
20130194995Micro Sleep Mode Control For a Receiver - A technique for controlling a receiver to enter a micro sleep mode during which at least one receiver component is temporarily switched off is described. The receiver is configured to process sub-frames each having a first sub-frame portion followed by a second sub-frame portion, the first sub-frame portion carrying information indicative of whether or not the second sub-frame portion needs to be decoded. A method implementation of this technique comprises the steps of providing a regular micro sleep mode in which the receiver component is switched off after the first sub-frame portion has been decoded in case the decoding indicates that the second sub-frame portion does not need to be decoded, providing an extended micro sleep mode in which the receiver component is switched off immediately after the first sub-frame portion has been received, evaluating a mode setting criterion, and controlling the receiver to enter the regular micro sleep mode or the extended micro sleep mode depending on the mode setting criterion.08-01-2013
20130194991USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Embodiments of user equipment (UE) and method for discontinuous reception (DRX) mode in wireless communication are generally described herein. In some of these embodiments, the UE may operate to determine a value for a DRX parameter based at least in part on information associated with an application running on the UE. The UE may send a message to an enhanced node-B (eNB). The message may include at least one of the value for the DRX parameter and the information associated with the application. The eNB may determine values for DRX parameters that the UE may use in DRX mode.08-01-2013
20120039227FEEDBACK BUNDLING FOR POWER-LIMITED DEVICES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for bundling feedback related to downlink transmissions on a plurality of component carriers (CCs). In some examples, a base station configures a multi-carrier mobile device to use different feedback bundling schemes when it determines that the mobile device is power limited. The bundling scheme configured for the mobile device may be based, in part, on one or more transmission modes of the downlink CCs. Bundling schemes may include combinations of bundling techniques and an order in which these techniques are applied. In particular, the bundling techniques may include CC bundling in combination with spatial bundling and/or feedback repetition. For efficiency and performance, a bundling scheme may require application of CC bundling before resorting to use of feedback repetition.02-16-2012
20130201887WIRELESS TERMINAL - A wireless terminal that includes a control unit that controls a wireless communication section of the wireless terminal to not perform uploading data to, or downloading data from, an external storage when a wireless connection is established with a wireless access point other than a wireless access point specified in advance; and controls the wireless communication section to perform the uploading or downloading via the wireless access point specified in advance when a wireless connection is established with the wireless access point specified in advance.08-08-2013
20130201888MULTICAST GROUP MANAGEMENT METHOD AND WIRELESS NETWORK APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A wireless network apparatus provides a wireless communication service for wireless devices through a first virtual access unit. The wireless network apparatus includes a determining module for outputting a first determination result when a wireless device enables the power saving mode and joins to a multicast group; a virtual access unit creating module for creating a second virtual access unit based on the first determination result outputted by the determining module; and a control module for controlling the second virtual access unit to provide a wireless communication service for the wireless device based on the first determination result outputted by the determining module.08-08-2013
20130201893DEVICES AND METHODS FOR MANAGING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION AT A WIRELESS ACCESS TERMINAL - Access terminals are adapted to facilitate discontinuous transmission (DTX). According to one example, an access terminal determines to disable DTX, such that a continuous reverse link transmission may occur, in a fashion such as not to interfere with the operation of a Frame Early Termination operation utilized in CDMA 1x technology. As one example, the access terminal may cease the utilization of DTX in accordance with a performance metric of a wireless communication network. The performance metric may be a forward link power control setpoint of a base station, a number of quasi-orthogonal function sets being utilized at the base station, a number of frame erasures corresponding to a forward link transmission from the base station, or any other suitable measurable parameter of the network performance. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described.08-08-2013
20130201889CONNECTION CLOSE PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A connection close-related packet transmission method and apparatus is provided for improving power saving efficiency of a power-constrained mobile terminal. The connection close-related packet transmission method includes establishing a radio connection with a server; determining whether a preconfigured connection close timeout elapses without connection activity after the connection establishment; buffering, when the connection close timeout elapses, a connection close-related packet; and transmitting, when another packet transmission is predicted, the connection-related packet to the server. The connection close-related packet transmission method and apparatus is advantageous in power saving efficiency of a power-constrained mobile terminal.08-08-2013
20130201890Dual Domain Camping With a Single Radio UE - A method for 1x/LTE dual domain camping with a single radio UE is described. The method includes adaptively sharing a first receive chain and a second receive chain between a first radio access technology (RAT) modem and a second RAT modem of the single radio UE.08-08-2013
20130201892Discontinuous Reception Across Transmissions on Different Radio Access Technologies - In an embodiment there is established for a user equipment UE a first discontinuous reception DRX period of a first radio access technology RAT using at least one parameter that is common with a second DRX period of a second RAT for the UE. From the perspective of the network, transmission opportunities to the UE using the first RAT are arranged according to the established first DRX period. From the perspective of the UE, reception opportunities at the UE using the first radio access technology are arranged according to the established first DRX period. There may be one access node or two cooperating access nodes serving the UE with the different RATs. In different embodiments the DRX active periods may be purposefully aligned or misaligned. Examples of such a common DRX parameter include DRX cycle, DRX inactivity timer, and DRX on-duration time.08-08-2013
20130201891APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR POWER SAVING IN AN AD HOC NETWORK - An example apparatus, such as a quorum server of a quorum system, is caused to receive a route information message or duplication thereof from a node of an ad hoc network including a plurality of nodes, with the node having sent or received the route information message during implementation of a routing protocol to determine a route between the nodes, such as according to a gossip algorithm. The apparatus is caused to identify, based on the route information message, nodes intended to also receive the route information message or intended to be part of the determined route. And the apparatus is caused to prepare an instruction message for transmission to one or more of the nodes such that the identified one or more nodes enter or remain in an active mode, and nodes other than the identified one or more of the nodes enter or remain in a power-saving mode.08-08-2013
20120300686MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system capable of reducing energy consumption of a network node in a local area range. When judging that there is a shift trigger, a local eNB shifts from a normal operation to an energy saving operation. In the energy saving operation, the local eNB stops the operation of transmitting at least a part of downlink transmission signals to be transmitted to a user equipment (UE) and performs the operation of receiving an uplink transmission signal transmitted from the UE. When judging that it has received the uplink transmission signal (RACH) in the energy saving operation, the local eNB shifts to the normal operation.11-29-2012
20120093053POWER SAVING METHOD AT AN ACCESS POINT - The present invention concerns a method at a wireless access point comprising a wireless interface, the method comprising the steps of enabling the wireless interface during a first period of time, checking if a wireless station associates during that first period of time, if a wireless station has been associated, keeping the wireless interface enabled, while a wireless station is attempting to associate, enabling the wireless interface during an extending period of time and if no wireless station is associated or is trying to associate, disabling the wireless interface for a second period of time.04-19-2012
20120093052METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING ACCESS OVERHEAD FROM PAGED DEVICE IN MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for an idle mode terminal is configured to perform a method for operating the idle mode terminal in a Machine to Machine (M2M) communication system. A paging message is received from the base station during a paging listening interval. The Apparatus determines whether an indicator indicating receipt of multicast group data is included in the paging message. When the indicator indicating the receiving of multicast group data is included, data transmitted via a downlink resource that uses an identifier mask of a multicast group to which a terminal belongs is received. Thereafter, a paging non-listening interval is entered.04-19-2012
20120093051Notification method and system for information change of multimedia broadcast multicast service control channel - A notification method for an information change of a Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service Control Channel (MCCH) comprises: a base station side indicates with a Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service Radio Network Temporary Identity (M-RNTI) that information of an MCCH has a change, and notifies a User Equipment (UE) side; after detecting the M-RNTI, the UE continues reading the information of the MCCH or determines whether to continue reading the changed information of the MCCH according to service requirements of itself. A notification system for an information change of an MCCH comprises a notification unit on a base station side. When the base station side indicates with an M-RNTI that the information of the MCCH has a change, the notification unit on the base station side notifies the UE side. The notification mechanism for an information change of an MCCH is implemented by the method and the system. The UE monitors an information change of an MCCH, and the power consumption of the UE is reduced accordingly.04-19-2012
20120093050METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MINIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for regulating power in a front-end circuit, the method includes determining, along a first communication path, an envelope of a baseband signal; generating at least one voltage control signal based on the determined envelope of the baseband signal; and adjusting one or both of power and/or gain of the front-end circuit using the generated at least one voltage control signal. The baseband signal is communicated to the front-end circuit using a second communication path. Signal delay along the second communication path is matched with signal delay along the first communication path. The at least one voltage control signal comprises a supply voltage signal and a bias voltage signal. The power of the front-end circuit may be adjusted using the supply voltage signal. The gain of the front-end circuit may be adjusted using the bias voltage signal.04-19-2012
20130208640UPDATING METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SLEEP MODE OPERATION - Disclosed herein relates to a sleep mode operation method, and the method of updating a sleep mode operation according to the present invention may include receiving a service flow configuration request (DSx-REQ) message including a service flow parameter for service flow configuration and a sleep cycle ID (SCID) for changing a sleep mode according to the service flow configuration from a base station during a sleep mode listening window; transmitting a service flow configuration response (DSx-RSP) message including the SCID; configuring the service flow according to the service flow identifier; and changing an SCID to the SCID for updating the sleep mode operation.08-15-2013
20130208641METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING IN-DEVICE CO-EXISTENCE INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - The present invention provides a method and apparatus of handling in-device co-existence interference in a wireless communication environment. In one embodiment, a method includes detecting in-device co-existence interference between a LTE module and an ISM module in user equipment. The method further includes identifying subframes and corresponding HARQ processes in a set of subframes allocated to the LTE module which are affected by the ISM module operation. Additionally, the method includes reserving the remaining subframes and corresponding HARQ processes in the set of subframes for the LTE module operation. Furthermore, the method includes indicating to a base station that the remaining subframes and the corresponding HARQ processes are reserved for the LTE module operation to resolve the in-device co-existence interference. Moreover, the method includes receiving scheduling pattern indicating subframes and corresponding HARQ processes reserved for the LTE operation or derived DRX parameters from the base station based on the indication.08-15-2013
20130208638CONNECTION DORMANCY METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICAITON DEVICE AND COMPUTER READALBE RECORDING MEDIUM - A connection dormancy method for a wireless communication device, the wireless communication device and computer readable recording medium using the same are provided. The method includes recording connection information between the wireless communication device and at least one target device, and generating at least one connection establishing time according to the connection information. The method also includes determining using either a first dormancy waiting time or a second dormancy waiting time as a default dormancy waiting time according to the at least one connection establishing time, and disconnecting a connection between the wireless communication device and the at least one target device after the connection is idled for the default dormancy waiting time.08-15-2013
20130208639APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION BY EARLY TERMINATION OF CELL BROADCAST DATA DECODING - The present disclosure presents example methods and apparatuses for conserving battery power in a mobile station. Some example methods may include receiving scheduling information from a network entity at the mobile station. In such examples, the scheduling information may include a scheduled final data frame. Furthermore, example methods may include receiving a final protocol data unit (PDU) of a service data unit (SDU) in an actual final data frame and comparing the scheduled final data frame to the actual final data frame. Moreover, in some examples, such methods may include initiating a sleep mode from the actual final data frame to the scheduled final data frame where the comparing indicates that the actual final data frame is earlier than the scheduled final data frame. As such, battery power at the mobile station may be conserved.08-15-2013
20130208637SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ACCESS POINT TRIGGERED TRANSMISSIONS AFTER TRAFFIC INDICATION MAP PAGING - Systems, methods, and devices for reducing collisions in a wireless communications network are described herein. In one aspect an apparatus for wireless communication is provided. The apparatus includes a transmitter configured to transmit a first message over a communication medium to a plurality of nodes configured to be selectively at least partially powered down during time periods in which the first message is not expected to be transmitted. The first message indicates a subset of the plurality of nodes for which data is available for transmission. The apparatus further includes a controller configured to initiate a process for transmitting the data available to the subset of the plurality of nodes after the first message is transmitted.08-15-2013